2019 Kia Cadenza Owner's Manual

Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle. As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out.

This manual applies to all trims of this vehicle and includes images, descriptions, and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, some material in this manual may not be applicable to your specific Kia vehicle. Some images are shown for illustration only and may show features that differ from those on your vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia! Foreword

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace- without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac- have questions, always check with your Kia dealer. tion. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring Because subsequent owners require this important information pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle. as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold. This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle. We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle. © 2018 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc. Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Motors described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, America, Inc. may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. Printed in Korea

i Introduction 1

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4 table of contents Driving your vehicle 5

What to do in an emergency 6

Maintenance 7

Specifications, Consumer information and 8 Reporting safety defects

Index I

ii Introduction

How to use this manual ...... 1-2 1 Fuel requirements ...... 1-2 • Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol...... 1-3 • Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 • Fuel Additives ...... 1-4 • Operation in foreign countries...... 1-5 Vehicle break-in process ...... 1-5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . 1-6 Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL FUEL REQUIREMENTS We want to help you get the greatest You will find various WARNINGs, Your new vehicle is designed to use possible driving pleasure from your CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this only unleaded fuel having a pump vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can manual. These WARNINGs were pre- octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 assist you in many ways. We strong- pared to enhance your personal safe- (Research Octane Number 91) or ly recommend that you read the ty.You should carefully read and follow higher. (Do not use methanol blend- entire manual. In order to minimize ALL procedures and recommenda- ed fuels.) the chance of death or injury, you tions provided in these WARNINGs, must read the WARNING and CAU- CAUTIONs and NOTICEs. TION sections in the manual. Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with Illustrations complement the words WARNING UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- in this manual to best explain how to A WARNING indicates a situa- mize exhaust emissions and spark enjoy your vehicle. By reading your tion in which harm, serious bod- plug fouling. manual, you will learn about fea- ily injury or death could result if tures, important safety information, Never add any fuel system cleaning the warning is ignored. and driving tips under various road agents to the fuel tank other than conditions. what has been specified. (Consult an authorized Kia dealer for details.) The general layout of the manual is CAUTION provided in the Table of Contents. • Tighten the cap until it clicks one Use the index when looking for a A CAUTION indicates a situation time, otherwise the Check Engine specific area or subject; it has an in which damage to your vehicle light will illuminate. alphabetical listing of all information could result if the caution is in your manual. ignored. Sections: This manual has eight sections plus an index. Each section ✽ NOTICE begins with a brief list of contents so A NOTICE indicates interesting or you can tell at a glance if that section helpful information is being provided. has the information you want.

21 Introduction

Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol "E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- WARNING - Refueling may be used in your vehicle. prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 • Do not "top off" after the noz- Do not use gasohol containing more percent gasoline, and is manufac- zle automatically shuts off. than 15% ethanol, and do not use tured exclusively for use in Flexible Attempts to force more fuel gasoline or gasohol containing any Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati- into the tank can cause fuel methanol. Ethanol provides less ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85” overflow onto you and the energy than gasoline and it attracts may result in poor engine perform- ground causing a risk of fire. water, and it is thus likely to reduce ance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system. Kia recom- • Always check that the fuel cap your fuel efficiency and could lower mends that customers do not use is installed securely to pre- your MPG results. fuel with an ethanol content exceed- vent fuel spillage, especially Methanol may cause drivability prob- ing 15%. in the event of an accident. lems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system. ✽ NOTICE Gasoline containing alcohol and Discontinue using gasohol of any Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty methanol kind if drivability problems occur. does not cover damage to the fuel sys- Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and Vehicle damage or drivability prob- tem or any performance problems ethanol (also known as grain alco- lems may not be covered by the caused by the use of “E85” fuel. hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- manufacturer’s warranty if they result taining methanol (also known as from the use of: ✽ wood alcohol) are being marketed NOTICE 1. Gasoline or gasohol containing Never use any fuel containing along with or instead of leaded or methanol. unleaded gasoline. methanol. Discontinue use of any 2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. methanol containing product which 3. Gasohol containing more than may inhibit proper drivability. 15% ethanol.

13 Introduction

Other fuels Gasoline containing MMT Fuel Additives Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si), Some gasoline contains harmful man- Kia recommends that you use good MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene ganese-based fuel additives Such as quality gasolines treated with deter- (Fe), and Other metalic additives, MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl gent additives such as TOP TIER may cause vehicle and engine dam- Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not Detergent Gasoline, which help pre- age or cause misfiring, poor acceler- recommend the use of gasoline con- vent deposit formation in the engine. ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt- taining MMT. This type of fuel can These gasolines will help the engine ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion, reduce vehicle performance and affect run cleaner and enhance performance life cycle reduction, etc. your emission control system. The of the Emission Control System. For Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the more information on TOP TIER (MIL) may illuminate. cluster may come on. Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com) Do not use methanol For customers who do not use TOP ✽ NOTICE TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, Damage to the fuel system or per- Fuels containing methanol (wood alco- and have problems starting or the formance problem caused by the use hol) should not be used in your vehicle. engine does not run smoothly, addi- of these fuels may not be covered by This type of fuel can reduce vehicle tives that you can buy separately may your New Vehicle Limited performance and damage components be added to the gasoline. Warranty. of the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive should be added to the fuel tank at every 7,500miles or every engine oil change is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

41 Introduction

VEHICLE BREAK-IN Operation in foreign countries PROCESS If you are going to drive your vehicle No special break-in period is need- in another country, be sure to: ed. By following a few simple precau- • Observe all regulations regarding tions for the first 600 miles (1,000 registration and insurance. km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehi- • Determine that acceptable fuel is cle. available. • Do not race the engine. • While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm. • Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine. • Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly. • Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.

15 Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet- To read data recorded by an EDR, event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum- special equipment is required, and main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and access to the vehicle or the EDR is record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data needed. In addition to the vehicle crash-like situations, such as an are recorded by your vehicle only manufacturer, other parties, such air bag deployment or hitting a if a non-trivial crash situation as law enforcement, that have the road obstacle, data that will assist occurs; no data are recorded by special equipment, can read the in understanding how a vehicle's the EDR under normal driving information if they have access to systems performed. The EDR is conditions and no personal data the vehicle or the EDR. designed to record data related to (e.g., name, gender, age, and vehicle dynamics and safety sys- crash location) are recorded. tems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as typically 30 seconds or less. The law enforcement, could combine EDR in this vehicle is designed to the EDR data with the type of per- record such data as: sonally identifying data routinely • How various systems in your acquired during a crash investiga- vehicle were operating; tion. • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling.

61 Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview ...... 2-2 Interior overview ...... 2-4 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 Engine compartment ...... 2-6 2 Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

■ Front view

1. Hood ...... 4-37 2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle)..4-123 Head lamp (Maintenance) ...... 7-68 3. Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle)...... 4-118 Front fog lamp (Maintenance)...... 7-68 4. Wheel and tire (Maintenance) ...... 7-40 Wheel and tire (Specification) ...... 8-4 5. Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-68 6. Panorama sunroof ...... 4-43 7. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle)...... 4-120 Front windshield wiper blades (Maintenance)...... 7-30 8. Windows ...... 4-32

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OYG016001N

22 Your vehicle at a glance

■ Rear view

1. Door...... 4-16 2. Fuel filler lid ...... 4-39 3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance)...... 7-68 4. High mounted stop lamp (Maintenance)...... 7-68 5. Trunk lid ...... 4-21, 4-25 6. Antenna ...... 4-160 7. Rear view monitor...... 4-111 Surround view monitoring system ...... 4-112 8. Parking Distance Warning-Reverse (PDW-R) ...... 4-107

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OYG016002

23 Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button...... 4-16 2. Power window switches ...... 4-32 3. Central door lock switch...... 4-18 4. Power window lock button...... 4-35 5. Outside rearview mirror control switch..4-68 6. Outside rearview mirror folding button..4-69 7. Fuel filler lid release button...... 4-39 8. Trunk lid release button...... 4-21, 4-25 9. ESC OFF button ...... 5-31 10. Instrument panel illumination control switch ...... 4-72 11. Instrument cluster control ...... 4-72 12. Lane keeping assist system button.....5-99 13. BCW ON/OFF ...... 5-85 14. Steering wheel ...... 4-49 15. Steering wheel tilt control...... 4-50 16. Inner fuse panel ...... 7-57 17. Brake pedal...... 5-17 18. Parking brake pedal ...... 5-19 19. Hood release lever...... 4-37 20. Seat...... 3-4

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OYG018003

42 Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Steering wheel audio controls ...... 4-161 2. Driver`s front air bag...... 3-54 3. Horn...... 4-53 4. Instrument cluster ...... 4-71 5. Wiper/Washer ...... 4-120 6. Engine Start/Stop button ...... 5-6 7. Cruise control ...... 5-53, 5-57 8. Audio...... 4-161 9. Hazard warning flasher switch...... 6-2 10. Climate control system ...... 4-128 11. Shift lever...... 5-10 12. Seat warmer / Air ventilation switch...... 4-148, 4-150 13. Heated steering wheel button...... 4-52 14. Drive mode control button ...... 5-76 15. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) switch.5-20 16. AUTO HOLD control button ...... 5-26 17. Surround view monitoring system ....4-112 18. Rear curtain button...... 4-158 19. Wireless smart phone charging system ...... 4-152 20. Power outlet...... 4-151 21. AUX, USB port...... 4-162 22. Center console box...... 4-146 23. Glove box...... 4-146 ❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 24. Passenger`s front air bag ...... 3-54 OYG016004N

25 Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L - GDI)

1. Engine coolant reservoir...... 7-21 2. Engine oil filler cap ...... 7-19 3. Brake fluid reservoir ...... 7-23 4. Air cleaner ...... 7-26 5. Fuse box...... 7-51 6. Negative battery terminal ...... 7-33 7. Positive battery terminal ...... 7-33 8. Engine oil dipstick...... 7-19 9. Radiator cap ...... 7-22 10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir....7-30

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OYG076002

62 Safety features of your vehicle

Important safety precautions ...... 3-2 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint • Always wear your seat belt...... 3-2 system ...... 3-39 • Restrain all children ...... 3-2 • How does the air bag system operate? ...... 3-40 • Air bag hazards ...... 3-2 • Air bag warning light ...... 3-42 • Driver distraction ...... 3-2 • SRS components and functions ...... 3-43 • Control your speed ...... 3-3 • Occupant Detection System (ODS) ...... 3-46 • Keep your vehicle in safe condition ...... 3-3 • Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-54 3 Seat...... 3-4 • Side air bag ...... 3-56 • Front seat adjustment - power...... 3-7 • Curtain air bag ...... 3-58 • Driver position memory system (for power seat). . . 3-10 • SRS care ...... 3-64 • Headrest (for front seat) ...... 3-12 • Adding equipment to or modifying your • Seatback pocket...... 3-14 air bag-equipped vehicle...... 3-65 • Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-14 • Air bag warning label ...... 3-65 Seat belts ...... 3-18 • Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-18 • Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 3-23 • Seat belt precautions ...... 3-25 • Care of seat belts ...... 3-27 Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-28 • Children always in the rear ...... 3-28 • Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-29 • Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 3-32 Safety features of your vehicle

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS You will find many safety precautions Restrain all children Driver distraction and recommendations throughout All children under age 13 should ride Driver distraction presents a serious this section, and throughout this man- in your vehicle properly restrained in and potentially deadly danger, espe- ual.The safety precautions in this sec- a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants cially for inexperienced drivers. tion are among the most important. and small children should be Safety should be the first concern restrained in an appropriate child when behind the wheel and drivers Always wear your seat belt restraint. Larger children should use need to be aware of the wide array of a booster seat with the lap/shoulder potential distractions, such as drowsi- A seat belt is your best protection in belt until they can use the seat belt ness, reaching for objects, eating, all types of accidents. Air bags are properly without a booster seat. personal grooming, other passen- designed to supplement seat belts, gers, and using cellular phones. not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air Air bag hazards Drivers can become distracted when bags, ALWAYS make sure you and they take their eyes and attention off While air bags can save lives, they the road or their hands off the wheel your passengers wear your seat can also cause serious or fatal belts, and wear them properly. to focus on activities other than driv- injuries to occupants who sit too ing. To reduce your risk of distraction close to them, or who are not prop- or getting into an accident: erly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the • ALWAYS set up your mobile greatest risk of being injured by an devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, inflating air bag. Follow all instruc- navigation units, etc.) when your tions and warnings in this manual. vehicle is parked or safely stopped.

23 Safety features of your vehicle

• ONLY use your mobile device Control your speed Keep your vehicle in safe con- when allowed by laws and when Excessive speed is a major factor in dition conditions permit safe use. NEVER crash injuries and deaths. Generally, Having a tire blowout or a mechani- text or email while driving. Most the higher the speed, the greater the cal failure can be extremely haz- states have laws prohibiting drivers risk, but serious injuries can also ardous. To reduce the possibility of from texting. Some states and occur at lower speeds. Never drive such problems, check your tire pres- cities also prohibit drivers from faster than is safe for current condi- sures and condition frequently, and using handheld phones. tions, regardless of the maximum perform all regularly scheduled • NEVER let the use of a mobile speed posted. maintenance. device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.

33 Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT Driver`s seat (1) Driver position memory system* (2) Forward and backward (3) Seat back angle (4) Seat cushion height (5) Lumbar support* (6) Cushion extension* (7) Head rest

Front Passenger`s seat (8) Forward and backward (9) Seat back angle (10) Seat cushion height* (11) Lumbar support* (12) Head rest

Rear seat (13) Armrest (14) Ski-pass through (15) Head rest

* : if equipped

OYG036093N

43 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver respon- WARNING - Seat cushion objects sibility for passengers Occupants should never sit on Do not place anything in the dri- aftermarket seat cushions or sit- ver's foot well or under the front ting cushions. The passenger's seats. Loose objects in the dri- hips may slide under the lap por- ver's foot area could interfere tion of the seat belt during an with the operation of the foot accident or a sudden stop. pedals. WARNING - Driver’s seat WARNING - Uprighting • Never attempt to adjust the seat seat while the vehicle is mov- 1KMN3662 ing. This could result in loss Do not press the release lever of control of your vehicle. on a manual seatback without The driver must advise the pas- • Do not allow anything to inter- holding and controlling the sengers to keep the seatback in seatback. The seatback will fere with the normal position an upright position whenever of the seatback. Storing items spring upright possibly impact- the vehicle is in motion. If a seat ing you or other passengers. against the seatback could is reclined during an accident, result in serious or fatal injury the restraint system's ability to in a sudden stop or collision. restrain will be greatly reduced. • Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of the your vehicle. A distance of at least 10" from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so can result in air bag inflation injuries to the driver. 35 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Rear seatbacks WARNING - Unexpected WARNING - Small Always lock the rear seatback Seat Movement Objects before driving. Failure to do so After adjusting a manual seat, Use extreme caution when pick- could result in passengers or always check that it is locked by ing up small objects trapped objects being thrown forward shifting your weight to the front under the seats or between the injuring vehicle occupants. and back. Sudden or unexpect- seat and the center console. ed movement of the driver's Your hands might be cut or seat could cause you to lose injured by the sharp edges of control of the vehicle. the seats mechanism. WARNING - Luggage and Cargo Do not stack pile or stack lug- WARNING - Seat Feature of Seat Leather gage or cargo higher than the adjustment • Leather is made from the outer seatback in the cargo area. In an skin of an animal, which goes accident the cargo could strike • Do not adjust the seat while wearing seat belts. Moving the through a special process to be and injury a passenger. If available for use. Since it is a nat- objects are large, heavy or must seat forward will cause strong pressure on the abdomen. ural substance, each part differs in be piled, they must be secured thickness or density. in the cargo area. • Do not place your hand near the seat bottom or seat track Wrinkles may appear as a natural while adjusting the seat. Your result of stretching and shrinking hand could get caught in the depending on the temperature and - Cargo Area WARNING seat mechanism. humidity. Do not allow passengers to ride • The seat is made of stretchable in the cargo area under any cir- fabric to improve comfort. cumstance. The cargo area is • The parts contacting the body are solely for the purpose of trans- curved and the side supporting porting luggage or cargo. area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.

63 Safety features of your vehicle

• Wrinkles may appear naturally Front seat adjustment - power from usage. It is not a fault of the CAUTION - Power seat The front seat can be adjusted by adjustments product. using the control switches located on the outside of the seat cushion. The power seating controls CAUTION Before driving, adjust the seat to the function by electronic motor. proper position so you can easily con- Excessive operation may cause • Belts with metallic acces- trol the steering wheel, pedals and damage to the electrical equip- sories, zippers or keys inside switches on the instrument panel. ment. your back pants pocket may damage the seat fabric. • Make sure not to wet the seat. WARNING - Unattended CAUTION - Power Seating It may change the nature of children Do not operate two or more natural leather. Do not leave children unattend- power seat control switches at • Jeans or clothes which con- ed in the vehicle. Children might the same time. Doing so may tain bleach may contaminate operate features of the vehicle damage the power seat motor or the surface of the seat cover- that could injure them. electrical components. ing fabric and cause damage or discoloration. When in operation, the power seat- consumes a large amount of electri- ✽ NOTICE cal power. To prevent unnecessary Wrinkles or abrasions which appear system drain, don’t adjust the power naturally from usage are not cov- seat longer than necessary while the ered by warranty. engine is not running.

37 Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward Cushion extension To move the front part of cushion (for driver's seat, if equipped) rearward: 1. Push the rear part of control switch to move the seat cushion to the desired length. 2. Release the switch once the seat cushion reaches the desired length.

OYG036006 Push the control switch forward or OYG036007 backward to move the seat to the To move the front part of cushion for- desired position. When the control ward: switch is operated forward, the seat cushion is slightly raised, and the 1. Push the front part of control seat cushion lowered when the switch to move the seat cushion to switch is operated backward. the desired length. Release the switch once the seat 2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. cushion reaches the desired length.

83 Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback angle Seat height Lumbar support (if equipped)

OYG036008 OYG036009 OYG036010 Push the control switch forward or Pull the front portion of the control The lumbar support can be adjusted backward to move the seatback to switch up to raise or press down to by pressing the lumbar support the desired angle. Release the lower the front part of the seat cush- switch on the side of the seat. switch once the seat reaches the ion. Pull the rear portion of the con- desired position. trol switch up to raise or press down to lower the seat cushion. Release Type A (for driver's seat & passen- the switch once the seat reaches the ger's seat) desired position. 1. Press the front portion of the switch to increase support, or the rear portion of the switch, to decrease support. 2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position.

39 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver position memory system (if equipped, for power seat) WARNING - Driver Position Memory System Never attempt to operate the driver position memory system while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death or serious injury.

OYG036011 Type B (for driver's seat)

1. Press the front portion of the OYG036026 switch (1) to increase support, or the rear portion of the switch (2), A driver position memory system is to decrease support. provided to store and recall the driver seat and outside rearview mirror 2. Release the switch once it reach- position with a simple button opera- es the desired position. tion. By saving the desired position 3. Press the upper portion (3) of the into the system memory, different switch to move the support posi- drivers can reposition the driver seat tion up, or press the lower portion based upon their driving preference. (4) of the switch, to move the sup- If the battery is disconnected, the port position down. desired seat position memory will 4. Release the switch once it reach- need to be re-saved. es the desired position.

3 10 Safety features of your vehicle

Storing positions into memory Recalling positions from memory Easy access function (if equipped) using the buttons on the door 1. Shift the shift lever into P while the The system will move the driver's Storing driver’s seat positions engine start/stop button is ON. seat automatically as follows: 1. Shift the shift lever into P while the 2. To recall the position in the memo- • With smart key system engine start/stop button is ON. ry, press the desired memory but- - It will move the driver’s seat rear- 2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out- ton (1 or 2). The system will beep ward when the engine start/stop side rearview mirror comfortable once, then the driver’s seat will button is changed to the OFF for the driver. automatically adjust to the stored position. position. 3. Press SET button on the control - It will move the driver’s seat for- panel. The system will beep once. Adjusting the control switch for the ward when the engine start/stop driver’s seat while the system is 4. Press one of the memory buttons button is changed to the ACC or recalling the stored position will START position. (1 or 2) within 5 seconds after cause the movement to stop and pressing the SET button. The sys- - It will move the driver's seat for- move in the direction that the control ward when you get in your vehicle tem will beep twice when memory switch is moved. has been successfully stored. with the smart key after closing When recalling an adjustment mem- the driver's door. ory button while sitting in the vehicle, You can activate or deactivate this you can be surprised by the setting feature. Refer to "User settings" in chosen if the memory has been chapter 4. adjusted by someone else. If that occurs, immediately push the seat position control knob in the direction of the desired position to stop further undesired movement.

311 Safety features of your vehicle

Headrest (for front seat) Also, adjust the headrest as close to Adjusting the height up and down your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended.

WARNING - Headrest removal/adjustment • Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed. Headrests can provide critical neck and head support in a OMG038400 crash. OYG036013 The driver's and front passenger's • Do not adjust the headrest To raise the headrest, pull it up to the seats are equipped with a headrest height while the vehicle is in desired position (1). To lower the for the occupant's safety and comfort. motion. Driver may lose con- headrest, push and hold the release trol of the vehicle. The headrest not only provides com- button (2) on the headrest support fort for the driver and front passenger, and lower the headrest to the desired but also helps protect the head and position (3). neck in the event of a rear collision. CAUTION For maximum effectiveness in case Excessive pulling or pushing of an accident, the headrest should may damage the headrest. be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes.

3 12 Safety features of your vehicle

Removal and reinstallation

OYFH034205 OYG036017

✽ NOTICE OYG036015 To reinstall the headrest : If you recline the seatback towards 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the the front with the headrest and seat To remove the headrest: holes while pressing the release cushion raised, the headrest may 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the button (1) or switch(1). come in contact with the sunvisor or recline lever or switch (1). 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the other parts of the vehicle. 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. recline lever or switch (3). 3. Press the headrest release button 3. Adjust the headrest to the appro- (3) while pulling the headrest up (4). priate height.

WARNING - Headrest WARNING - Headrest Removal Reinstallation NEVER allow anyone to ride in a To reduce the risk of injury to seat with the headrest removed. the head or neck, always make Headrests can provide critical sure the headrest is locked into neck and head support in a position and adjusted properly crash. after reinstalling.

313 Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback pocket Rear seat adjustment For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should Headrest be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's heads is similar with the height as the top of their eyes. Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended. OYG036019 The seatback pocket is provided on OMG038401 the back of the front passenger’s and The rear seat is equipped with head- driver’s seatbacks. rests in all the seating positions for the occupant's safety and comfort. WARNING - Seatback The headrest not only provides com- pockets fort for passengers, but also helps protect the head and neck in the Do not put heavy or sharp event of a collision. objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occupants.

3 14 Safety features of your vehicle

Armrest

OYG036020 OYG036021

Adjusting the height up and down Removal and reinstallation OYG036022 (if equipped) (if equipped) To use the armrest, pull it forward To raise the headrest, pull it up to the To remove the headrest, raise it as from the seatback. desired position (1). To lower the far as it can go then press the headrest, push and hold the release release button (1) while pulling the button (2) on the headrest support headrest upward (2). and lower the headrest to the desired To reinstall the headrest, put the position (3). headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position.

315 Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION Be careful when loading cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior.

CAUTION - Damaging rear seat belt buckles OYG036024 OYG036025 When you fold the rear seat- Cup holder and multi box (if equipped) Carrying long/narrow cargo back, insert the buckle between To use the cup holder, lift the cover (if equipped) the rear seatback and cushion. up (2). Additional cargo space is provided to Doing so can prevent the buckle accommodate long/narrow cargo from being damaged by the rear (skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit prop- seatback. erly in the trunk when closed. 1. Pull the armrest down. 2. Pull the cover down while pushing the release lever down.

3 16 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Cargo WARNING - Folded WARNING - Objects Cargo should always be Seatback Objects carried on the folded secured to prevent it from being The purpose of the middle fold- down seatback should not extend thrown about the vehicle in a down rear seatbacks is to allow higher than the top of the front collision and causing injury to you to carry longer objects than seatbacks.This could allow cargo the vehicle occupants. Do not could not otherwise be accom- to slide forward and cause injury place objects in the rear seats, modated. or damage during sudden stops. since they cannot be properly • Never allow a passenger to sit secured and may hit the front on top of the folded down seat occupants in a collision. seatback while the car is moving. This is not a proper seating position since no seat WARNING - Cargo loading belts are available for use. Make sure the engine is off, the • To reduce the risk of injury transaxle is in P (Park) and the caused by sliding cargo within parking brake is securely applied the passenger compartment whenever loading or unloading of the vehicle, objects carried cargo. Failure to take these steps on the folded down seatback may allow the vehicle to move if should not extend higher than the shift lever is inadvertently the top of the front seats. moved to another position.

317 Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon - Shoulder Belt • For maximum restraint system pro- WARNING the bony structure of the body, and tection, the seat belts must always • Never wear the shoulder belt should be worn low across the front be used whenever the vehicle is under your arm or behind of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as moving. A properly positioned your back. An improperly applicable; wearing the lap section of shoulder belt should be positioned positioned shoulder belt can- the belt across the abdominal area midway over your shoulder across not protect the occupant in a must be avoided. your collarbone. crash. Seat belts should be adjusted as • Never allow children to ride in the • Always wear both the shoul- firmly as possible, consistent with front passenger seat. See child der portion and lap portion of comfort, to provide the protection for restraint system section for further the lap/shoulder belt. which they have been designed. discussion. A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer. WARNING - Damaged Care should be taken to avoid con- - Twisted seat WARNING seat belt tamination of the webbing with pol- belt Replace the entire seat belt ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic- Make sure your seat belt is not assembly if any part of the web- ularly battery acid. Cleaning may twisted when worn. A twisted bing or hardware is damaged as safely be carried out using mild soap seat belt may not properly pro- you can no longer be sure that a and water. The belt should be tect you in an accident and damaged seat belt will provide replaced if webbing becomes frayed, could even cut into your body. protection in a crash. contaminated or damaged. • No modifications or additions should be made by the user which would either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.

3 18 Safety features of your vehicle

• When you fasten the seat belt, be Seat belt warning If the vehicle is moving at or faster careful not to latch the seat belt in than 6 mph (9 km/h) without the driv- buckles of other seats. It's very er seatbelt fastened, the warning dangerous and you may not be light will stay on. protected by the seat belt properly. If you continue not to fasten the seat • Do not unfasten the seat belt and belt and you drive over 12mph do not fasten and unfasten the seat (20km/h) the seat belt warning light belt repeatedly while driving. This and chime will activate for approxi- could result in loss of control, and mately 100 seconds and the corre- an accident causing death, serious sponding warning light will blink. injury, or property damage. When the seatbelt is unfastened • When fastening the seat belt, after it has been fastened, if the vehi- make sure that the seat belt does cle is going at less than 12 mph (20 1GQA2083 not pass over objects that are hard km/h), the warning light will illumi- or can break easily. Driver’s seat belt warning nate, and if the vehicle is moving at As a reminder to the driver, the seat or faster than 12mph (20km/h), the belt warning lights will illuminate for warning light will flash and warning WARNING - Seat belt approximately 6 seconds each time chime will sound for more than 100 buckle you turn the ignition switch ON seconds. Do not allow foreign material regardless of belt fastening. (gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to As a reminder to the driver, the seat obstruct the seat belt buckle. belt warning light will illuminate and This may prevent the seat belt warning chime will sound for approx- from fastening securely. imately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON if the seat belt is unfastened.

319 Safety features of your vehicle

When the seatbelt is unfastened Lap/shoulder belt after it has been fastened, if the vehicle is going at less than 12 mph (20km/h), the warning light will illuminate, and if the vehicle is moving at or faster than 12mph(20km/h), the warning light will flash and warning chime will sound for more than 100 seconds.

OJF035092L

Front passenger's seat belt warning OYG036028 As a reminder to the front passenger, Height adjustment the front passenger’s seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approxi- You can adjust the height of the shoul- mately 6 seconds each time when der belt anchor to one of 4 positions the Engine Start/Stop button is in ON for maximum comfort and safety. position regardless of belt fastening. The height of the adjusting seat belt If the vehicle is moving at or faster should not be too close to your neck. than 6 mph (9 km/h) without the driv- You will not be getting the most effec- er seatbelt fastened, the warning tive protection. The shoulder portion light will stay on. should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over If you continue not to fasten the seat your shoulder near the door and not belt and you drive over 12mph your neck. (20km/h) the seat belt warning light and chime will activate for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.

3 20 Safety features of your vehicle

To adjust the height of the seat belt ✽ NOTICE anchor, lower or raise the height If you are not able to pull out the adjuster into an appropriate position. seat belt from the retractor, firmly To raise the height adjuster, pull it up pull the belt out and release it. Then (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while you will be able to pull the belt out pressing the height adjuster button (2). smoothly. Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position. Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident. B180A01NF-1 To fasten your seat belt: WARNING To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of - Shoulder belt positioning the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be Never position the shoulder belt an audible "click" when the tab locks across your neck or face. into the buckle. The seat belt automatically adjusts to WARNING the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so - Seat belt replacement that it fits snugly around your hips. If Replace your seat belts after you lean forward in a slow, easy being in an accident. Failure to motion, the belt will extend and let replace seat belts after an acci- you move around. If there is a sud- dent could leave you with dam- den stop or impact, however, the belt aged seat belts that will not pro- will lock into position. It will also lock vide protection in the event of if you try to lean forward too quickly. another collision.

321 Safety features of your vehicle

B200A01NF OUM036100L OBH038023N To release the seat belt: When using the rear center seat belt WARNING The seat belt is released by pressing the buckle with the “CENTER” mark the release button (A) in the locking must be used. You should place the lap belt buckle. When it is released, the belt portion as low as possible and should automatically draw back into snugly across your hips, not on ✽ NOTICE the retractor. your waist. If the lap belt is locat- If you are not able to pull out the ed too high on your waist, it may If this does not happen, check the safety belt from the retractor, firmly increase the chance of injury in belt to be sure it is not twisted, then pull the belt out and release it. After the event of a collision. Both try again. release, you will be able to pull the arms should not be under or belt out smoothly. over the belt. Rather, one should be over and the other under, as shown in the illustration. Never wear the seat belt under the arm near the door.

3 22 Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt (1) Retractor Pretensioner If the system senses excessive ten- The purpose of the retractor pre- sion on the driver or passenger's tensioner is to make sure that the seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys- shoulder belts fit in tightly against tem activates, the load limiter inside the occupant's upper body in cer- the retractor pre-tensioner will release tain frontal collisions. some of the pressure on the affected seat belt. (2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) The purpose of the EFD is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit ✽ NOTICE in tightly against the occupant's When the pre-tensioner seat belts lower body in certain frontal colli- are activated, a loud noise may be sions. heard and fine dust, which may OXMA033101 appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. Your vehicle is equipped with driver's These are normal operating condi- and front passenger's pre-tensioner tions and are not hazardous. seat belts (retractor pretensioner and EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)). The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated, when a frontal collision is severe enough, together with the air bags. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor may lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.

323 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING - Skin Irritation • Both the driver's and front pas- Wash all exposed skin areas senger's seat belt pre-tensioner sys- thoroughly after an accident in tem may be activated not only in which the pre-tensioner seat certain frontal collisions, but also belts were activated. The fine in certain side collisions or dust from the pre-tensioner rollovers, if the vehicle is equipped activation may cause skin irrita- with a side or curtain air bag. tion and should not be breathed • Because the sensor that activates for prolonged periods. the SRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the OJF045207L SRS air bag warning light on The seat belt pre-tensioner system the instrument panel will illumi- consists mainly of the following com- nate for approximately 6 seconds after the Engine Start/Stop button ponents. Their locations are shown in has been turned to the ON posi- the illustration: tion, and then it should turn off. (1) SRS air bag warning light (2) Front retractor pre-tensioner assembly (3) SRS control module (4) Emergency fastening device (EFD)

3 24 Safety features of your vehicle

If the pre-tensioner seat belt system Seat belt precautions is not working properly, this warning WARNING - Hot preten- Infant or small child light will illuminate even if there is not sioner a malfunction with the SRS air bag. If Do not touch the pre-tensioner All 50 states have child restraint laws. the SRS air bag warning light does seat belt assemblies for several You should be aware of the specific not illuminate when the Engine minutes after they have been requirements in your state. Child Start/Stop button is turned ON, or if it activated. When the pre-ten- and/or infant seats must be properly remains illuminated after illuminating sioner seat belt mechanism placed and installed in the rear seat. for approximately 6 seconds, or if it fires during a collision the pre- For more information about the use of illuminates while the vehicle is being tensioner becomes hot and can these restraints, refer to “Child driven, have an authorized Kia dealer burn you. restraint system” in this section. inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as ✽ NOTICE possible. Pre-tensioners are designed to operate only one time. After activation, Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when ✽ NOTICE pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced. If the pre-tensioner must properly restrained in the rear seat Do not attempt to service or repair be replaced, contact an authorized by a child restraint system that meets the pre-tensioner seat belt system in Kia dealer. the requirements of the Federal any manner. Do not attempt to Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. inspect or replace the pre-tensioner Before buying any child restraint sys- seat belts yourself. This must be tem, make sure that it has a label cer- done by an authorized Kia dealer. tifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The restraint must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to “Child restraint system” in this section.

325 Safety features of your vehicle

Larger children If the shoulder belt portion slightly Restraint of pregnant women Children who are too large for child touches the child’s neck or face, try Pregnant women should wear restraint systems should always placing the child closer to the center of lap/shoulder belt assemblies when- occupy the rear seat and use the the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still ever possible according to specific available lap/shoulder belts. The lap touches their face or neck they need to recommendations by their doctors. portion should be fastened and be returned to a child restraint system. The lap portion of the belt should be snugged on the hips as low as possi- worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS ble. Check periodically to insure that POSSIBLE. WARNING - Small children the belt fits. A child's squirming could put the belt out of position. Children Do not allow small children to are given the most safety in the event ride in the vehicle without an WARNING - Pregnant of an accident when they are appropriate child restraint sys- women restrained by a proper restraint system. If the shoulder belt comes Pregnant women must never tem in the rear seat. If a larger child in contact with your child's neck place the lap portion of the seat (over age 13) must be seated in the or face your child is too small to belt above or on the abdomen front seat, the child should be ride in the vehicle. In a crash the where the fetus is located. The securely restrained by the available seat belt will inflict injury to your force of the seat belt during a lap/shoulder belt and the seat should child's neck, throat and face. collision will crush the fetus. be placed in the rearmost position. Children age 13 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a child age 13 and under in the front seat. NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle.

3 26 Safety features of your vehicle

Injured person Care of seat belts Periodic inspection A seat belt should be used when an Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected injured person is being transported. disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of When this is necessary, you should tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should consult a physician for recommenda- that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible. tions. not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse. Keep belts clean and dry One person per belt Seat belts should be kept clean and Two people (including children) WARNING - Pinched seat dry. If belts become dirty, they can be should never attempt to use a single belt cleaned by using a mild soap solu- seat belt. This could increase the tion and warm water. Chemical sub- severity of injuries in case of an acci- Make sure that the webbing stances should not be used on seat dent. and/or buckle does not get belts to prevent any damage. Heated caught or pinched in the rear up seatbelts may burn infants and seat when returning the rear children. Do not lie down seatback to its upright position. To reduce the chance of injuries in A caught or pinched webbing/ the event of an accident and to buckle may become damaged When to replace seat belts achieve maximum effectiveness of and could fail during a collision The entire in-use seat belt assembly the restraint system, all passengers or sudden stop. or assemblies should be replaced if should be sitting up and the front and the vehicle has been involved in an rear seats should be in an upright accident. This should be done even if position when the vehicle is moving. WARNING no damage is visible. Additional A seat belt cannot provide proper Seatbelts can become hot in a questions concerning seat belt oper- protection if the person is lying down vehicle that has been closed up ation should be directed to an in the rear seat or if the front and rear in sunny weather. They could authorized Kia dealer. seats are in a reclined position. burn infants and children.

327 Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS) Children Always in the Rear Children under age 13 must always Child restraint systems must be ride in the rear seats and must always properly placed and installed in the be properly restrained to minimize the rear seat. You must use a commer- WARNING - Restraint risk of injury in an accident, sudden cially available child restraint system Location stop or sudden maneuver. According that meets the requirements of the Never install a child or infant to accident statistics, children are Federal Motor Vehicle Safety seat on the front passenger's safer when properly restrained in the Standards (FMVSS). seat. A child riding in the front rear seats than in the front seat. Even Child restraint systems are generally passenger seat can be forceful- with air bags, children can be serious- designed to be secured in a vehicle ly struck by an inflating airbag ly injured or killed. Children too large seat by lap belt portion of a and seriously injured. for a child restraint must use the seat lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys- belts provided. tem in the rear seats of the vehicle. All 50 states have child restraint laws WARNING - Hot Child which require children to travel in Restraint approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or A child restraint system can height/weight restrictions at which become very hot if it is left in a seat belts can be used instead of closed vehicle on a sunny day. child restraints differs among states, Be sure to check the seat cover, so you should be aware of the spe- buckles and latches before cific requirements in your state, and placing a child in the restraint where you are travelling. system.

3 28 Safety features of your vehicle

Child restraint system (CRS) (Continued) Selecting a Child Restraint Infants and younger children must be System (CRS) • Always properly restrain your restrained in an appropriate rear-fac- child in the child restraint. When selecting a CRS for your child, ing or forward-facing CRS that has always: first been properly secured to the • If the vehicle head restraint • Make sure the CRS has a label rear seat of the vehicle. Read and prevents proper installation of certifying that it meets applicable comply with the instructions for a child seat (as described in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety installation and use provided by the the child restraint system Standards (FMVSS 213). manufacturer of the child restraint. manual), the head restraint of the respective seating posi- • Select a child restraint based on tion shall be readjusted or your child’s height and weight. The WARNING entirely removed. required label or the instructions Child Restraint Installation - • Do not use an infant carrier or for use typically provide this infor- An improperly secured child a child safety seat that mation. restraint can increase the risk "hooks" over a seatback, it • Select a child restraint that fits the of serious injury or death in an may not provide adequate vehicle seating position where it accident. Always take the fol- protection in an accident. will be used. lowing precautions when using • Read and comply with the warn- a child restraint system: ✽ ings and instructions for installation • Always follow the child NOTICE and use provided with the child restraint system manufactur- After an accident, have a Kia dealer restraint system. er’s instructions for installa- check the child restraint system, seat tion and use. belts, tether anchors and lower (Continued) anchors.

329 Safety features of your vehicle

Child restraint system types WARNING - Holding WARNING - Unattended There are three main types of child Children Children restraint systems: rear-facing seats, Never hold a child in your arms Never leave children unattended forward-facing seats, and booster or lap when riding in a vehicle. in a vehicle. The car can heat up seats. They are classified according The violent forces created dur- very quickly, resulting in injuries to the child’s age, height and weight. ing a crash will tear the child to the child in the vehicle. from your arms and throw the child against the car’s interior. Always use a child restraint system which is appropriate for WARNING - Seat Belt Use your child's height and weight. Do not use one seat belt for two occupants at the same time. This will eliminate any safety benefit provided by the seat belt to the occupants.

3 30 Safety features of your vehicle

Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rear-facing for a longer period of time. Continue to use a rear-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It’s the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown CRS09 the rear-facing child restraint, your OYG036030 Rear-facing child seats child is ready for a forward-facing Forward-facing child restraints child restraint with a harness. A rear-facing child seat provides A forward-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface restraint for the child’s body with a against the back of the child. The harness. Keep children in a forward- harness system holds the child in facing child seat with a harness until place, and in an accident, acts to they reach the top height or weight keep the child positioned in the seat limit allowed by your child restraint’s and reduces the stress to the neck manufacturer. and spinal cord. Once your child outgrows the for- All children under age one must ward-facing child restraint, your child always ride in a rear-facing infant is ready for a booster seat. child restraint.

331 Safety features of your vehicle

Booster seats Installing a Child Restraint Lower Anchors and Tether for A booster seat is a restraint designed System (CRS) Children (LATCH) System to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat After selecting a proper child seat for The LATCH system holds a child belt system. A booster seat positions your child, check to make sure it fits restraint during driving and in an the seat belt so that it fits properly properly in your vehicle. Follow the accident. This system is designed to over the lap of your child. instructions provided by the manu- make installation of the child restraint Keep your child in a booster seat facturer when installing the child easier and reduce the possibility of until they are big enough to sit in the seat. Note these general steps when improperly installing your child seat without a booster and still have installing the seat to your vehicle: restraint. The LATCH system uses the seat belt fit properly. For a seat • Properly secure the child anchors in the vehicle and attach- belt to fit properly, the lap belt must restraint to the vehicle. All child ments on the child restraint. The lie snugly across the upper thighs, restraints must be secured to the LATCH system eliminates the need not the stomach. The shoulder belt vehicle with the lap part of a to use seat belts to secure the child should lie snug across the shoulder lap/shoulder belt or with the restraint to the rear seats. and chest and not across the neck or LATCH system. Lower anchors are metal bars built face. Children under age 13 must into the vehicle. There are two lower always ride in the rear seats and • Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured. After installing a anchors for each LATCH seating must always be properly restrained position that will accommodate a to minimize the risk of injury. child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward and from child restraint with lower attachments. side-to-side to verify that it is To use the LATCH system in your securely attached to the seat. A vehicle, you must have a child child restraint secured with a seat restraint with LATCH attachments. belt should be installed as firmly as The child seat manufacturer will pro- possible. However, some side-to- vide you with instructions on how to side movement can be expected. use the child seat with its attach- • Secure the child in the child ments for the LATCH lower anchors. restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child restraint according to the manufacturer instructions. 3 32 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - LATCH Lower Anchors Never attempt to attach a LATCH equipped seat in the center seating position. LATCH lower anchors are only to be used in the left and right rear outboard seating positions.You may damage the anchors or the anchors may fail and break in a collision. B230D01NF OYG036034L LATCH anchors have been provided The lower anchor position indicator in the left and right outboard rear symbols are located on the left and seating positions. Their locations are right rear seat backs to identify the shown in the illustration. There are position of the lower anchors in your no LATCH anchors provided for the vehicle (see arrows in illustration). center rear seating position. The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions. To use the lower anchor, push the upper portion of the lower anchor cover. ❈ (1) : Lower Anchor position indicator (2) : Lower Anchor

333 Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with (Continued) the LATCH anchors system WARNING • Always have the LATCH sys- To install a LATCH-compatible child Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system: tem inspected by your author- restraint in either of the rear outboard ized Kia dealer after an acci- seating positions: • Read and follow all installation dent. An accident can damage 1. Move the seat belt buckle away instructions provided with the LATCH system and may from the lower anchors. your child restraint system. not properly secure the child 2. Move any other objects away from • To prevent the child from restraint. the anchors that could prevent a reaching and taking hold of the secure connection between the unused seat belts, buckle all child restraint and the lower unused rear seat belts before anchors. the child is placed into the 3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle. Lock each unused vehicle seat, then attach the seat seatbelt following the instruc- to the lower anchors according to tions in the “Automatic locking the instructions provided by the mode” subsection, and place child restraint manufacturer. the webbing behind the child seat or against an unused seat- 4. Follow the child restraint instruc- back. Children can be stran- tions for properly adjusting and gled if a shoulder belt becomes tightening the lower attachments wrapped around their neck and on the child restraint to the lower the seat belt tightens. anchors. • NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break. (Continued)

3 34 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Securing a child restraint seat The recommended maximum with "Tether Anchor" system WARNING weight for the LATCH system is 65 Take the following precautions lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper when installing the tether strap: child restraint, consider that the • Read and follow all installation maximum total weight of the child instructions provided with plus the child restraint should be your child restraint system. less than 65 lbs (30 kg). • NEVER attach more than one As a guide, the MAX child restraint child restraint to a single teth- weight should be determined by the er anchor. This could cause following calculation: the anchor or attachment to Child Restraint Weight = come loose or break. 65 - (child's total weight in lbs.) • Do not attach the tether strap OYG036031 to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not First secure the child restraint with work properly if attached to the LATCH lower anchors or the seat something else. belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether • Do not use the tether anchors strap be attached, attach and tighten for adult seat belts or harness- the top tether strap to the top tether es, or for attaching other items strap anchor. or equipment to the vehicle. Child restraint hook holders are • Always fasten the seat belts located on the shelf behind the rear behind the child restraint seat seats. when they are not used to secure the child seat. Failure to do so may result in child strangulation.

335 Safety features of your vehicle

3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward and from side-to-side.

Securing a child restraint with a lap belt or lap/shoulder belt When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. OYG036032 OLMB033044 To install the tether anchor: Automatic locking mode 1. Route the child restraint tether Since all passenger seat belts move strap over the child restraint seat- freely under normal conditions and back. Route the tether strap under only lock under extreme or emer- the head restraint and between gency conditions (emergency locking the head restraint posts, or route mode), you must manually pull the the tether strap over the top of the seat belt all the way out to shift the vehicle seatback. Make sure the retractor to the “Automatic Locking” strap is not twisted. mode to secure a child restraint. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to The “Automatic Locking” mode will the tether anchor, then tighten the help prevent the normal movement tether strap according to the child of the child in the vehicle from caus- seat manufacturer’s instructions to ing the seat belt to loosen and com- firmly secure the child restraint to promise the child restraint system. To the seat. secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.

3 36 Safety features of your vehicle

To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following: 1.Place the child restraint system on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.

OEN036101 OEN036102 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the into the buckle. Listen for the dis- seat belt all the way out. When the tinct "click" sound. shoulder portion of the seat belt is Position the release button so that fully extended, it will shift the it is easy to access in case of an retractor to the "Automatic emergency. Locking" (child restraint) mode.

337 Safety features of your vehicle

5. Remove as much slack from the ✽ NOTICE belt as possible by pushing down When the seat belt is allowed to on the child restraint system while retract to its fully stowed position, feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor will automatically the retractor. switch from the "Automatic 6. Push and pull on the child restraint Locking" mode to the emergency system to confirm that the seat lock mode for normal adult usage. belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6. WARNING - Auto lock mode 7. Double check that the retractor is OEN036103 in the "Automatic Locking" mode Set the retractor to Automatic Lock mode when installing any 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion by attempting to pull more of the child restraint system. If the of the seat belt to retract and listen seat belt out of the retractor. If you retractor is not in the Automatic for an audible "clicking" or "ratchet- cannot, the retractor is in the Locking mode, the child restraint ing" sound. This indicates that the "Automatic Locking" mode. can move when your vehicle retractor is in the "Automatic turns or stops suddenly. Locking" mode. If no distinct sound If your CRS manufacturer instructs or is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. recommends you to use a tether To remove the child restraint, press anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, the release button on the buckle and refer to the previous pages for more then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of information. the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

3 38 Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag (3) Side air bag (4) Curtain air bag (5) Driver’s knee air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OYG036035N

339 Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • In order to help provide protection, operate? inflate and deflate in an instant. the air bags must inflate rapidly. • Air bags are activated (able to It is virtually impossible for you to The speed of the air bag inflation is inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an a consequence of extremely short Engine Start/Stop button is turned accident. time in which to inflate the air bag to the ON or engine is running. between the occupant and the It is much more likely that you will vehicle structures before the occu- • The appropriate air bags inflate simply see the deflated air bags pant impacts those structures. This instantly in the event of a serious hanging out of their storage com- speed of inflation reduces the risk frontal collision or side collision in partments after the collision. of serious or life-threatening order to help protect the occupants • In addition to inflating in serious injuries and is thus a necessary from serious physical injury. side collisions, side and/or curtain part of the air bag design. • There is no single speed at which air bags will inflate if the sensing However, air bag inflation can also the air bags will inflate. system detects a rollover. cause injuries which can include Generally, air bags are designed to • When a rollover is detected, side facial abrasions, bruises and bro- inflate based upon the severity of a and/or curtain air bags will remain ken bones because the inflation collision and its direction. These inflated longer to help provide pro- speed also causes the air bags to two factors determine whether the tection from ejection, especially expand with a great deal of force. sensors produce an electronic when used in conjunction with the • There are even circumstances deployment/ inflation signal. seat belts. under which contact with the • Air bag deployment depends on a steering wheel or passenger air number of factors including vehicle bag can cause fatal injuries, speed, angles of impact, and, the especially if the occupant is density and stiffness of the vehi- positioned excessively close to cles or objects which your vehicle the steering wheel or passenger hits in the collision. The determin- air bag. ing factors are not limited to those mentioned above.

3 40 Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke WARNING - Airbag infla- When inflated, the air bags make a WARNING - Hot compo- tion loud noise and leave smoke and nents Sit as far back as possible from powder in the air inside the vehicle. Do not touch the air bag storage the steering wheel while still This is normal and is a result of the area's internal components maintaining comfortable con- ignition of the air bag inflator. After immediately after airbag infla- trol of your vehicle. A distance the air bag inflates, you may feel sub- tion. The air bag related parts in of at least 10" from your chest stantial discomfort in breathing due the steering wheel, instrument to the steering wheel is recom- to the contact of your chest with both panel and the roof rails above mended. Failure to do so can the seat belt and the air bag, as well the front and rear doors are result in airbag inflation injuries as from breathing the smoke and very hot. Hot components can to the driver. powder. Open your doors and/or result in burn injuries. windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder. WARNING Though smoke and powder are non- Do not install or place any toxic, it may cause irritation to the accessories near air bag skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If deployment areas, such as the this is the case, wash and rinse with instrument panel, windows, pil- cold water immediately and consult a lars, and roof rails. doctor if the symptom persists.

341 Safety features of your vehicle

Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light the front passenger’s seat. WARNING - Air bag deployment • When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible. Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could impact the child.

• Do not install or place any W7-147 accessories near air bag 1JBH3051 deployment areas, such as The purpose of air bag warning light Never place a rear-facing child the instrument panel, win- in your instrument panel is to alert restraint in the front passenger’s dows, pillars, and roof rails. you of a potential problem with your seat. If the air bag deploys, it would air bag system, which could include impact the rear-facing child restraint, your side and/or curtain air bags causing serious or fatal injury. used for rollover protection. In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the front passenger’s seat. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child.

3 42 Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions 9. Side impact sensors 10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator (Front passenger’s seat only) 11. Occupant detection system (Front passenger’s seat only) 12. Emergency fastening device (EFD) 13. Driver`s knee air bag module

W7-147

OYG036094N If the air bag warning light is illuminated for more than 6 seconds after The SRS consists of the following the Engine Start/Stop button is components: turned on, or of it illuminates during 1. Driver's front air bag module vehicle operation, an SRS compo- 2. Passenger's front air bag module nent may not be functioning properly and you should have your vehicle 3. Side air bag modules checked by an authorized Kia dealer. 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM) / Rollover sensor 8. Front impact sensors

343 Safety features of your vehicle

If any of the following conditions Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) occur, this indicates a malfunction in the air bag system. Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. B240B01L B240B02L • The light blinks when the Engine The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold- Start/Stop button to the ON posi- ed both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will tion. wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags. will automatically deploy the front air bags.

3 44 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag WARNING - Flying objects Do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates.

• If an air bag deploys, there may be B240B03L B240B05L a loud noise followed by a fine dust A fully inflated air bag, in combina- released in the vehicle. These con- tion with a properly worn seat belt, ditions are normal and are not haz- WARNING - Air bag ardous - the air bags are packed in slows the driver's or the passenger's obstructions forward motion, reducing the risk of this fine powder. The dust generat- head and chest injury. Do not install or place any ed during air bag deployment may accessories on the steering cause skin or eye irritation as well wheel, instrument panel, or on as aggravate asthma for some per- After complete inflation, the air bag the front passenger's panel sons. Always wash all exposed immediately starts deflating, enabling above the glove box in a vehi- skin areas thoroughly with cold the driver to maintain forward visibility cle. Such objects may become water and a mild soap after an and the ability to steer or operate dangerous projectiles if the air accident in which the air bags were other controls. bag deploys. deployed.

345 Safety features of your vehicle

• The SRS can function only when Occupant Detection System Do not put anything in front of the the Engine Start/Stop button is in (ODS) passenger air bag indicator. the ON position. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, or after the engine is started, comes on while driving, the SRS is not working properly. If this occurs, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

✽ NOTICE OYG036041 Before you replace a fuse or discon- Your vehicle is equipped with an nect a battery terminal, turn the occupant detection system in the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF front passenger's seat. position. The occupant detection system is Never remove or replace the air bag designed to detect the presence of a related fuse(s) when the Engine properly-seated front passenger and Start/Stop button to the ON position. determine if the passenger's front air Failure to heed this warning will bag should be enabled (may inflate) cause the SRS air bag warning light or not. Only the front passenger front to illuminate. air bag is controlled by the Occupant Detection System.

3 46 Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of the occu- If the front passenger seat is occu- Always be sure that you and all vehicle pant detection system pied by a person that the system occupants are seated and restrained • An detection device located within determines to be of appropriate size, properly (sitting upright with the seat in the front passenger seat cushion. and he/she sits properly (sitting an upright position, centered on the upright with the seatback in an seat cushion, with the person’s legs • An electronic system which deter- upright position, centered on the comfortably extended, feet on the mines whether the passenger air seat cushion with their seat belt on, floor, and wearing the safety belt prop- bag systems should be activated legs comfortably extended and their erly) for the most effective protection or deactivated. feet on the floor), the PASSENGER by the air bag and the safety belt. • An indicator light located on the AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off instrument panel which illuminates and the front passenger's air bag will • The ODS (Occupant Detection the words PASSENGER AIR BAG be able to inflate, if necessary, in System) may not function properly if “OFF” indicates the front passen- frontal crashes. the passenger takes actions which ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR can defeat the detection system. • The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG “OFF” indicator on the center These include: ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the (1) Failing to sit in an upright position. occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front (2) Leaning against the door or cen- passenger air bag based on these ter console. conditions. (3) Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat. (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat. (5) Improperly wearing the safety belt. (6) Reclining the seat back.

347 Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system CAUTION • Do not install a child restraint Indicator/Warning light Devices seat in the passenger seat when the seat is heavily Condition detected by the "PASSENGER SRS warning Front passenger soaked with any type of liquid. occupant classification system AIR BAG OFF" light air bag indicator light • Do not alter or remodel the ODS (Occupant Detection 1. Adult*1 Off Off Activated System).This may damage the 2. Child restraint system with system and prevent its proper child under 12 months old On Off Deactivated function in a collision. *2 *3 *4 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture. *2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position. *3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. *4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

3 48 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE ODS System • Do not use car seat cushions that WARNING - When the “PASS AIR BAG “OFF”” cover up the surface of the seat Riding in an improper position symbol is illuminated, the passenger and aftermarket manufactured adversely affects the Occupant air bag system will not operate. The passenger seat heaters. Detection System and may passenger air bag system will oper- • After conducting car interior clean- result in the deactivation of the ate when necessary if the symbol is ing using steam or detergent, the front passenger airbag. It is not illuminated. seat should be dried properly. important for the driver to Afterward, check for normal oper- instruct the passenger as to the ✽ NOTICE ation of the “PASS AIR BAG proper seating instructions as “OFF”” and air bag warning lights. contained in this manual. Do not modify or replace the front • Any service related to the passen- passenger seat. Don't place anything ger seat and the ODS must be on or attach anything such as a blan- done at Kia service center. ket, front seat cover or after market • After the passenger seat has been seat heater to the front passenger removed or installed for repair seat. This can adversely affect the purposes, check for normal opera- occupant detection system. tion of the “PASS AIR BAG “OFF”” and air bag warning lights with a person seated or not seated in the passenger seat.

349 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - ODS System Riding in an improper position adversely affects the Occupant Detection System and may result in the deactivation of the front passenger airbag. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger as to the proper seating instructions OJFA035105 OJFA035107 as contained in this manual. - Do not place feet on the front - Never excessively recline the passenger seatback. front passenger seatback.

OJFA035104

- Do not place a heavy load in OJFA035106 OJFA035108 the front passenger seatback - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash- pocket or on the front passen- towards the front of the seat. ger seat. board.

(Continued)

3 50 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

OJFA035101 OJFA035109 OJFA035102 - Do not use car seat acces- - Never lean on the door or cen- - Do not place electronic sories such as thick blankets ter console. devices such as laptops, DVD and cushions which cover up - Never sit on one side of the player, or conductive materi- the car seat surface. front passenger seat. als such as water bottles on the passenger seat. Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.

351 Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” WARNING indicator is still on, ask the passen- - Wet Passenger Seat ger to move to the rear seat. Do not spill liquid in the passenger seat. Spilled liquid on WARNING - “AIR BAG the passenger seat may cause OFF” light the air bag warning light to illuminate or malfunction. If any liq- Do not allow an adult passenger uid is spilled, make sure the to ride in the front seat when the seat has been completely dried PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” before driving the vehicle. indicator is illuminated, because the air bag will not B990A01O deploy in the event of a crash. When an adult is seated in the front The driver must instruct the passenger seat, if the PASSENGER passenger to reposition himself AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn in the seat. Failure to properly the Engine Start/Stop button to the position yourself may lead to air OFF position and ask the passenger bag deactivation resulting in air to sit properly (sitting upright with the bag non-deployment in a colli- seat back in an upright position, cen- sion. If the PASSENGER AIR tered on the seat cushion with their BAG “OFF” indicator remains seat belt on, legs comfortably illuminated after the passenger extended and their feet on the floor). repositions themselves proper- Restart the engine and have the per- ly and the car is restarted, it is son remain in that position. This will recommended that passenger allow the system to detect the person move to the rear seat because and to enable the passenger air bag. the passenger's front air bag will not deploy.

3 52 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE • Even though your vehicle is Any child age 12 and under should The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” equipped with the occupant detec- ride in the rear seat. Children too indicator illuminates for about 4 section system, never install a child large for child restraints should use onds after the Engine Start/Stop restraint system in the front pas- the available lap/shoulder belts. No button is turned to the ON position senger's seat. A deploying air bag matter what type of crash, children of or after the engine is started. If the can forcefully strike a child result- all ages are safer when restrained in front passenger seat is occupied, the ing in serious injuries or death. Any the rear seat. occupant detection sensor will then child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat. Children too large classify the front passenger after If the occupant detection system is several more seconds. for child restraints should use the available lap/shoulder belts. No not working properly, the SRS air matter what type of crash, children bag warning light on the instrument of all ages are safer when panel will illuminate because the restrained in the rear seat. passenger's front air bag is connected with the occupant detection sys- • If the PASSENGER AIR BAG tem. If there is a malfunction of the “OFF” indicator is illuminated when occupant detection system, the PAS- the front passenger's seat is occu- SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator pied by an adult and he/she sits will not illuminate and the passen- properly (sitting upright with the ger's front air bag will inflate in frontal seatback in an upright position, impact crashes even if there is no centered on the seat cushion with occupant in the front passenger's their seat belt on, legs comfortably seat. extended and their feet on the floor), have that person sit in the rear seat.

353 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver's and passenger's front Your vehicle is equipped with an These sensors provide the ability to air bag Advanced Supplemental Restraint control the SRS deployment based on (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder whether or not the seat belts are fas- ■ Driver’s front air bag belts at both the driver and passen- tened, and how severe the impact is. ger seating position. The advanced SRS offers the ability The indication of the system's pres- to control the air bag inflation with ence are the letters "AIR BAG" located two levels. A first stage level is pro- on the air bag pad cover on the steer- vided for moderate-severity impacts. ing wheel and the passenger's side A second stage level is provided for front panel pad above the glove box. more severe impacts. The SRS consists of air bags OYG036036 The passenger’s front air bag is ■ Driver’s knee air bag installed under the pad covers in the designed to help reduce the injury of center of the steering wheel and the children sitting close to the instru- passenger's side front panel above ment panel in low speed collisions. the glove box. However, children are safer if they The purpose of the SRS is to provide are restrained in the rear seat. the vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection According to the impact severity and than that offered by the seat belt sys- seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS tem alone in case of a frontal impact Control Module) controls the air bag OYG036069L inflation. Failure to properly wear ■ Passenger’s front air bag of sufficient severity. The SRS uses sensors to gather information about seat belts can increase the risk or the driver's and front passenger's severity of injury in an accident. seat belt usage and impact severity. ✽ The seat belt buckle sensors deter- NOTICE mine if the driver and front passen- The driver’s hands should be placed on ger's seat belts are fastened. the steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The passenger’s arm and hands should be placed on their laps. OYG036037 3 54 Safety features of your vehicle

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped Front air bags are not intended to with an occupant detection system in WARNING - Replacement / deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or the front passenger's seat. The occu- modifications rollover crashes. However, when pant detection system detects the The front passenger seat, dash- frontal deployment threshold is satis- presence of a passenger in the front board or door should not be fied at side-impact, front air bags passenger's seat and will turn off the replaced except by an author- may deploy. In addition, front air bags front passenger's air bag under cer- ized Kia dealer using original will not deploy in frontal crashes tain conditions. For more detail, see Kia parts designed for this vehi- below the deployment threshold. "Occupant detection system" in this cle and model. Any other such chapter. replacement or modification could adversely affect the oper- WARNING - SRS Wiring Modification to the seat structure can ation of the occupant detection Do not tamper with or discon- cause the air bag to deploy at a dif- system and your advanced air nect SRS wiring or other com- ferent level than should be provided. bags. ponents of the SRS system. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental deployment of Manufacturers are required by gov- Advanced air bags are combined with the air bags or by rendering the ernment regulations to provide a pre-tensioner seat belts to help pro- SRS inoperative. contact point concerning modifica- vide enhanced occupant protection in tions to the vehicle for persons with frontal crashes. Front air bags are not disabilities, which modifications may intended to deploy in collisions in affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag which sufficient protection can be pro- system. That contact is Kia’s toll-free vided by the pre-tensioner seat belt. Customer Assistance center at 1- 800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does ✽ NOTICE not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or structure of Air bags can only be used once – the vehicle that could affect the have an authorized Kia dealer advanced air bag system, including replace the air bag immediately the occupant detection system. after deployment.

355 Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side WARNING - No attaching air bag in each front seat. The pur- objects pose of the air bag is to provide the • No objects (such as crash pad vehicle's driver and/or the front pas- cover, cellular phone holder, senger with additional protection than cup holder, perfume or stick- that offered by the seat belt alone. ers) should be placed over or • The side air bags are designed to near the air bag modules on deploy during certain side-impact the steering wheel, instrument collisions, depending on the crash panel, windshield glass, and severity, angle, speed and point of the front passenger's panel impact. However, when side deploy- above the glove box. Such OYG036038 ment threshold is satisfied at front- objects could cause harm if impact, side air bags may deploy. the vehicle is in a crash • The side air bags may deploy on severe enough to cause the the side of the impact or on both air bags to deploy. sides. Do not place any objects over • The side and/or curtain air bags on the air bag or between the air both sides of the vehicle will deploy bag and yourself. if a rollover or possible rollover is • Never place or insert any detected. object into any small opening • The side air bags are not designed near side airbag labels OYG038095 to deploy in all side impact or attached to the vehicle seats. rollover situations. When the air bag deploys, the ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ object may affect the deploy- from the illustration. ment and result in unexpected accident or bodily harm.

3 56 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Unexpected WARNING - Deployment WARNING - No attaching deployment Do not install any accessories objects Avoid impact to the side impact including seat covers, on the • Do not place any objects over airbag sensor when the Engine side or near the side air bag as the air bag or between the air Start/Stop button is ON to pre- this may affect the deployment bag and yourself. Also, do not vent unexpected deployment of of the side air bags. attach any objects around the the side air bag. area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, • If seat or seat cover is damaged, front and rear pillar. have the vehicle checked and • The side air bag is supplemental to • Do not put any objects the driver's and the passenger's repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. Inform the dealer that your vehi- between the side airbag label seat belt systems and is not a sub- and seat cushion. It could stitute for them. Therefore your cle is equipped with side air bags and an occupant detection system. cause harm if the vehicle is in seat belts must be worn at all times a crash severe enough to while the vehicle is in operation. cause the air bags to deploy. • For best protection from the side WARNING - Flying objects • Never place or insert any air bag system and to avoid being Do not place any objects (an object into any small opening injured by the deploying side air umbrella, bag, etc.) between the near side airbag labels bag, both front seat occupants front door and the front seat. attached to the vehicle seats. should sit in an upright position Such objects may become dan- When the air bag deploys, the with the seat belt properly fas- gerous projectiles if the side object may affect the deploy- tened. The driver's hands should airbag inflates. ment and result in unexpected be placed on the steering wheel at accident or bodily harm. the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The • Do not install any accessories passenger's arms and hands on the side or near the side air should be placed on their laps. bags.

357 Safety features of your vehicle

Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along Do not allow the passengers to lean both sides of the roof rails above the their heads or bodies against the front and rear doors. doors, put their arms on the doors, They are designed to help protect stretch their arms out of the window occupants in certain side impacts or place objects between the doors and to help prevent them from eject- and passengers when they are seating out of the vehicle as a result of a ed on seats equipped with side rollover, especially when the seat- impact and/or curtain air bags. belts are also in use. • The curtain air bags are designed to ✽ NOTICE deploy during certain side impact Never try to open or repair any com- OJF035042 collisions, depending on the crash ponents of the side and curtain air severity, angle, speed and point of bag system. This should only be impact. However, when side deploy- done by an authorized Kia dealer. ment threshold is satisfied at front- impact, side air bags may deploy. • The curtain air bags may deploy on WARNING - No attaching the side of the impact or on both objects sides. • Do not place any objects over • Also, the curtain air bags on both the air bag. Also, do not attach sides of the vehicle will deploy in any objects around the area certain rollover situations. the air bag inflates such as the OYG038096 door, side door glass, front ❈ • The curtain air bags are not and rear pillar, roof side rail. The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ designed to deploy in all side from the illustration. impact or rollover situations. • Do not hang hard or breakable objects on the coat hook.

3 58 Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.

OYG036047/OYG036048/OYG036049/OYG036050/OYG036051/OYG036052 (1) SRS control module/ (3) Side impact sensor Rollover sensor (4) Side impact sensor (2) Front impact sensor (5) Side impact sensor 359 Safety features of your vehicle

Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions WARNING - Air bag sen- installation angles are changed due sors to the deformation of the front • Do not hit or allow any objects bumper, front end module, body or to impact the locations where front doors where side collision sen- air bags or sensors are sors are installed. Have the vehicle installed. checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. This may cause unexpected air bag deployment, which Installing bumper guards (or side could result in serious per- step or running board) or replacing a sonal injury or death. bumper (or front door module) with non-genuine parts may adversely • If the installation location or affect your vehicle’s collision and air angle of the sensors is altered bag deployment performance. OYG036076 in any way, the air bags may deploy when they should not Front air bags or they may not deploy when Front air bags are designed to inflate they should. in a frontal collision depending on Therefore, do not try to per- the intensity, speed or angles of form maintenance on or impact of the front collision. around the air bag sensors. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.

3 60 Safety features of your vehicle

Side and/or curtain air bags Even where side and/or curtain air Side and/or curtain air bags are bags would not provide impact pro- designed to inflate when an impact is tection in a rollover, however, they detected by side collision sensors will deploy to prevent ejection of depending on the strength, speed or occupants, especially those who are angles of impact resulting from a restrained with seat belts. side impact collision. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by Also, the side and curtain air bags are bumps or objects on unimproved designed to inflate when a rollover is roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive detected by a rollover sensor. carefully on unimproved roads or on OYG036054 surfaces not designed for vehicle Although the front air bags (driver’s traffic to prevent unintended air bag and front passenger’s air bags) are deployment. designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions. They may inflate in other types OYG038097 of collisions where a side force is ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ detected by the sensors. Side air bag from the illustration. and/or curtain air bags may also inflate where rollover sensors indicate the possibility of a rollover occurring (even if none actually occurs) or in other situations, including when the vehicle is tilted while being towed.

361 Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

OYG036078 OYG036058

OYG036077 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because • In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu- provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection. tection of the seat belts in such collisions.

3 62 Safety features of your vehicle

OYG036079 OYG036075 OYG036080 • In an angled collision, the force of • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in all impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents where the a direction where the air bags lowers the front portion of the vehi- SRSCM indicates that the front air would not be able to provide any cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- bag deployment would not provide additional benefit, and thus the cle with a higher ground clearance. additional occupant protection. sensors may not deploy any air Air bags may not inflate in this bags. "under-ride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.

363 Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care For cleaning the air bag pad covers, The SRS is virtually maintenance- use only a soft, dry cloth or one which free and so there are no parts you can has been moistened with plain water. safely service by yourself. If the SRS Solvents or cleaners could adversely air bag warning light does not illumi- affect the air bag covers and proper nate, or continuously remains on, have deployment of the system. your vehicle immediately inspected by If components of the air bag system an authorized Kia dealer. must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. An Any work on the SRS system, such authorized Kia dealer knows these OYG036061L as removing, installing, repairing, or precautions and can give you the any work on the steering wheel, the • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- necessary information. Failure to fol- front passenger’s panel, front seats low these precautions and proce- cle collides with objects such as util- and roof rails must be performed by ity poles or trees, where the point of dures could increase the risk of per- an authorized Kia dealer. Improper sonal injury. impact is concentrated to one area handling of the SRS system may and the full force of the impact is not result in serious personal injury. delivered to the sensors.

3 64 Safety features of your vehicle

Adding equipment to or modi- Air bag warning label WARNING - Tampering fying your air bag-equipped with SRS vehicle Do not tamper with or discon- If you modify your vehicle by chang- nect SRS wiring, or other coming your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- ponents of the SRS system. tem, front end or side sheet metal or Doing so could result in the ride height, this may affect the opera- accidental inflation of the air tion of your vehicle's air bag system. bags or render the SRS inoper- OJFA035061 ative. Air bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration WARNING - Towing Vehicle (NHTSA), are attached to the sunvi- Always have the Engine sor to alert the driver and passen- Start/Stop button in the OFF gers of potential risks of the air bag position when your vehicle is system. being towed. The side air bags may inflate if the vehicle is tilted such as when being towed because of the rollover sensors in the vehicle.

365 Features of your vehicle

Smart key ...... 4-5 • Trunk lid control button...... 4-25 • Record your key number ...... 4-5 • Emergency trunk safety release...... 4-26 • Smart key functions ...... 4-5 Smart trunk ...... 4-28 • Remote keyless entry system operations...... 4-8 Windows ...... 4-32 • Transmitter precautions ...... 4-9 • Power windows ...... 4-33 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. 4-10 Hood...... 4-37 • Battery replacement ...... 4-10 • Opening the hood ...... 4-37 • Mechanical key operations ...... 4-11 • Closing the hood ...... 4-38 • Restrictions in handling keys ...... 4-12 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-39 • Immobilizer system ...... 4-12 • Opening the fuel filler lid ...... 4-39 4 • This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. 4-13 • Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-39 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-14 • Emergency fuel filler lid release ...... 4-40 • Armed stage ...... 4-14 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-43 • Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-15 • Sunroof open warning...... 4-44 • Disarmed stage...... 4-15 • Sunshade...... 4-45 Door locks ...... 4-16 • Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-45 • Operating door locks from outside the vehicle. . . . . 4-16 • Tilting the sunroof...... 4-47 • Operating door locks from inside the vehicle...... 4-17 • Closing the sunroof ...... 4-47 • Impact sensing door unlock system...... 4-19 • Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-48 • Auto door lock/unlock feature ...... 4-19 Steering wheel...... 4-49 • Child-protector rear door lock...... 4-19 • Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...... 4-49 Trunk...... 4-21 • Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-50 • Non-powered trunk ...... 4-21 • Heated steering wheel ...... 4-52 • Power trunk ...... 4-22 • Horn ...... 4-53 Mirrors ...... 4-54 Head Up Display (HUD) ...... 4-105 • Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-54 • Description ...... 4-105 • Erasing programmed HomeLink buttons...... 4-58 • Head up display on/off ...... 4-106 • Automatic-dimming function ...... 4-61 • Head up display information ...... 4-106 • Compass function ...... 4-62 • Head up display setting...... 4-106 • Programming HomeLink® ...... 4-64 Parking Distance Warning-Reverse (PDW-R) . 4-107 • Standard programming ...... 4-64 • Operation of the parking distance • Rolling code programming...... 4-65 warning-reverse...... 4-107 • Gate operator & Canadian programming ...... 4-66 • Non-operational conditions of parking distance 4 • Operating HomeLink® ...... 4-66 warning-reverse...... 4-108 • Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button...... 4-67 • Parking distance warning-reverse precautions . . . 4-109 • Erasing HomeLink® buttons ...... 4-67 • Self-diagnosis ...... 4-110 • Outside rearview mirror...... 4-68 Rear view monitor ...... 4-111 Instrument cluster ...... 4-71 Surround view monitoring system (SVM) . . . . . 4-112 • Instrument cluster control ...... 4-72 Lighting ...... 4-113 • LCD display control ...... 4-72 • Battery saver function...... 4-113 • Gauges ...... 4-73 • Lighting control ...... 4-113 • Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-76 • High beam operation...... 4-115 LCD windows ...... 4-77 • High beam assist ...... 4-116 • Over view ...... 4-77 • Turn signals and lane change signals...... 4-118 • Trip information (Trip computer) ...... 4-77 • Front fog light ...... 4-118 • LCD modes...... 4-81 • Check headlight ...... 4-119 Warning and indicator lights ...... 4-93 • Headlight leveling device ...... 4-119 • Warning lights ...... 4-93 • Indicator lights...... 4-100 Wipers and washers ...... 4-120 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-141 • Windshield wipers ...... 4-120 • Automatic climate control system ...... 4-141 • Front windshield washers...... 4-122 • Defogging logic...... 4-142 Interior lights ...... 4-123 Automatic ventilation...... 4-145 • Automatic turn off function ...... 4-123 Clean air ...... 4-145 • Room lamp...... 4-123 • To cancel or reset the automatic ventilation...... 4-145 • Map lamp ...... 4-124 Storage compartments ...... 4-146 • Trunk room lamp ...... 4-125 • Center console storage ...... 4-146 • Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-125 • Glove box ...... 4-146 • Glove box lamp ...... 4-125 • Sunglass holder ...... 4-147 4 Welcome system ...... 4-126 Interior features ...... 4-148 • Headlight (Headlamp) escort function ...... 4-126 • Cup holder ...... 4-148 • Interior light...... 4-126 • Seat warmer...... 4-148 • Pocket lamp ...... 4-126 • Air ventilation seat ...... 4-150 Defroster ...... 4-127 • Sunvisor ...... 4-150 • Rear window defroster ...... 4-127 • Power outlet ...... 4-151 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-128 • Wireless smart phone charging system...... 4-152 • Automatic heating and air conditioning ...... 4-129 • Coat hook ...... 4-156 • Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-131 • Floor mat anchor (s) ...... 4-157 • System operation ...... 4-137 • Side curtain ...... 4-157 • Climate control air filter...... 4-139 • Rear curtain ...... 4-158 • Checking the amount of air conditioner • Clock...... 4-158 refrigerant and compressor lubricant...... 4-140 • Luggage net (Holder) ...... 4-159 • Air Conditioning refrigerant label...... 4-140 Audio system...... 4-160 • Antenna...... 4-160 • Steering wheel audio controls...... 4-161 • AUX, USB port ...... 4-162 Declaration of Conformity ...... 4-163 • FCC...... 4-163

4 Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY Record your key number Smart key functions Smart key The key code num- WARNING - ber is stamped on Never leave the keys in your the key code tag vehicle with unsupervised chil- attached to the key dren. Leaving children unat- set. Should you tended in a vehicle with a smart lose your keys, this number will key is dangerous. Children enable an authorized Kia dealer to copy adults and they could duplicate the keys easily. press the start button. The key would enable children to oper- Remove the key code tag and store it ate power windows or other in a safe place. Also, record the key controls, or even make the vehi- code number and keep it in a safe cle move, which could result in and handy place, but not in the vehi- serious bodily injury or death. OYG046056N cle. 1. Door lock 2. Door unlock 3. Trunk open 4. Panic alarm

With smart key, you can lock or unlock doors (and trunk) and start the engine without inserting the key. Refer to the following, for more details.

45 Features of your vehicle

Locking In some instances, when the outside Unlocking door button is pressed, the doors will Pressing the button on the driver's not lock and an audible chime will (or front passenger’s) outside door sound for 3 seconds with any of the handle with all doors closed and following : locked, unlocks the driver's door. • The smart key is in the vehicle. The hazard warning lights will blink • The Engine Start/Stop button is in twice to indicate that the driver's door the ACC or ON position. is unlocked. Also, the outside • Any door except the trunk is rearview mirrors will automatically opened. unfold if the outside rearview mirror folding switch is in the AUTO position.

OYG046004 The button will only operate when Pressing the button on the front out- the smart key is within 28~40 in. side door handles with all doors (0.7~1m) from the outside door han- closed and any door unlocked, locks dle. all the doors. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate that all doors are locked. The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle. If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not, you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door handle.

64 Features of your vehicle

When the Two Press Unlock function Start-up Smart key precautions is activated, You can start the engine without • If you lose your smart key, you will - Press the driver's outside door inserting the key. not be able to start the engine. Tow handle button, the driver`s door will ❈ For detailed information refer to the vehicle, if necessary, and con- unlock. “ENGINE START/STOP button” in tact an authorized Kia dealer. - Press the driver's outside door chapter 5. • A maximum of 2 smart keys can be handle button within four seconds registered to a single vehicle. If you again, then all the doors will lose a smart key, you should imme- unlock. diately take the vehicle and key to your authorized Kia dealer to pro- ✽ NOTICE tect it from potential theft. • The smart key will not work if any You can activate or deactivate the of following occurs: Two Press Unlock function. Refer to “User settings” in this chapter. - The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key. - The smart key is near a mobile two-way radio system or a cellular phone. - Another vehicle’s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.

47 Features of your vehicle

If the smart key does not work cor- Remote keyless entry system Unlock (2) rectly, you may lock and unlock the operations All doors can be unlocked if the door with the mechanical key. If Lock (1) unlock button is pressed. The hazard you have a problem with the smart warning lights will blink twice again to key, contact an authorized Kia indicate that all doors are unlocked. dealer. After pressing this button, the doors • If the smart key is in close proximi- will lock automatically unless you ty to your cell phone or smart open any door within 30 seconds. phone, the signal from the smart When the Two Press Unlock function key could be blocked by normal is activated, operation of your cell phone or smart phone. - If you press the Door Unlock button(2) on the smart key, the driv- This is especially important when er`s door will unlock. the phone is active such as making calls, receiving calls, text messag- - If you press Door Unlock button(2) ing, and/or sending/receiving OYG046056N on the smart key within four seconds again, then all the doors will emails. Avoid placing the smart key All doors are locked if the lock button and your cell phone or smart is pressed. If all doors (and trunk) are unlock. phone in the same pants or jacket closed, the hazard warning lights will pocket and maintain adequate dis- blink once to indicate that all doors ✽ NOTICE tance between the two devices. (and trunk) are locked. You can activate or deactivate the However, if any door remains open, Two Press Unlock function. Refer to CAUTION - Transmitter the hazard warning lights will not “User settings” in this chapter. Keep the smart key away from operate. But if all doors are closed water or any liquid as it can after the lock button is pressed, the become damaged and not func- hazard warning lights will blink once. tion properly.

84 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Trunk open (3) Transmitter precautions If the keyless entry system is inoper- The trunk is opened if the button is The smart key will not ative due to exposure to water or liq- pressed for more than 1 second. work if any of following occurs: uids, it will not be covered by your Once the trunk is opened and then manufacturer's vehicle warranty. • You exceed the operating distance closed, the trunk will lock automati- limit (about 90 feet [30 m]). cally. • The battery in the smart key is weak. Panic alarm (4) • Other vehicles or objects may be The horn sounds and the hazard blocking the signal. warning lights blink for about 30 sec- • The weather is extremely cold. onds if this button is pressed for more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the • The smart key is close to a radio horn and lights, press any button on transmitter such as a radio station the transmitter. or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter. If the smart key does not work correctly, you may lock and unlock the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized Kia dealer.

49 Features of your vehicle

• If the transmitter is in close proxim- This device complies with Part Battery replacement ity to your cell phone or smart 15 of the FCC rules. A battery should last for several phone, the signal from the trans- Operation is subject to the following years, but if the smart key is not mitter could be blocked by normal two conditions: working properly, try replacing the operation of your cell phone or battery with a new one. If you are smart phone. This is especially 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and unsure how to use or replace the important when the phone is active battery, contact an authorized Kia such as making calls, receiving 2. This device must accept any inter- dealer. calls, text messaging, and/or send- ference received, including inter- ing/receiving emails. ference that may cause undesired Avoid placing the transmitter and operation. your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket ✽ NOTICE and maintain adequate distance between the two devices. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could CAUTION - Transmitter void the user’s authority to operate damage the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes Do not drop, wet or expose the or modifications not expressly keyless entry system transmit- approved by the party responsible ter to heat or sunlight. for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

4 10 Features of your vehicle

Mechanical key operations Smart key • Used to lock and unlock the glove box. • Lock and unlock the doors when the vehicle or smart key battery is discharged.

OYG046057N

1. Pry open the smart key center OVG043401L cover. To remove the mechanical key, press 2. Replace the battery with a new and hold the release button and battery (CR2032). When replacing remove the mechanical key. the battery, make sure the battery position. To reinstall the mechanical key, put the key into the hole and push it until 3. Install the battery in the reverse a click sound is heard. order of removal.

411 Features of your vehicle

Restrictions in Handling Keys To activate the trunk lock system so Immobilizer system that the trunk can only be opened with Your vehicle is equipped with an the main key, perform the following: electronic engine immobilizer system 1. Unlock the glove box by using the to reduce the risk of unauthorized main key (1) then open it (2). vehicle use. 2. Set the trunk lid control button to Whenever the ENGINE START/STOP the LOCK position. button is changed to the ON position, 3. Close and lock the glove box using the immobilizer system checks and the main key. verifies if the key is valid or not. If the key is valid, the engine will When leaving your keys with a park- start. ing lot or valet attendant, perform If the key is invalid, the engine will OYG046003 steps 1 to 3 above, and leave the sub not start. When leaving keys with parking lot key with the attendant. In this manner the sub key can only be used to start and valet attendants, the following ✽ NOTICE procedures will ensure your vehicle’s the engine and operate door locks. trunk and glove box compartment In order to prevent theft of your can not be opened in your absence. vehicle, do not leave spare keys any- Lock release where in your vehicle. Your To release the trunk lock feature, Immobilizer password is a customer open the glove box with the main key unique password and should be kept and set the trunk lid control button to confidential. Do not leave this num- the UNLOCK position. ber anywhere in your vehicle.

4 12 Features of your vehicle

To deactivate the immobilizer Do not put metal accessories near This device complies with Part system the smart key. 15 of the FCC rules. Change the ENGINE START/STOP Metal accessories may interrupt the Operation is subject to the following button to the ON position. transponder signal and may prevent two conditions: the engine from being started. 1. This device may not cause harmful To activate the immobilizer sys- If you need additional keys or lose interference, and your keys, consult an authorized Kia tem 2. This device must accept any inter- dealer. Change the ENGINE START/STOP ference received, including inter- button to the OFF position. The ference that may cause undesired immobilizer system activates auto- CAUTION - Immobilizer operation. matically. Without a valid smart key damage for your vehicle, the engine will not Do not expose your immobilizer ✽ NOTICE start. system to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. This Changes or modifications not may damage your immobilizer. expressly approved by the party In order to prevent theft of your vehi- responsible for compliance could cle, do not leave spare keys any- void the user's authority to operate where in your vehicle. the equipment. CAUTION - Immobilizer alterations Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should Do not change, alter or adjust be kept confidential. Do not leave this the immobilizer system because number anywhere in your vehicle. it could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction. ✽ NOTICE Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction.

413 Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM Armed stage The system can also be armed by Park the vehicle and stop the engine. locking the doors with the key from Arm the system as described below. the front doors; however, the hazard Armed warning lights will not blink using this stage 1. Turn off the engine. method. 2. Make sure that all doors (and trunk) and engine hood are closed ✽ and latched. NOTICE Disarmed Theft-alarm The theft-alarm system can be deac- stage stage 3. Lock the doors by depressing the door lock button on the smart key. tivated by an authorized Kia dealer. If you want this feature, consult an After completion of the steps above, authorized Kia dealer. the hazard warning lights will blink This system is designed to provide (for smart key, the chime also Do not arm the system until all protection from unauthorized entry sounds) once to indicate that the passengers have left the vehicle. If into the vehicle. This system is oper- system is armed. the system is armed while a pas- ated in three stages: the first is the If any door (or trunk) or engine hood senger(s) remains in the vehicle, “Armed” stage, the second is the remains open, the hazard warning the alarm may be activated when “Theft-alarm” stage, and the third is lights and the chime will not operate the remaining passenger(s) leave the “Disarmed” stage. If triggered, and the theft-alarm will not arm. If all the vehicle. If any door (or trunk) the system provides an audible doors and trunk and engine hood are or engine hood is opened within alarm with blinking of the hazard closed after the lock button is 30 seconds after the system warning lights. pressed, the hazard warning lights enters the armed stage, the sys- blink once. tem is disarmed to prevent an unnecessary alarm.

4 14 Features of your vehicle

Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage CAUTION - Adjusting The alarm will be activated if any of The system will be disarmed when alarm system the following occurs while the system • The doors (and trunk) are unlocked is armed. Do not change, alter or adjust with the smart key. the theft-alarm system because • A front or rear door is opened with- After depressing the unlock button, it could cause the theft-alarm out using the smart key. the hazard warning lights will blink system to malfunction. • The trunk is opened without using and the chime will sound twice (in the smart key. smart key) to indicate that the sys- ✽ NOTICE • The engine hood is opened. tem is disarmed. Malfunctions caused by improper The horn will sound and the hazard After depressing the unlock button, if any door (or trunk) is not opened alterations, adjustments or modifi- warning lights will blink continuously cations to the theft-alarm system are for approximately 27 seconds, and within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed. not covered by your vehicle manu- repeat the horn 2 times unless the facturer warranty. system is disarmed. To turn off the • Avoid trying to start the engine system, unlock the doors with the while the alarm is activated. The smart key. vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft-alarm stage. If the system is not disarmed with the smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and start the engine by directly pressing the engine Start/Stop button with the smart key. • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer.

415 Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from • Once the doors are unlocked, they outside the vehicle may be opened by pulling the door CAUTION handle. Do not unnecessarily open and ■ ■ Type A Type B • When closing the door, push the close the door repeatedly or door by hand. Make sure the doors with excessive force. Such are closed securely. action can damage the vehicle door. ✽ NOTICE • In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • If the door is locked/unlocked OYG046006L multiple times in rapid succession • After removing the cover (2) while with either the vehicle key or door pressing the hole (1) using lock switch, the system may stop mechanical key or screw driver (-), operating temporarily in order to turn the key toward the front of the protect the circuit and prevent vehicle to unlock and toward the damage to system components. rear of the vehicle to lock. • If you lock/unlock the driver’s door WARNING with a key, only the driver’s door If people must spend a longer will lock/unlock. time in the vehicle while it is very • Once the doors are unlocked, they hot or cold outside, there is rick may be opened by pulling the door of injuries or danger to life. Do handle. not lock the vehicle from the outside when there are people in it.

4 16 Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from • If the inner door handle of the dri- inside the vehicle ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is pulled when the door lock button is With the door lock button in the lock position, the button will unlock and the door will open. (if equipped) • Front doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened. • Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and a door is OYG048007N open. • To lock a door without the key, If a power door lock ever fails to func- push the inside door lock button (1) tion while you are in the vehicle, try or central door lock switch (2) to OYG046008 one or more of the following tech- the “Lock” position and close the niques to exit: door (3). • To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi- • Operate the door unlock feature • If you lock the door with the central tion. The red mark on the button repeatedly (both electronic and door lock switch (2), all vehicle will be visible. manual) while simultaneously doors will lock automatically. pulling on the door handle. • To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Lock” position. If • Operate the other door locks and ✽ NOTICE the door is locked properly, the red handles, front and rear. Always place the Engine Start/Stop mark on the door lock button will • Lower a front window and use the button is in the OFF position, not be visible. key to unlock the door from outside. engage the parking brake, close all • To open a door, pull the door handle windows, and lock all doors when (2) outward. leaving your vehicle unattended.

417 Features of your vehicle

With central door lock switch • When pushing down on left portion WARNING (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors ■ Driver side Do not pull the inner door handle will unlock. of driver’s(or passenger’s) door while the vehicle is moving. For Passenger’s door: • When pushing down on the front portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle WARNING doors will lock. Do not pull the inner door handle • When pushing down on the rear while the vehicle is moving. portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock. OYG046009 ■ Passenger side • If the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the right portion(1, driver`s door) of the central door lock switch is pressed.

OYG046010 Operate by pressing the central door lock switch. For Driver’s door: • When pushing down on the right portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.

4 18 Features of your vehicle

Impact sensing door unlock Child-protector rear door lock WARNING - Doors system The doors should always be In the event of air bag deployment fully closed and locked while the resulting from a vehicle impact, all vehicle is in motion to prevent doors will automatically unlock. accidental opening of the door. Auto door lock/unlock feature WARNING - Unattended • All doors will automatically lock children/animals when the transaxle shift lever is Never leave children or animals shifted out of P(Park). unattended in your vehicle. An • All doors will automatically unlock enclosed vehicle can become when the transaxle shift lever is OYG046011 extremely hot, causing death or shifted into P (Park). severe injury to unattended The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from acciden- children or animals who cannot ✽ escape the vehicle. NOTICE tally opening the rear doors from You can select some auto door inside the vehicle. The rear door lock/unlock features in “User Settings” safety locks should be used whenev- For more information, refer to er children are in the vehicle. “User Settings” in this chapter. 1. Open the rear door. 2. Push the child safety lock (1) located on the rear edge of the door to the lock ( ) position. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled.

419 Features of your vehicle

3. Close the rear door. To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle (2). Even though the doors may be unlocked, the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear door locks Use the rear door safety locks whenever children are in the vehicle. If a child accidently opens the rear doors while the vehicle is moving, they may fall out.

4 20 Features of your vehicle

TRUNK Non-Powered Trunk To open: 1.Make sure the shift lever is in P WARNING - Exhaust (Park). fumes 2.Perform one of the following : The trunk lid should always be kept completely closed while - Press the smart key trunk unlock the vehicle is in motion. If it is button for more than one second. left open or ajar, exhaust gases - Press the button on the trunk may enter the car and serious itself with the smart key in your illness or death may result. possession. - Use the mechanical key. OYG046012 3.Lift the trunk lid to open. WARNING The trunk swings upward. Make To close: sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle Lower the trunk lid and press down when opening the trunk. until it locks.

✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, trunk lock and trunk mechanisms may not OYG046013 work properly due to freezing conditions.

421 Features of your vehicle

Power Trunk The power trunk can be opened and Opening the trunk closed automatically as follows. ■Type A The power trunk will open automati- - Power trunk main button (Type A) : cally by doing one of the following: Open and close • Press the trunk open button on the - Smart key and trunk handle switch smart key more than 1 second. The (Type B) : Open only chime will sound twice. - Close button on the trunk lid • Press and hold the open button of (Type C) : Close only the power trunk main switch. The If you depress the power trunk main chime will sound twice. OYG046014 button, trunk handle button or close • Press the trunk handle switch car- ■Type B button while operating the power rying the smart key with you. If all trunk, you could stop operating the doors have unlocked, you can power trunk. open the trunk by pressing the If that happens, to operate the power trunk handle switch without the trunk again, push any button or switch. smart key.

OYG046015 ■Type C

OYG046016

4 22 Features of your vehicle

Closing the trunk Do not leave the power trunk open To close the power trunk, do one of WARNING for a long period of time. This may the following: Make sure there are no people drain the battery. • Push the close button of the power or objects around the trunk trunk main button, until the power before opening or closing the ✽ NOTICE power trunk. Wait until the trunk trunk is closed securely. The chime In cold and wet climates, trunk lock will sound twice. is open fully and stopped before loading or unloading and trunk mechanisms may not • Push the power trunk close button. cargo from the vehicle. work properly due to freezing condi- • Push the power trunk lock button tions. when all doors and engine hood are closed with the smart key in CAUTION your possession. After closing, all doors and trunk lock automatically. • Do not close or open the power trunk manually. This may cause damage to the ✽ NOTICE power trunk. If it is necessary The power trunk lock button will to close or open the power not work if you press the button trunk manually when the bat- when: tery is drained or disconnect- - Any door is open. ed, do not apply excessive - The engine start/stop button is not force. in the OFF position. • To prevent damage to the - The smart key is in the vehicle. trunk lift cylinders and the attached hardware, always close the trunk before driving.

423 Features of your vehicle

Power Trunk Non-Opening or • If there are obstacles such as Automatic stop and Reverse Closing Conditions: snow on the power trunk, it may • The power trunk will not open or not open automatically. After close automatically, when the vehi- removing the obstacle, try to open cle is moving more than 1.8 mph (3 it again. km/h). • The power trunk can be operated when the engine is not running. However, the power trunk operation consumes large amounts of the vehicles battery power. To prevent the battery from draining, do not operate it excessively (e.g., OYG046018 more than approximately 10 times If during power opening or closing, repeatedly). the trunk is blocked by an object or • Do not modify or repair any part of part of someone’s body, the power the power trunk by yourself. This trunk will detect the resistance and it must be done by an authorized Kia will stop movement or move to the dealer. full open position to allow the object • Before jacking up the vehicle to to be cleared. change a tire or repair the vehicle, However, if an object is thin or soft, open the power trunk. Do not oper- or the trunk is near the latched posi- ate the power trunk when the vehi- tion, the automatic stop and reversal cle is raised or this could cause the may not detect the resistance and power trunk to operate improperly. the closing operation will continue. If the power trunk is forced by a strong impact, the automatic stop and reversal may operate.

4 24 Features of your vehicle

If the automatic stop and reverse fea- To Reset the Power Trunk Trunk Lid Control Button ture operates more than twice during If the battery has been discharged or one opening or closing operation, the disconnected, or if the related fuse power trunk may stop at that posi- has been replaced or disconnected, tion. reset the power trunk as follows: If this occurs, close the trunk manu- 1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) ally and operate the trunk automati- position. cally again. 2. Close the trunk manually. If the power trunk doesn't work prop- WARNING erly after performing the above pro- To prevent serious injury and cedure, have the system checked by damage take the following pre- an authorized Kia dealer. cautions when operating the OYG046005 power trunk: When the trunk lid control button is in - Keep all faces, hands, arms, UNLOCK, the power trunk can be body parts and other objects controlled with the power trunk main away from the path of the control button, power trunk open, power trunk. close button, and the smart key. - Do not intentionally place any When this trunk lid control button is body parts or objects in the in LOCK, the power trunk can be path of the power trunk to controlled using the mechanical key make sure the automatic stop of the smart key only. and reversal operates. - Do not allow children to play with the power trunk.

425 Features of your vehicle

Even though the trunk lid control but- Emergency Trunk Safety ton is in LOCK, the trunk will still be WARNING Release propelled upward by mechanical Always keep the Trunk Lid force if the trunk is manually opened Control Button in the unlock more than 10 degrees beyond the position when not in use. fully closed position. Serious injury or death can In addition, if the trunk is manually result from unintentional opera- closed to the secondary latch position by a child. tion, the trunk will be electrically moved to the fully latched position. ✽ NOTICE Close the trunk, and keep the trunk lid control button in the unlock position before washing the vehicle in an OYG046020 automatic car wash. Your vehicle is equipped with an Emergency Trunk Safety Release lever located inside the trunk. When someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk, the trunk can be opened by moving the lever in the direction of the arrow and pushing the trunk open.

4 26 Features of your vehicle

• You and your passengers must be WARNING aware of the location of the WARNING NEVER allow anyone to occupy Emergency Trunk Safety Release the trunk of the vehicle at any lever in this vehicle and how to time. If the trunk is partially or open the trunk in case you are totally latched and the person is accidentally locked in the trunk. unable to get out, serious injury • Your vehicle should be kept locked or death could occur due to lack and the Smart Key should be kept of ventilation, exhaust fumes out of the reach of children. and rapid heat build-up, or Parents should teach their children because of exposure to cold about the dangers of playing in weather conditions.The trunk is trunks. OYG046451N also a highly dangerous location in the event of a crash • Use the release lever for emergen- Make sure that there are no peo- because it is not a protected cies only. ple or objects in the path of the occupant space but is a part of power trunk (or smart trunk) the vehicle’s crush zone. prior to use. Serious injury, damage to the vehicle or damage to surrounding objects may result if contact with the power trunk (or smart trunk) occurs.

427 Features of your vehicle

SMART TRUNK (IF EQUIPPED) How to use the Smart Trunk ✽ NOTICE The trunk can be opened with no- • The Smart Trunk does not operate touch activation if all the conditions when: below are met. - The smart key is detected within • 15 seconds has elapsed and all 15 seconds after the doors are doors are closed and locked closed and locked, and is contin- • The smart key is positioned in the uously detected. detecting area for more than 3 sec- - The smart key is detected within onds. 15 seconds after the doors are closed and locked, and 60 inches (1.5 m) from the front door han- OYG046021 dles. (for vehicles equipped with On a vehicle equipped with a smart Welcome Light) key, the trunk can be opened with - A door is not locked or closed. no-touch activation using the Smart - The smart key is in the vehicle. Trunk system.

4 28 Features of your vehicle

1. Setting ✽ NOTICE To activate the Smart Trunk, go to Do not approach the detecting area if User Settings Mode and select you do not want the trunk to open. If Smart Trunk on the LCD display. you have unintentionally entered the detecting area and the hazard warn- ❈ For more details, refer to “LCD ing lights and chime starts to operate, Display” in this chapter. leave the detecting area with the smart key. The trunk will stay closed.

OYG046022N 2. Detect and Alert If you are positioned in the detecting area (20 ~ 40 inches (50 ~100 cm) behind the vehicle) carrying a smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound for about 3 seconds to alert you the smart key has been detected and the trunk will open.

429 Features of your vehicle

How to deactivate the Smart Trunk WARNING function using the smart key Make sure objects in the rear cargo area do not come out when opening the trunk as this could cause serious injury.

✽ NOTICE The key should be kept out of reach of children. Children may inadver- OYG046023 tently open the Smart Trunk while 3. Automatic opening playing around the rear area of the vehicle. The hazard warning lights will blink OYG046056N and the chime will sound 2 times and then the trunk will slowly open. 1. Door lock Make certain that you close the trunk 2. Door unlock before driving your vehicle. 3. Trunk open Make sure there are no people or 4. Panic objects around the trunk before opening or closing the trunk. If you press any button of the smart Make sure to deactivate the Smart key during the Detect and Alert trunk function when washing your stage, the Smart Trunk function will vehicle. be deactivated. Otherwise, the trunk may open inad- Make sure to be aware of how to vertently. deactivate the Smart Trunk function for emergency situations.

4 30 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Detecting area ✽ NOTICE • If you press the door unlock but- • The Smart Trunk function will not ton (2), the Smart Trunk function work if any of the following will be deactivated temporarily. occurs: But, if you do not open any door - The smart key is close to a radio for 30 seconds, the smart trunk transmitter such as a radio sta- function will be activated again. tion or an airport which can • If you press the trunk open button interfere with normal operation (3) for more than 1 second, the of the transmitter. trunk opens. - The smart key is near a mobile • If you press the door lock button two way radio system or a cellu- (1) or trunk open button (3) when lar phone. the Smart Trunk function is not in - Another vehicle's smart key is the Detect and Alert stage, the OYG046024N being operated close to your smart trunk function will not be • The Smart Trunk operates a wel- vehicle. deactivated. come alert if the smart key is • The detecting range may decrease • In case you have deactivated the detected within 20 ~ 40 inches (50 or increase when : Smart Trunk function by pressing ~ 100 cm) from the trunk. - One side of the vehicle is raised the smart key button and opened a • The alert stops if the smart key is to replace a tire or to inspect the door, the smart trunk function can positioned outside the detecting vehicle. be activated again by closing and area during the Detect and Alert - The vehicle is parked on a slope locking all doors. stage. or unpaved road, etc.

431 Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS ■ Front (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window up/down (Driver's and Passenger's window) ■ Rear (7) Power window lock button

In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

OYG048025

4 32 Features of your vehicle

Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing The Engine Start/Stop button must be While driving with the rear windows in the ON position for power windows down or with the sunroof (if to operate. Each door has a power equipped) in an open (or partially window switch that controls the door’s open) position, your vehicle may window. The driver has a power win- demonstrate a wind buffeting or dow lock switch which can block the pulsation noise. This noise is a nor- operation of rear passenger windows. mal occurrence and can be reduced The power windows can be operated or eliminated by taking the follow- for approximately 30 seconds after ing actions. If the noise occurs with engine is turned off. However, if the one or both of the rear windows front doors are opened, the power down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If windows cannot be operated even OYG046027 within the 30 second period. you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly reduce the The driver’s door has a master power If the window cannot be closed size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the because it is blocked by objects, windows in the vehicle. remove the objects and close the window. CAUTION To open or close a window, press Do not install any accessories down or pull up the front portion of in the vehicle that extend into the corresponding switch to the first the open window area. Such detent position (5). objects will impact the proper function of the Automatic reversal "jam protection" feature described on page 4-33 of this manual.

433 Features of your vehicle

Auto up/down window 1. Press the Engine Start/Stop (Driver`s and Passenger`s side) Button twice to the ON position. 2. Close the driver's and passenger's window and continue pulling up the driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.

OUN026013 Automatic reversal (for Auto up/down window) OYG046026 If the upward movement of the win- Pressing or pulling up the power window is blocked by an object or part of dow switch momentarily to the second the body, the window will detect the detent position (6) completely lowers resistance and will stop upward or raises the window even when the movement. The window will then switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the win- lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm) dow is in operation, pull up or press to allow the object to be cleared. down and release the switch. The distance may vary based on the If the power window does not operate size or position of the window. If the normally, the automatic power win- window detects the resistance while dow system must be reset as follows: the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).

4 34 Features of your vehicle

If the power window switch is pulled Power window lock button up continuously again within 5 sec- WARNING onds after the window is lowered by The automatic reverse feature the automatic window reversal fea- doesn’t activate while resetting ture, the automatic window reversal power window system. Make will not operate. sure body parts or other objects The automatic reverse feature for the are safely out of the way before driver’s window is only active when closing the windows to avoid the “auto up” feature is used by fully injuries or vehicle damage. pulling up the switch. The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch. OYG046028 • The driver can disable the power WARNING window switches on the passenger Always check for obstructions doors by pressing the power win- before raising any window to dow lock button located on the dri- avoid injuries or vehicle dam- ver’s door to the LOCK position age. If an object less than 4 mm (pressed). (0.16 in.) in diameter is caught between the window glass and the upper window channel, the • When the power window lock automatic reverse window may button is pressed : not detect the resistance and - The driver's master control can will not stop and reverse direc- operate all the power windows. tion. - The front passenger's control can operate the front passenger's power window.

435 Features of your vehicle

- The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passenger's WARNING - Power win- power window. dows Do not allow children to play CAUTION - Opening /clos- with the power windows. Keep ing Window the power window lock button (on the driver's door) in the To prevent possible damage to LOCK (pressed) position. the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.

Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window.

4 36 Features of your vehicle

HOOD Opening the hood Hood open warning

OYG046030

OYG046029 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise OYG046172N the hood slightly, push the second- 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) left side of the hood The warning message will appear on the hood. The hood should pop center and lift the hood (2). the LCD display when hood is open. open slightly. 3. Raise the hood. It will completely The warning chime will operate when Only open the hood with the vehi- rise by itself after it has been the vehicle is being driven at or cle on a flat surface, engine is raised about halfway. above 3 km/h (2 mph) with the hood turned off, shift lever placed in P open. (Park) position and setting the parking brake.

437 Features of your vehicle

Closing the hood CAUTION - Hood obstruc- WARNING - Unsecured 1. Before closing the hood, check the tion following: engine hood Before closing the hood, ensure Always double check to be sure • All filler caps in engine compart- that all obstructions are removed ment must be correctly installed. that the hood is firmly latched from the hood opening. Closing before driving away. If it is not • Gloves, rags or any other com- the hood with an obstruction latched, the hood could fly open bustible material must be present in the hood opening may while the vehicle is being driv- removed from the engine com- result in property damage. en, causing a total loss of visi- partment. bility, which might result in an 2. Lower the hood halfway and push accident. down to securely lock in place. WARNING - Fire risk 3. Check that the hood has engaged properly. If the hood can be raised Do not leave gloves, rags or any slightly, it is not properly engaged. other combustible material in the engine compartment. Doing so Open it again and close it with a lit- may cause a heat-induced fire. tle more force.

4 38 Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it “clicks” once. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed.

✽ NOTICE There may be an intermittent noise OYG046032 near the refueling hole while the OYG046031 1. Stop the engine. engine is idling if the fuel cap is not 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the closed securely. This occurs normal- The fuel filler lid must be opened fuel filler lid opener button. ly with the OBD system. from inside the vehicle by pressing the fuel filler lid opener button. 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1). ✽ NOTICE If the fuel filler lid does not open 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel When refueling on unlevel ground, because ice has formed around it, filler cap (2) counterclockwise. the fuel gauge may not point to the F tap lightly or push on the lid to break 5. Refuel as needed. position. the ice and release the lid. Do not pry It is not a malfunction. If you move on the lid. If necessary, spray around your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel the lid with an approved de-icer fluid gauge will move to the full position. (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

439 Features of your vehicle

Emergency fuel filler lid release WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Fire/explo- Always remove the fuel cap sion risk carefully and slowly. If the cap Read and follow all warnings is venting fuel or if you hear a posted at the gas station facili- hissing sound, wait until the ty. Failure to follow all warnings condition stops before com- may result in severe personal pletely removing the cap. If injury, severe burns or death pressurized fuel sprays out, it due to fire or explosion. can cover your clothes or skin and subject you to the risk of fire and burns. WARNING - Static OYG046034 electricity Always check that the fuel cap is • Before touching the fuel noz- If the fuel filler lid does not open installed securely to prevent fuel zle, you should eliminate using the fuel filler lid opener button, spillage in the event of an accident. potentially dangerous static you can open it manually. Remove electricity discharge by touch- the panel in the cargo area. Pull the ✽ NOTICE ing another metal part of the handle out slightly. vehicle, a safe distance away Tighten the cap until it clicks once, from the fuel filler neck, noz- otherwise the fuel cap open warning CAUTION zle, or other gas source. indicator light will illuminate. • Do not get back into a vehicle Do not pull the handle exces- once you have begun refueling sively, otherwise the luggage since you can generate static area trim or release handle may electricity by touching, rubbing be damaged. or sliding against any item or fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of producing static electricity. (Continued)

4 40 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) WARNING - Portable fuel WARNING - Cell phone Static electricity discharge can container fires ignite fuel vapors resulting in When using an approved Do not use cellular phones rapid burning. If you must reen- portable fuel container, be sure while refueling. Electric current ter the vehicle, you should once to place the container on the and/or electronic interference again eliminate potentially dan- ground prior to refueling. Static from cellular phones can poten- gerous static electricity dis- electricity discharge from the tially ignite fuel vapors causing charge by touching a metal part container can ignite fuel vapors a fire. of the vehicle, away from the causing a fire. Once refueling fuel filler neck, nozzle or other has begun, contact with the gasoline source. vehicle should be maintained WARNING - Smoking until the filling is complete. Use only approved portable plastic DO NOT use matches or a lighter fuel containers designed to and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit carry and store gasoline. cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling. Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited, result in fire.

441 Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Refueling & CAUTION - Exterior paint Vehicle fires Do not spill fuel on the exterior When refueling, always shut the surfaces of the vehicle. Any engine off. Sparks produced by type of fuel spilled on painted electrical components related surfaces may damage the paint. to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refueling is complete, check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed, before starting the engine.

Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the “Fuel requirements” suggested in chapter 1. If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.

4 42 Features of your vehicle

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) The sunroof cannot slide when it is in CAUTION - Sunroof motor the tilt position nor can it be tilted damage while in an open or slide position. To prevent damage to the sunroof, periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the WARNING - Roof cargo guide rail. Do not operate the sun roof while using the roof rack to transport cargo.This may cause In cold and wet climates, the sunroof the cargo to come loose and may not work properly due to freez- distract the driver. ing conditions. OYG046035 After the vehicle is washed or in a If your vehicle is equipped with a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any WARNING sunroof, you can slide or tilt your water that is on the sunroof before sunroof with the sunroof control lever operating it. Never adjust the sunroof or located on the overhead console. sunshade while driving. This The sunroof can be operated for could result in loss of control approximately 30 seconds after the CAUTION - Sunroof and an accident that may cause Engine Start/Stop button is in the control lever death, serious injury, or proper- OFF position. Do not continue to press the sun- ty damage. However, if the driver’s door is roof control lever after the sun- opened, the sunroof cannot be oper- roof is fully opened, closed, or ated even within the 30 second peri- tilted. Damage to the motor or WARNING system components could occur. od. Do not allow children to operate the sunroof. This may result in injury to the child.

443 Features of your vehicle

Sunroof open warning WARNING (if equipped) CAUTION In order to prevent accidental Make sure the sunroof is fully operation of the sunroof, espe- closed when leaving your vehi- cially by a child, do not let a cle. If the sunroof is open, rain or child operate the sunroof. snow may leak through the sunroof and wet the interior as allow theft to occur. WARNING Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause vehicle damage. OYG046145 If the driver turns off the engine when CAUTION the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for a few Do not extend any luggage out- seconds and the above warning illus- side the sunroof while driving. tration will appear on the LCD display or the warning indicator will illuminate. Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.

4 44 Features of your vehicle

Sunshade ✽ NOTICE Sliding the sunroof Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as material characteristic are normal.

CAUTION - Automatic sunroof shade • Do not pull or push the sunshade by hand as such action may damage the sunshade or cause it to malfunction. • Close the sunroof when driving in dusty environments. OYG046452L Dust may cause a malfunction OYG046036 To open the sunshade of the vehicle system. When the sunshade is closed Push the sunroof control lever back- Push the sunroof control lever backward to the 1st detent position. ✽ ward to the 2nd detent position and NOTICE both the sunshade and sunroof glass Only the front glass of the panora- will slide all the way open. To stop the To close the sunshade when the ma sunroof opens and closes. sunroof movement at any point, push sunroof glass is closed the sunroof control glass lever Push the sunroof control lever for- momentarily. ward to the 1st detent position. To stop the sliding at any point, press the sunshade control switch momentarily.

445 Features of your vehicle

When the sunshade is opened Automatic reversal Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in If you push the sunroof control lever diameter caught between the sun- backward, the sunroof glass will slide roof glass and the front glass chan- all the way open. To stop the sunroof nel may not be detected by the auto- movement at any point, push the sun- matic reverse glass and the glass will roof control lever momentarily. not stop and reverse direction.

WARNING - Sunroof • Be careful that no head, hands and body parts are obstructed by a closing sunroof. • Do not extend the face, neck, OXM049029 arms or body outside the sun- If an object or part of the body is roof while driving. detected while the sunroof is closing automatically, it will reverse the direction, and then stop. WARNING - Sunroof The auto reverse function may not Operation work if a tiny obstacle is obstacle is When closing the sunroof, make lodged between the sliding glass and sure there are no body parts in the sunroof sash. You should always the movement range of the slid- check that all passengers and ing roof. Parts of the body could objects are away from the sunroof become trapped or crushed. before closing it.

4 46 Features of your vehicle

Tilting the sunroof Closing the sunroof CAUTION To close the sunroof glass with To prevent damage to the sun- the sunshade roof, periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the Push the sunroof control lever for- guide rail. ward to the first detent position.

✽ NOTICE To close the sunroof glass only Push the sunroof control lever for- If you drive with the sunroof opened ward to the second detent position. right after a vehicle wash or rain, The sunroof glass will close then the water may get inside the vehicle. sunshade close automatically. OYG046037 To stop the sunroof movement at any CAUTION - Sunroof motor When the sunshade is closed point, push the sunroof control lever damage momentarily. Push the sunroof control lever upward, If you try to open the sunroof the sunshade will slide all the way when the temperature is below open then the sunroof glass will tilt. freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, the To stop the sunroof movement at any glass or the motor could be point, push the sunroof control lever damaged. momentarily.

When the sunshade is opened Push the sunroof control lever upward, the sunroof glass will tilt. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever momentarily.

447 Features of your vehicle

Resetting the sunroof When this is complete, the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- system has been reset and one connected or discharged, you must touch open and close should be reset your sunroof system as follows: restored. 1.Start the engine. ✽ 2.Close the sunshade and sunroof NOTICE completely if opened. If the Resetting the Sunroof proce- 3.Release the sunroof control lever. dure is not correctly followed, the sunroof may not operate properly. 4.Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close (about 10 seconds) until the sunshade slightly moves. Then, release the lever. 5.Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close, until the sunroof operates as follows again:

Sunshade Open → Glass Tilt Open → Glass Tilt Close → Glass Slide Open → Glass Slide Close → Sunshade Close

Then, release the lever.

4 48 Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering (EPS) • When you operate the steering ✽ NOTICE The power steering uses a motor to wheel in low temperature, noise The following symptoms may occur assist you in steering the vehicle. If may occur. If temperature rises, the during normal vehicle operation: the engine is off or if the power steer- noise will likely disappear. This is a • The EPS warning light does not ing system becomes inoperative, the normal condition. illuminate. vehicle may still be steered, but it will • When the vehicle is stationary, and • The steering gets heavy immedi- require increased steering effort. the steering wheel is turned all the ately after turning the ignition The motor driven power steering is way to the left or right continuous- switch on. This happens as the sys- controlled by a power steering con- ly, the steering wheel becomes tem performs the EPS system trol unit which senses the steering harder to turn. The power assist is diagnostics. When the diagnostics wheel torque and vehicle speed to limited to protect the motor from are completed, the steering wheel command the motor. overheating. will return to its normal condition. • A click noise may be heard from The steering becomes heavier as the As time passes, the steering wheel will return to its normal condition. the EPS relay after the Engine vehicle’s speed increases and Start/Stop button is turned to the becomes lighter as the vehicle’s ON or OFF position. speed decreases for optimum steer- • A motor noise may be heard when ing control. the vehicle is at a stop or at a low Should you notice any change in the driving speed. effort required to steer during normal • If the Electric Power Steering vehicle operation, have the power System does not operate normally, steering checked by an authorized the warning light will illuminate on Kia dealer. the instrument cluster. The power steering system will not operate and steering effort can increase. Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible. (Continued)

449 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Tilt and telescopic steering • When the charging system warning Tilt and telescopic steering allows light comes on due to low voltage you to adjust the steering wheel (When should be lower case the before you drive.You can also raise it alternator or battery do not oper- to give your legs more room when ate normally or malfunction), the you exit and enter the vehicle. steering wheel may require increased steering effort. The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges. OYG046038

▼ Manual type WARNING - Steering To change the steering wheel angle, wheel adjustment pull down the lock-release lever (1), Never adjust the angle and adjust the steering wheel to the height of the steering wheel desired angle (2) and height (3) then while driving. You may lose pull up the lock-release lever to lock steering control. (4) the steering wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving.

4 50 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE After adjustment, sometimes the To prevent discharge of the battery, lock release lever may not lock the do not operate when the engine is steering wheel. It is not a malfunc- stopped. tion. This occurs when two gears are not engaged correctly. In this case, adjust the steering wheel again and then lock the steering wheel.

OYG046039

▼ Electric type Adjust the steering wheel angle (2) and position (3) with the knob (1) on the steering column. Move the steering wheel, so it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving.

451 Features of your vehicle

Heated steering wheel (if equipped) WARNING CAUTION If the steering wheel becomes • Do not install any type of grip too warm, turn the system off. cover for the steering wheel, it The heated steering wheel may may impair the function of the cause burns even at low tem- heated steering wheel system. peratures, especially if used for • When cleaning the heated long periods of time. steering wheel, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and ✽ NOTICE gasoline. Doing so may dam- The heated steering wheel will turn age the surface of the steering off automatically approximately 30 wheel. • If the surface of steering OYG046040 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on. wheel is damaged by a sharp With the Engine Start/Stop Button in object, damage to the heated the ON position, pressing the heat- steering wheel components ed steering wheel button warms the could occur. steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate. To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button once again. The indicator on the button will turn off.

4 52 Features of your vehicle

Horn

OYG046041 To sound the horn, press the horn symbols on your steering wheel. Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly.

✽ NOTICE To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

453 Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror - Mirror adjust- Adjust the rearview mirror so that the WARNING (if equipped) center view through the rear window ment is seen. Make this adjustment before Do not adjust the rearview mir- you start driving. ror while the vehicle is moving. Do not place objects in the rear seat This could result in loss of con- or cargo area which would interfere trol. with your vision through the rear window. WARNING Do not modify the inside mirror and don’t install a wide mirror. It could result in injury during an accident or deployment of the OYG046054L air bag. Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever (3) is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever (3) toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

❈ (1) : Day, (2) : Night

4 54 Features of your vehicle

Electrochromic mirror with Glare detection sensor Programming HomeLink system (if equipped) Indicator light Your vehicle may require the ignition switch to be turned to the ACC position for programming and/or operation of HomeLink. It is also recommended that a new battery be replaced in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio- frequency. Homelink buttons OHD046305N Follow these steps to train your HomeLink® Wireless Control System HomeLink mirror: OHD046025N Your new mirror comes with an inte- To operate the electric rearview mirror grated HomeLink Universal Transceiver, which allows you to pro- Press the I button (1) to turn the gram the mirror to activate your automatic- dimming function on. The garage door(s), estate gate, home mirror indicator light will illuminate. lighting, etc. The mirror actually Press the O button (2) to turn the learns the codes from your various automatic- dimming function off. The existing transmitters. mirror indicator light will turn off. Retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures (i.e., new vehicle purchase). It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes (follow step 1 in the “Programming” portion of this text).

455 Features of your vehicle

Flashing ✽ NOTICE Flashing For non rolling code garage door openers, follow steps 2 - 3. For rolling code garage door openers, follow steps 2 - 6. For Canadian Programming, please follow the Canadian Programming section. For help with determining whether

your garage door opener is non- 1-3inches rolling code or rolling code, please Transmitter OHD046306N refer to the garage door openers OHD046307N 1. When programming the buttons for owner’s manual or contact 2. Press and hold the button on the the first time, press and hold the HomeLink customer service at 1- HomeLink system you wish to left and center buttons ( , ) 800-355-3515. train and the button on the trans- simultaneously until the indicator mitter while the transmitter is light begins to flash after approxi- approximately 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inch- mately 20 seconds. (This proce- es) away from the mirror. Do not dure erases the factory-set default release the buttons until step 3 codes. Do not perform this step has been completed. when programming the additional 3. The HomeLink indicator light will HomeLink buttons.) flash, first slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing light indicates successful programming of the new frequency signal.)

4 56 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Rolling code programming 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly Some gate and garage door openers To train a garage door opener (or other press and release the pro- may require you to replace step #3 rolling code equipped devices) with the grammed HomeLink button up to with the “cycling” procedure noted rolling code feature, follow these three times. The rolling code in the “Canadian Programming” instructions after completing the equipped device should now rec- section of this document. “Programming” portion of this text. (A ognize the HomeLink signal and second person may make the following activate when the HomeLink but- training procedures quicker & easier.) ton is pressed. The remaining two buttons may now be programmed 4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” but- if this has not previously been ton on the device’s motor head done. Refer to the “Programming” unit. Exact location and color of portion of this text. the button may vary by product brand. If there is difficulty locating the “learn” or “smart” button, reference the device’s owner’s manual or contact HomeLink at 1-800- 355-3515 or on the internet at www.homelink.com. 5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart” button on the device’s motor head unit. You have 30 seconds to complete step number 6.

457 Features of your vehicle

Operating HomeLink Erasing programmed Reprogramming a single To operate, simply press the pro- HomeLink buttons HomeLink button grammed HomeLink button. To program a device to HomeLink Activation will now occur for the Flashing using a HomeLink button previously trained product (garage door, securi- trained, follow these steps: ty system, entry door lock, estate 1. Press and hold the desired gate, or home or office lighting). For HomeLink button. Do NOT release convenience, the hand-held trans- until step 4 has been completed. mitter of the device may also be used at any time. The HomeLink Wireless 2. When the indicator light begins to Controls System (once programmed) flash slowly (after 20 seconds), or the original hand-held transmitter position the hand-held transmitter may be used to activate the device 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from (e.g. garage door, entry door lock, the HomeLink surface. etc.). In the event that there are still OHD046306N 3. Press and hold the hand-held programming difficulties, contact To erase the three programmed but- transmitter button (or press and HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on tons (individual buttons cannot be “cycle” - as described in “Canadian the internet at www.homelink.com. erased): Programming”). • Press and hold the left and center 4. The HomeLink indicator light will buttons simultaneously, until the flash, first slowly and then rapidly. indicator light begins to flash When the indicator light begins to (approximately 20 seconds). flash rapidly, release both buttons. Release both buttons. Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds. HomeLink is now in the train (or learning) mode and can be programmed at any time.

4 58 Features of your vehicle

The previous device has now been Canadian Programming Accessories erased and the new device can be Garage & gate openers If you would like additional informa- activated by pushing the HomeLink During programming, your hand-held tion on the HomeLink Wireless button that has just been pro- transmitter may automatically stop Control System, HomeLink compati- grammed. This procedure will not transmitting. Continue to press and ble products, or to purchase other affect any other programmed hold the HomeLink button (note steps accessories such as the HomeLink® HomeLink buttons. 2 through 4 in the “Programming” por- Lighting Package, please contact tion of this text) while you press and HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on re-press (“cycle”) your handheld the internet at www.homelink.com. transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training.

459 Features of your vehicle

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 Electric chromic mirror (ECM) IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 with HomeLink® system and compass (if equipped) This device complies with part 15 Your vehicle may be equipped with a of the FCC Rules. Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with a Z-Nav® Electronic Compass Operation is subject to the following Display and an Integrated two conditions: HomeLink® Wireless Control 1. This device may not cause harmful System. interference, and During nighttime driving, this feature 2. This device must accept any inter- will automatically detect and reduce ference received, including inter- rearview mirror glare while the com- OJFA045335 ference that may cause undesired pass indicates the direction the vehi- (1) Channel 1 button operation. cle is pointed. The HomeLink® (2) Channel 2 button Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door(s), electric (3) Status indicator LED The transceiver has been tested and gate, home lighting, etc. (4) Channel 3 button complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules. Changes or modifica- (5) Rear light sensor tions not expressly approved by the (6) Dimming ON/OFF button party responsible for compliance (7) Compass control button could void the user's authority to (8) Compass display operate the device.

4 60 Features of your vehicle

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Automatic-dimming function ✽ NOTICE Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror Your mirror will automatically dim The mirror defaults to the ON posi- The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is upon detecting glare from the vehi- tion each time the vehicle is started. the most advanced way to reduce cles traveling behind you. The auto- annoying glare in the rearview mirror dimming function can be controlled Z-Nav™ Compass Display during any driving situation. For more by the Dimming ON/OFF Button: information regarding NVS® mirrors The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is and other applications, please refer also equipped with a Z-NAV™ to the Gentex website: 1. Pressing the button turns the Compass that shows the vehicle auto-dimming function OFF which Compass heading in the Display www.gentex.com is indicated by the green Status Window using the 8 basic cardinal ❈ Night Vision Safety™ is a registered Indicator LED turning off. headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.). trademark of Gentex Corporation. 2. Pressing the button again turns ❈ Z-Nav™ is a registered trademark the auto-dimming function ON of Gentex Corporation. CAUTION which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on. The NVS® Mirror automatically reduces glare during driving conditions based upon light levels monitored in front of the vehicle and from the rear of the vehicle. These light sensors are visible through openings in the front and rear of the mirror case. Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature.

461 Features of your vehicle

Compass function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled. To turn the display feature ON/OFF: 1. Press and release the button to turn the display feature OFF. 2. Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON. Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below.

There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. The compass in the mirror can compensate for this difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operating. This is set either by the dealer or by the user. The operating Zone Numbers for North America are shown in the figure on the following section.

B520C05NF

4 62 Features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting: There are some conditions that can Integrated HomeLink® Wireless 1. Determine the desired Zone cause changes to the vehicle mag- Control System Number based upon your current nets, such as installing a ski rack or The HomeLink® Wireless Control location on the Zone Map. a CB antenna. Body repair work on System provides a convenient way to the vehicle can also cause changes replace up to three hand-held radio- 2. Press and hold the button for to the vehicle's magnetic field. In more than 3, but less than 6 sec- frequency (RF) transmitters with a these situations, the compass will single built-in device. This innovative onds, the current Zone Number need to be re-calibrated to quickly will appear on the display. feature will learn the radio frequency correct for these changes. To re-cali- codes of most current transmitters to 3. Pressing and holding the button brate the compass: operate devices such as gate opera- again will cause the numbers to 1. Press and hold the button for tors, garage door openers, entry increment (Note: they will repeat more than 6 seconds. When the door locks, security systems, even …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing compass memory is cleared, a "C" home lighting. Both standard and the button when the desired Zone will appear in the display. rolling code-equipped transmitters Number appears on the display can be programmed by following the will set the new Zone. 2. To calibrate the compass, drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at outlined procedures. Additional 4. Within about 5 seconds, the com- less than 8 km/h (5 mph). HomeLink® information can be found pass will start displaying a com- at: www.homelink.com or by calling pass heading again. 1-800-355-3515. ❈ HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc.

463 Features of your vehicle

Retain the original transmitter of the Programming HomeLink® Standard programming RF device you are programming for ✽ NOTICE To train most devices, follow these use in other vehicles as well as for instructions: future HomeLink® programming. It is • When programming a garage also suggested that upon the sale of door opener, it is advised to park 1. For first-time programming, press the vehicle, the programmed the vehicle outside of the garage. and hold the two outside buttons, HomeLink® buttons be erased for • It is recommended that a new bat- HomeLink® Channel 1 and security purposes. tery be placed in the hand-held Channel 3 Buttons, until the indi- transmitter of the device being pro- cator light begins to flash (after 20 grammed to HomeLink® for quick- seconds). Release both buttons. er training and accurate transaxle of Do not hold the buttons for longer the radio-frequency signal. than 30 seconds. • Some vehicles may require the igni- 2. Position the end of your hand-held tion switch to be turned to the sec- transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) ond position for programming away from the HomeLink® buttons and/or operation of HomeLink®. while keeping the indicator light in • In the event that there are still pro- view. gramming difficulties or questions 3. Simultaneously press and hold after following the programming both the HomeLink® and hand- steps listed below, contact ® held transmitter button. DO NOT HomeLink at: www.homelink.com release the buttons until step 4 or 1-800-355-3515. has been completed. 4. While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicator Status LED will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink® successfully trains to the frequency signal from the hand-held transmitter. Release both buttons.

4 64 Features of your vehicle

5. Press and hold the just-trained Rolling code programming To train rolling code devices, follow ® HomeLink button and observe Rolling code devices which are these instructions: the red Status Indicator LED. If the “code-protected” and manufactured 1.At the garage door opener receiver indicator light stays on constantly, after 1996 may be determined by the (motor-head unit) in the garage, programming is complete and following: locate the “learn” or “smart” button. your device should activate when This can usually be found where the HomeLink® button is pressed • Reference the device owner's manual for verification. the hanging antenna wire is and released. attached to the motor-head unit. 6. To program the remaining two • The handheld transmitter appears Exact location and color of the but- HomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2 to program the HomeLink® ton may vary by garage door open- through 5. Universal Transceiver but does not er brand. activate the device. If there is difficulty locating the • Press and hold the trained training button, reference the HomeLink® button. The device has device owner's manual or please the rolling code feature if the indi- visit our web site at www.home- cator light flashes rapidly and then link.com. turns solid after 2 seconds. 2.Firmly press and release the “learn” or “smart” button (which activates the “training light”).

✽ NOTICE There are 30 seconds in which to ini- tiate step 3.

465 Features of your vehicle

3.Return to the vehicle, firmly press Gate operator & Canadian pro- Operating HomeLink® and hold for two seconds the gramming To operate, simply press and release desired HomeLink® button then During programming, your handheld the programmed HomeLink® button. release. Repeat the transmitter may automatically stop Activation will now occur for the “press/hold/release” sequence a transmitting. Continue to press the trained device (i.e. garage door second time to complete the pro- Integrated HomeLink® Wireless opener, gate operator, security sys- gramming. (Some devices may Control System button (note steps 2 tem, entry door lock, home/office require you to repeat this sequence through 4 in the Standard lighting, etc.). For convenience, the a third time to complete the pro- Programming portion of this docu- hand-held transmitter of the device gramming.) ment) while you press and re-press may also be used at any time. 4.Press and hold the just-trained (“cycle”) your handheld transmitter HomeLink® button and observe the every two seconds until the frequen- red Status Indicator LED. If the indi- cy signal has been learned. The indicator light stays on constantly, pro- cator light will flash slowly and then gramming is complete and your rapidly after several seconds upon device should activate. successful training. 5.To program the remaining two HomeLink® buttons, follow either steps 1 through 4 above for other Rolling Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in Standard Programming for standard devices.

4 66 Features of your vehicle

Reprogramming a single Erasing HomeLink® buttons FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 ® HomeLink button Individual buttons cannot be erased. IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 To program a new device to a previ- However, to erase all three pro- ously trained HomeLink® button, fol- grammed buttons: Pursuant to Code of Federal low these steps: 1. Press and hold the two outer Regulations, Title 47, Part 15 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® buttons until the indi- (“FCC Rules”) HomeLink® button. Do NOT cator light begins to flash-after 20 Operation is subject to the following release until step 4 has been com- seconds. two conditions: pleted. 2. Release both buttons. Do not hold 1. This device may not cause harmful 2. When the indicator light begins to for longer than 30 seconds. interference, and flash slowly (after 20 seconds), The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless position the handheld transmitter 1 2. This device must accept any inter- Control System is now in the training ference received, including inter- to 3 inches away from the (learn) mode and can be pro- HomeLink® surface. ference that may cause undesired grammed at any time following the operation. 3. Press and hold the handheld appropriate steps in the transmitter button. The HomeLink® Programming sections above. indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly. 4. When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly, release both buttons. 5. Press and hold the just-trained HomeLink® button and observe the red Status Indicator LED. If the indicator light stays on constantly, programming is complete and your new device should activate.

467 Features of your vehicle

The transceiver has been tested and Outside rearview mirror complies with FCC and Industry CAUTION - Rearview Be sure to adjust the mirror angles mirror Canada rules. Changes or modifica- before driving. tions not expressly approved by the Do not scrape ice off the mirror party responsible for compliance Your vehicle is equipped with both face; this may damage the sur- could void the user's authority to left-hand and right-hand outside face of the glass. If ice should operate the device. rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be restrict the movement of the mir- adjusted remotely with the remote NVS® and Z-NAV™ are registered ror, do not force the mirror for ® switch. The mirror heads can be fold- adjustment. To remove ice, use a trademarks. Nav are of Gentex ed back to prevent damage during an Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan. deicer spray, a sponge or soft automatic vehicle wash or when cloth with very warm water. HomeLink® is a registered trademark passing through a narrow street. owned by Johnson Controls The right outside rearview mirror is Technology Company, Holland, convex. Objects seen in the mirror Michigan. If the mirror is jammed with ice, do are closer than they appear. not adjust the mirror by force. Use an Use your interior rearview mirror or approved spray de-icer (not radiator direct observation to determine the antifreeze) to release the frozen actual distance of following vehicles mechanism or move the vehicle to a when changing lanes. warm place and allow the ice to melt.

WARNING - Mirror adjustment Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control.

4 68 Features of your vehicle

Adjusting outside rearview mirror Reverse parking aid function CAUTION - Outside mirror (if equipped) • The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged. • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by OYG048047N hand. Doing so may damage the parts. The electric remote control mirror OYG046049 switch allows you to adjust the posi- While the vehicle is moving in tion of the left and right outside reverse, the outside rearview mir- rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi- ror(s) will move downward to aid tion of either mirror, press the R or L reverse parking. According to the button (1) to select the right side mir- position of the outside rearview mirror or the left side mirror, then press a ror switch (1), the outside rearview corresponding point ( ) on the mir- mirror(s) will operate as follows: ror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. After adjustment, press the R or L button again to prevent the inadvertent adjustment.

469 Features of your vehicle

L/R : When the remote control outside Folding the outside rearview mirror Center (AUTO, 3) : rearview mirror switch (1) is (if equipped) The mirror will fold or unfold automat- selected to the L (left) or R (right) ically as follows: position, both outside rearview mirrors will move downward. • The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by Neutral : When the remote control the folding key or smart key. outside rearview mirror switch is placed in the mid- • The mirror will fold or unfold when dle position, the outside the door is locked or unlocked by the rearview mirrors will not button on the outside door handle. operate while the vehicle is • The mirror will unfold when you moving rearward. approach the vehicle (all doors closed and locked) with a smart key in possession. (if equipped) The outside rearview mirrors will auto- OYG046048L matically revert to their original posi- Electric type tions under the following conditions: CAUTION - Electric type The outside rearview mirror can be 1. The Engine Start/Stop button is in outside rearview mirror folded or unfolded by pressing the the OFF position. switch as below. The electric type outside rearview 2. Shift lever is moved to any position mirror operates even though the Left (1) : The mirror will unfold. except R (Reverse). engine start/stop button is in the Right (2) : The mirror will fold. OFF position. However, to prevent 3. Remote control outside rearview unnecessary battery discharge, mirror switch is placed in the middle do not adjust the mirrors longer position. than necessary while the engine is not running. Do not fold the electric type outside rearview mirror by hand.This could cause motor failure.

4 70 Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ■ Type A

1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. LCD display ■ Type B 6. Warning and indicator lights

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in this chapter.

OYG048173N/OYG048174N

471 Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control LCD Display Control

Adjusting Instrument Cluster ■ Type A Illumination

OYG046157L OYG046103L • If you hold the illumination control ■ Type B button (“+” or “-”), the brightness will be changed continuously. OYG046102 • If the brightness reaches to the The brightness of the instrument maximum or minimum level, an panel illumination is changed by alarm will sound. pressing the illumination control button (“+” or “-”) when the Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the taillights are turned on. OYG046104L The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the steering wheel.

4 72 Features of your vehicle

(1) : MODE button for changing Gauges Tachometer modes Speedometer (2) / /OK : SELECT scroll switch for setting the selected item and RESET scroll switch for resetting items (3) : RETURN button for moving the previous mode or item (if equipped)

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter. OYG048106 OYG048105N The tachometer indicates the The speedometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo- speed of the vehicle and is calibrated lutions per minute (rpm). in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo- Use the tachometer to select the cor- meters per hour (km/h). rect shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.

CAUTION - Red zone Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.

473 Features of your vehicle

Engine Coolant Temperature If the gauge pointer moves beyond Fuel Gauge Gauge the normal range area toward the “H” position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the Engine Overheats” in chapter 6.

WARNING - Hot radiator Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pres- OYG048507N OYG048108 sure and could cause severe This gauge indicates the approxi- This gauge indicates the tempera- burns. Wait until the engine is mate amount of fuel remaining in the ture of the engine coolant when the cool before adding coolant to fuel tank. Engine Start/Stop button is ON. the reservoir. ✽ NOTICE • The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8. • The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty. • On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank. 4 74 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Fuel gauge Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge Running out of fuel can expose vehi- ■ Type A ■ Type A cle occupants to danger. You must obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the “E (Empty)” level.

CAUTION - Low fuel

Avoid driving with an extremely OYG046116N OYG046118N low fuel level. Running out of ■ Type B ■ Type B fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.

✽ NOTICE The fuel display may not be accurate if the vehicle is on an incline.

OYG046117N OYG046119N The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out- tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C). en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40°F ~ 211°F when periodic maintenance should (-40°C ~ 85°C) be performed. - Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 miles or 0 ~ 1599999 kilometers. 475 Features of your vehicle

The outside temperature on the dis- Transaxle Shift Indicator •Park :P play may not change immediately Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator • Reverse : R like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being distracted. ■ Type A • Neutral : N The temperature unit can be •Drive :D changed by using the “User Settings” • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 mode of the LCD display.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter.

OYG046120 ■ Type B

OYG046121 This indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift lever is selected.

4 76 Features of your vehicle

LCD WINDOWS (IF EQUIPPED) Over view LCD windows show the following Trip information (Trip computer) information to drivers. ■ Type A The trip computer is a microcomput- - Trip information er-controlled driver information sys- - LCD modes tem that displays information related - Warning messages to driving. ✽ NOTICE Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected. OYG048162N ■ Type B

OYG048161N

477 Features of your vehicle

Trip Modes Fuel Economy ✽ NOTICE TRIP • If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been • Average Fuel Economy interrupted, the distance to empty • Instant Fuel Economy function may not operate correctly. • The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available Accumulated Info driving distance. • Tripmeter • The trip computer may not regis- • Fuel Economy ter additional fuel if less than 1.6gallons (6liters) of fuel are • Timer added to the vehicle. OYG046153N • The fuel economy and distance to Distance To Empty (1) empty may vary significantly based Drive Info • The distance to empty is the esti- on driving conditions, driving mated distance the vehicle can be habits, and condition of the vehicle. • Tripmeter driven with the remaining fuel. • Fuel Economy - Distance range : 1 ~ 9999mi or 1 • Timer ~ 9999km. • If the estimated distance is below 1mi (1km) the trip computer will dis- Digital speedometer play “---” as distance to empty.

Smart Shift

4 78 Features of your vehicle

Average Fuel Economy (2) Automatic reset Instant Fuel Economy (3) • The average fuel economy is calcu- To make the average fuel economy • This mode displays the instant fuel lated by the total driving distance be reset automatically whenever economy during the last few sec- and fuel consumption since the last refueling, select the “Fuel economy onds when the vehicle speed is average fuel economy reset. auto reset” mode in User Setting more than 4.9 mph (8 km/h). - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9 menu of the LCD window (Refer to - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 50 MPG or L/100km “LCD window”). (MPG), 0 ~ 30 (km/L, L/100 km). • The average fuel economy can be Under “Fuel economy auto reset” mode, the average fuel economy will reset both manually and automati- CAUTION - Low Fuel cally. be cleared to zero (---) when the vehicle speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h) Level after refueling more than 2 gallons (6 Level warning light on or with Manual reset liters). the fuel level below “0 or E” can To clear the average fuel economy cause the engine to misfire and manually, press the OK button ✽ damage the catalytic converter (reset) on the steering wheel for NOTICE (if equipped). more than 1 second when the aver- The average fuel economy is not dis- age fuel economy is displayed. played for more accurate calculation if the vehicle does not drive more than 10 seconds or 0.03 miles (50 meters) since Engine Start/Stop button is turned to ON.

479 Features of your vehicle

Accumulated driving information One time driving information mode - If the engine is running, even when mode the vehicle is not in motion, the information will be accumulated.

OYG046155N OYG046154N The vehicle will display Driving Displays accumulated information Information once per one ignition cycle. starting from mileage/fuel - Fuel efficiency is calculated after the efficiency/time default point. vehicle has run for more than 0.19 mi • Accumulated information is calcu- (300 meters). lated after the vehicle has run for - The Driving Information will be reset more than 0.19 mi (300 meters). 4 hours after ignition has been turned • If you press “OK” button for more off. So, when the vehicle ignition is than 1 second after the Cumulative turned on within 4 hours, the informa- Information is displayed, the infor- tion will not be reset. mation will be reset. - If you press “OK” button for more • If the engine is running, even when than 1 second after the Driving the vehicle is not in motion, the Information is displayed, the informa- information will be accumulated. tion will be reset.

4 80 Features of your vehicle

Digital speedometer LCD Modes (3) SCC/LKA This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go (SCC) and Lane keeping Assist (LKA) system.

(4) User Setting mode On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.

(5) Master warning mode OYG048156N OYG046453L This mode informs of warning messages related to washer fluid or mal- This mode displays the current (1) Trip Computer mode speed of the vehicle. function of Blind spot Collision This mode displays driving informa- Warning (BCW) and so on. tion such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on. ❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to “LCD window Control” in ❈ For more details, refer to “Trip this chapter. Computer” in this chapter.

(2) Turn By Turn mode (if equipped) This mode displays the state of the navigation.

481 Features of your vehicle

Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped) SCC/LKA Mode (if equipped) ❈ For more information, refer to ■ “Smart Cruise Control with Stop & SCC Go (SCC) and Lane keeping Assist (LKA) system” in chapter 5.

OYG046123N OYG048124N ■ LKA This mode displays the state of the navigation.

OYG048169N This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go (SCC) and Lane keeping Assist (LKA) system.

4 82 Features of your vehicle

Service Mode ✽ NOTICE If any of the following conditions occurs, the mileage and days may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.

OYG046164L

OYG046163N Service required If you do not have your vehicle serv- Service in iced according to the already inputted It calculates and displays when you service interval, “Service required” need a scheduled maintenance message is displayed for several sec- service (mileage or days). onds each time you set the Engine If the remaining mileage or time Start/Stop Button to the ON position. reaches 900 mi (1,500 km) or 30 To reset the service interval to the days, “Service in” message is dis- mileage and days you inputted before: played for several seconds each time • Press the OK button (reset) for you set the Engine Start/Stop Button more than 1 second. to the ON position.

483 Features of your vehicle

Head-Up Display (HUD) • Speedometer Size : Choose the (if equipped) size of the HUD speedometer • Display Height : Adjust the height (Small, Medium, Large). of the HUD image on the wind- • Speedometer Color : Choose the shield glass. color of the HUD speedometer • Rotation : Adjust the degree of the (White, Orange, Green). HUD rotation. ✽ • Brightness : Adjust the intensity of NOTICE the HUD brightness If you select the Turn By Turn OYG048129L (TBT) navigation information as User Settings Mode • Contents Select HUD contents, the Turn By Turn On this mode, you can change set- - Activate or deactivate each con- (TBT) navigation information will ting of the doors, lamps, and so on. tents of the HUD. not be displayed on the LCD. -Turn by Turn* WARNING - Traffic Information* - Advanced Smart Cruise control* Do not adjust the User Setting while driving.You may lose your - Cruise control* steering control cause an acci- - Blind Spot Detection* dent and severe bodily injury * : if equipped which could.

4 84 Features of your vehicle

Driver Assistance (if equipped) • LCA (Lane change assist) (if Door • Smart Cruise Control with Stop equipped) : To adjust the initial • Automatically Lock warning alert time for the Lane & Go Reaction (if equipped) : - Enable on Speed : All doors will be Change Assist. Choose the sensitivity automatically locked when the (Slow/Normal/Fast) of the smart ❈For more information, refer to “Blind vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph cruise control. Spot Detection System” in chapter 5. (15 km/h). ❈ For more details, refer to “Smart • Rear Cross Traffic Alert (if - Enable on Shift : All doors will be Cruise Control with Stop & Go” in equipped) : If this item is checked, automatically locked if the chapter 5. the rear cross traffic alert function transaxle shift lever is shifted from • Forward Collision-Avoidance will be activated. the P (Park) position to the R Assist (FCA, if equipped) :To ❈For more details, refer to “Blind Spot (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) activate or deactivate the FCA sys- Detection System” in chapter 5. position. tem. • Automatically Unlock ❈ • Blind Spot Collision Warning For more details, refer to “Forward Sound (if equipped) : If this item - Off : The auto door unlock opera- Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA)” is checked, the blind spot collision tion will be canceled. in chapter 5 warning sound function will be acti- - Vehicle Off/On key out : All doors • Forward Collision Warning vated. will be automatically unlocked (FCW, if equipped) : Choose the ❈For more details, refer to “Blind spot when the Engine Start/Stop button sensitivity of the for-ward collision Collision Warning” in chapter 5. is set to the OFF position. warning. (Late/Normal/Early) - On Shift to P : All doors will be ❈For more details, refer to “Forward automatically unlocked if the Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA)” transaxle shift lever is shifted to the in chapter 5. P (Park) position.

485 Features of your vehicle

• Two Press Unlock (if equipped) Lights Sound - Off : The two press unlock function • One Touch Turn Signal • Park Assist System Vol. (if will be deactivated. Therefore, all - Off : The one touch turn lamp func- equipped) : Adjust the Park Assist doors will unlock upon one press of tion will be deactivated. System volume. (Level 1~3) the button. - 3, 5, 7 Flashing : The lane change ❈For more details, refer to “Parking - On : Only the driver's door will signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times Assist System” in this chapter. unlock when unlock button is when the turn signal lever is • Cluster voice guide Vol. (if pressed once and all doors will moved slightly. unlock when the same button is equipped) : Adjust the cluster ❈For more details, refer to “Lighting” pressed again within 4 seconds. voice guide volume. (Level 0~3) in this chapter. • Door Lock Sound (if equipped) : • Welcome Sound (if equipped) :If • Headlamp escort (if equipped) : If this item checked, the door lock this item checked, the welcome If this item checked, the headlamp sound function will be activated sound function will be activated. escort function will be activated. when locking doors. • Welcome Light (if equipped) :If • Smart Trunk (if equipped) :To this item checked, the welcome activate or deactivate the Smart light function will be activated. Trunk system. ❈For more details, refer to “Smart Trunk” in this chapter.

4 86 Features of your vehicle

Convenience • Steering Easy Access Service interval • Seat Easy Access (if equipped) (if equipped) • Service Interval - None : The seat easy access func- - On (checked) : The steering wheel To activate or deactivate the service tion will be deactivated. will automatically move forward or interval function. rearward for the driver to enter or - Normal/Enhanced : When you turn exit the vehicle comfortably. • Adjust Interval off the engine, the driver’s seat will automatically move rear 3 inches - Off (unchecked) : The steering To adjust the interval by mileage and (7.6cm) (Enhanced) for you to easy access function will be deac- period. tivated. enter or exit the vehicle more com- • Reset fortably. ❈For more details, refer to “Driver To reset the service interval function Position Memory System” in chap- If you change the Engine Other Features Start/Stop Button from OFF posi- ter 3. tion to the AC function, the driver’s • Wireless smart phone charging seat will return to the original posi- system (if equipped) : If this item tion. checked, the Wireless smart ❈For more details, refer to “Driver phone charging system will be acti- Position Memory System” in chap- vated. ter 3. • Wiper/Light Display (if equipped) : If this item checked, the Wiper/Light Display will be activated. • Gear position pop up (if equipped) : To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up. When activated, the gear position will be displayed on the LCD display.

487 Features of your vehicle

• Fuel Economy Auto Reset Warning messages - Off : The average fuel economy Warning messages appear on the will not reset automatically when- LCD to warn the driver. It is located in ever refueling. the center of the instrument cluster. - After Ignition : The average fuel The warning message may appear economy will reset automatically differently depending on the type of whenever it has passed 4 hours instrument cluster and some may not after turning OFF the engine. show the warning message at all. - After Refueling : The average fuel The warning message is shown in economy will reset automatically either symbol, symbol and text, or OYG046144 when refueling. text only. Door or Trunk open ❈ For more details, refer to “Trip • It means that any door or trunk is Computer” in this chapter. open. • Fuel Economy Unit : Choose the fuel economy unit. (US gallon, UK gallon) • Temperature Unit : Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F) • Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped) : Choose the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, Bar) • Language : Choose the language.

4 88 Features of your vehicle

■ Type A Turn on FUSE SWITCH (if equipped) • This warning message illuminates if the fuse switch under the steering wheel is OFF. • It means that you should turn the fuse switch on. ❈For more details, refer to “Fuses” in chapter 7. OYG046165L ■ Type B OYG046145 Shift to P (for smart key system) Sunroof Open (if equipped) • This warning message illuminates if • This warning is displayed if you you try to turn off the engine without turn off the engine when the sun- the shift lever in P (Park) position. roof is open. If the driver’s door is opened with the Engine Start/Stop Button in the ACC or ON position and shift lever OYG046166L is not in P(Park) position, the mes- Engine has overheated sage above will appear. This warning message illuminates • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop when the engine coolant tempera- Button turns to the ACC position (If ture is above 248°F (120°C). you press the Engine Start/Stop Button once more, it will turn to the This means that the engine is over- ON position). heated and may be damaged. If your vehicle is overheated, refer to “Overheating” in chapter 6.

489 Features of your vehicle

Low Key Battery Press brake pedal to start engine Key not detected (for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not detected if the battery of the smart key is if the Engine Start/Stop Button when you press the Engine discharged when the Engine changes to the ACC position twice Start/Stop Button. Start/Stop Button changes to the by pressing the button repeatedly OFF position. without depressing the brake pedal. Vehicle is On(for smart key system) • It means that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine. • If the driver’s door is opened with Press START button while turning the engine start/stop button in the wheel (for smart key system) ON position and shift lever in • This warning message illuminates Key not in vehicle (for smart key system) P(Park) position, the message if the steering wheel does not • This warning message illuminates above will appear. unlock normally when the Engine if the smart key is not in the vehicle Start/Stop Button is pressed. when you press the Engine • It means that you should press the Start/Stop Button. Engine Start/Stop Button while • It means that you should always turning the steering wheel right have the smart key with you. and left.

4 90 Features of your vehicle

Press START button again Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse Low Washer Fluid (if equipped) (for smart key system) (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates • It means that you could start the • This warning message illuminates on the service reminder mode if engine by pressing the Engine if the brake switch fuse is blown. the washer fluid level in the reser- Start/ Stop Button once more. • It means that you should replace voir is nearly empty. • If the warning illuminates each the fuse with a new one. If that is • It means that you should refill the time you press the Engine not possible, you can start the washer fluid. Start/Stop Button, we recommend engine by pressing the Engine that you have the vehicle inspected Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in Low Fuel by an authorized Kia dealer. the ACC position. • This warning message illuminates if the fuel tank is nearly empty. Press START button with key Shift to P or N to start engine - When the low fuel level warning (for smart key system) (for smart key system) light illuminates, add fuel as soon • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates as possible. if you press the Engine Start/Stop if you try to start the engine with Button while the warning message the shift lever not in the P (Park) or “Key not detected” is illuminating. N (Neutral) position. • At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks. ✽ NOTICE You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

491 Features of your vehicle

Device in wireless charger Check headlamp LED (if equipped) (if equipped) This warning message illuminates if Warning messages will illuminate the headlamp does not turn on nor- when the vehicle ignition is in OFF mally when you attempt to turn the and the smart phone is on the wire- head lamp on. In this case, have your less charging pad in two situations: vehicle inspected by an authorized 1. When the driver or passenger Kia dealer. door is opened 2. When one minute has passed Battery discharging due to external after the ignition has been turned electrical devices (if equipped) OFF (and the door has not been The vehicle can detect self-dis- opened for more than one minute) charge of the battery due to over-cur- ❈For more details, refer to “Smart rent that is generated by unautho- Phone Wireless Charger” in this rized electrical devices such as black chapter. box mounting during parking. Please note that functions such as ISG are limited and battery discharge problems may occur. If the warning continues even after external electrical devices are removed, have your vehicle inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer.

4 92 Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

✽ NOTICE - Warning lights Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the Engine that the seat belt is not fastened. any light is still ON, this indicates a Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- ❈ For more details, refer to the “Seat situation that needs attention. tion. Belts” in chapter 3. - It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the SRS. We recommend that you, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

493 Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual- 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two 2. With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys- • Once you set the Engine tems should fail. Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- brake fluid level immediately and add tion. fluid as required (For more details, With only one of the dual systems refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 8). working, more than normal pedal - It illuminates for approximately 3 travel and greater pedal pressure are seconds Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the required to stop the vehicle. - When the parking brake is brake system are still found, the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as applied, the warning light will warning light remains on, or the short a distance with only a portion remain on. brakes do not operate properly, do of the brake system working. • When the brake fluid level in the not drive the vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv- reservoir is low. In this case, have your vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition- - If the warning light illuminates towed to an authorized Kia dealer al engine braking and stop the vehi- with the parking brake released, it and inspected. cle as soon as it is safe to do so. indicates the brake fluid level in Driving the vehicle with a warning reservoir is low. light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminate with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 94 Features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System Electronic ✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake (ABS) Warning Light Brake force force Distribution (EBD) Distribution System Warning Light This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System When the ABS Warning Light is on Warning Light • Once you set the Engine or both ABS and Parking Brake & Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- These two warning lights illuminate at Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, tion. the same time while driving: the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS - It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally. Warning Light may illuminate and seconds and then goes off. the steering effort may increase or When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle decrease. the ABS the warning light will inspected by an authorized Kia Recommend to have your vehicle remain on. The braking system dealer. inspected by an authorized Kia deal- will be operational without the er as soon as possible. assistance of the anti-lock brake WARNING - Electronic system. Brake force Distribution In this case, have your vehicle (EBD) System Warning Light inspected by an authorized Kia When both ABS and Parking dealer. Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking thereby increasing the risk of a crash and injury. In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

495 Features of your vehicle

Electronic Power Malfunction Indicator Steering (EPS) Warning Lamp (MIL) CAUTION - Malfunction Light Indicator Lamp (MIL) This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may • Once you set the Engine • Once you set the Engine cause damage to the emission Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- control systems which could tion. tion. affect drivability and/or fuel - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is economy. started. started. • When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with the EPS. the emission control system. CAUTION - Catalytic In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle Converter Damage inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia If the Malfunction Indicator dealer. dealer. Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

4 96 Features of your vehicle

Charging System Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light Warning Light CAUTION - Engine Overheating This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: Do not continue driving with the engine overheated. Otherwise • Once you set the Engine • Once you set the Engine the engine may be damaged. Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- Start/Stop Button to the ON position. tion. - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is CAUTION - Engine started. started. damage • When there is a malfunction with • When the engine oil pressure is low. If the engine is not stopped either the alternator or electrical immediately after the engine oil charging system. If the engine oil pressure is low: pressure warning light is illumi- 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe nated and stays on while the If there is a malfunction with either location and stop your vehicle. engine is running, serious the alternator or electrical charging engine damage may result. system: 2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more details, 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7). If location and stop your vehicle. the level is low, add oil as required. 2. Turn the engine off and check the If the warning light remains on alternator drive belt for looseness after adding oil or if oil is not avail- or breakage. able, have your vehicle inspected If the belt is adjusted properly, by an authorized Kia dealer as there may be a problem in the soon as possible. electrical charging system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

497 Features of your vehicle

If the warning light stays on while the Low Tire Pressure engine is running, it indicates that Warning Light WARNING - Low tire there may be serious engine dam- pressure age or malfunction. In this case, This warning light illuminates: • Significantly low tire pressure 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is makes the vehicle unstable safe to do so. • Once you set the Engine and can contribute to loss of Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- vehicle control and increased 2. Turn off the engine and check the tion. oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the braking distances. engine oil to the proper level. - It illuminates for approximately 3 • Continued driving or low pres- seconds and then goes off. 3. Start the engine again. If the warn- sure tires will cause the tires to ing light stays on after the engine • When one or more of your tires are overheat and fail. is started, turn the engine off significantly underinflated. immediately. In this case, have ❈ For more details, refer to “Tire • The TPMS cannot alert you to your vehicle inspected by an Pressure Monitoring System authorized Kia dealer. severe and sudden tire damage (TPMS)” in chapter 6. caused by external factors. • If you notice any vehicle instability, This warning light remains on after immediately take your foot off the blinking for approximately 60 seconds accelerator pedal, apply the brakes or repeats blinking on and off at the gradually with light force, and slow- intervals of approximately 3 seconds: ly move to a safe position off the • When there is a malfunction with road. the TPMS. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible. ❈For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter 6.

4 98 Features of your vehicle

Electronic Parking Brake Master Warning light Autonomous Emergency (EPB) Warning Light EPB (if equipped) Braking (AEB) Warning (if equipped) light (if equipped) This warning light illuminates: • This warning light informs the driver This indicator light illuminates: • Once you set the Engine of the following situations • When there is a malfunction with Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- - Blind Spot Detection fail the AEB. tion. - Advanced Smart Cruise Control fail In this case, have the vehicle inspect- - It illuminates for approximately 3 - Blind Spot Detection automatic can- ed by an authorized Kia dealer. seconds and then goes off. celation • When there is a malfunction with - Advanced Smart Cruise Control the EPB. radar fail In this case, have your vehicle - Lamp wire disconnection and so on inspected by an authorized Kia The Master Warning Light illumi- dealer. nates when more than one of the above warning situations occur. At ✽ NOTICE - Electronic Parking this time, the LCD Modes Icon will Brake (EPB) Warning Light change from ( ) to ( ). The Electronic Parking Brake If the warning situation is solved, the (EPB) Warning Light may illumi- master warning light will be turned off nate when the Electronic Stability and the LCD Modes Icon will be control (ESC) Indicator Light comes changed back to its previous icon ( ). on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB).

499 Features of your vehicle

LED Headlamp Warning Icy Road Warning Light Indicator Lights Light (if equipped) (if equipped) Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator This warning light illuminates: This warning light is to warn the driv- Light er the road may be icy. • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop This indicator light illuminates: Button to the ON position. When the following conditions occur, the warning light (including Outside • Once you set the Engine - It illuminates for approximately 3 Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- seconds and then goes off. Temperature Gauge) blinks 5 times and then illuminates, and a warning tion. • When there is a malfunction with chime sounds once. - It illuminates for approximately 3 the LED headlamp. - The temperature on the Outside seconds and then goes off. In this case, have your vehicle Temperature Gauge is below • When there is a malfunction with inspected by an authorized Kia approximately 40°F (4°C). the ESC system. dealer. In this case, have your vehicle This warning light blinks: inspected by an authorized Kia • When there is a malfunction with a dealer. LED headlamp related part. In this case, have your vehicle This indicator light blinks: inspected by an authorized Kia While the ESC is operating. dealer. ❈For more details, refer to ✽ “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” NOTICE in chapter 5. Continuous driving with the LED Headlamp Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlamp (low beam) life.

4 100 Features of your vehicle

Electronic Stability Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2 Control (ESC) OFF Light (With Smart Key) seconds and goes off: Indicator Light • When the vehicle can not detect the smart key which is in the vehi- This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds: cle while the Engine Start/Stop • Once you set the Engine • When the vehicle detects the Button is ON. Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- In this case, have your vehicle tion. smart key in the vehicle properly while the Engine Start/Stop Button inspected by an authorized Kia - It illuminates for approximately 3 is ACC or ON. dealer. seconds and then goes off. - At this time, you can start the • When you deactivate the ESC sys- engine. This indicator light blinks: tem by pressing the ESC OFF button. - The indicator light goes off after • When the battery of the smart key starting the engine. is weak. ❈ For more details, refer to - At this time, you can not start the “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” This indicator light blinks for a few engine. However, you can start the in chapter 5. seconds: engine if you press the Engine • When the smart key is not in the Start/Stop Button with the smart vehicle. key. (For more details, refer to “Starting the Engine” in chapter 5). - At this time, you can not start the engine. • When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4101 Features of your vehicle

Turn Signal Indicator High Beam Indicator Light ON Indicator Light Light Light

This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When you turn the turn signal light • When the headlights are on and in • When the tail lights or headlights on. the high beam position are on. • When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position. If any of the following occurs, there Front Fog Indicator may be a malfunction with the turn Light (if equipped) signal system. In this case, have your High beam assist indica- vehicle inspected by an authorized tor (if equipped) Kia dealer. This indicator light illuminates: - The indicator light does not blink • When the front fog lights are on. but illuminates. This warning light illuminates : - The indicator light blinks more • When the high-Beam is on with the rapidly. light switch in the AUTO light position. - The indicator light does not illuminate at all. • If your vehicle detects oncoming or preceding vehicles, the High beam assist system will switch the high beam to low beam automatically. ❈For more details, refer to “High beam assist” in this chapter.

4 102 Features of your vehicle

Cruise AUTO HOLD Indicator AUTO LKA(Lane Keeping Indicator Light CRUISE Light (if equipped) Assist) indicator (if equipped) HOLD (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: The LKA indicator will illuminate when you turn the lane keeping This indicator light illuminates: • [White] When you activate the auto assistant system on by pressing the hold system by pressing the AUTO • When the cruise control system is LKA button. enabled. HOLD button. If there is a problem with the system, • [Green] When you stop the vehicle ❈For more details, refer to “Cruise the yellow LKA indicator will illumi- completely by depressing the Control System” in chapter 5. nate. brake pedal with the auto hold system activated. ❈ For more details, refer to “Lane • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- Keeping Assist” in chapter 5. tion with the auto hold system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. ❈For more details, refer to “Auto Hold” in chapter 5.

4103 Features of your vehicle

ECO Indicator Light WARNING - Distracted (if equipped) driving Driving while distracted can This indicator light illuminates : result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an acci- • When the Active ECO system is dent, severe personal injury, activated by pressing the DRIVE and death. The driver’s primary mode button. responsibility is in the safe and • The ECO indicator (green) will illu- legal operation of a vehicle, and minate to show that the Active use of any handheld devices, ECO is operating. other equipment, or vehicle sys- ❈For more details, refer to “Drive tems which take the driver’s Mode Integrated Control System" eyes, attention and focus away in chapter 5. from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be SPORT Mode Indicator used during operation of the Light (if equipped) vehicle. This indicator light illuminates: • When you select “SPORT” mode as drive mode. ❈For more details, refer to “Drive Mode” in chapter 5.

4 104 Features of your vehicle

HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED) Description • The head up display image on the ✽ NOTICE windshield glass may not be visible Installing window tint or any other when: type of metallic coating on the wind- - Sitting posture prevents visibility. shield can prevent the driver from - Wearing a polarized sunglasses. seeing the Head Up Display images. - There is an object on the cover of the head up display. WARNING - Head up - Driving on a wet road. display - Lighting is turned on inside the The Head up display is a supple- vehicle. mental system. Do not solely - Any light comes from the outside. rely on the system, always drive - Wearing inadequate glasses for safely, and pay attention to the OYG046430N driving conditions on the road. The head up display is a transparent your eyesight. display which projects a shadow of • If the head up display image is not some information of the instrument shown well, adjust the height, rota- ✽ NOTICE cluster and navigation on the wind- tion or illumination of the head up display in the LCD window. When replacing the front windshield glass. shield glass of the vehicles equipped ❈ For more details, refer to “LCD with the head up display, replace it window” in this chapter. with a windshield glass designed for the head up display operation. • When the head up display needs Otherwise, duplicated images may inspection or repair, we recom- be displayed on the windshield glass. mend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer. • Do not place any accessories on the dashboard or attach any objects on the windshield glass.

4105 Features of your vehicle

Head Up Display ON/OFF Head Up Display Information Head Up Display Setting On the LCD display, you can change the head up display settings as follows. 1. Display height 2. Rotation 3. Brightness 4. Content select 5. Speedometer size 6. Speedometer color

OYG046113L OYG046158N ❈ For more details, refer to “LCD The HUD display may be activated or 1. Turn By Turn navigation informa- window” in this chapter. deactivated in user setting mode tion while engine is ON. 2. Road signs 3. Speedometer 4. Cruise setting speed 5. Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go (SCC) information 6. BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARN- ING (BCW) 7. Warning light (Low fuel, BCW) 8. AV mode information

4 106 Features of your vehicle

PARKING DISTANCE WARNING-REVERSE (PDW-R) (IF EQUIPPED) Operation of the parking dis- WARNING - Parking distance warning-reverse tance warning-reverse Operating condition Never rely solely on the parking • This system will activate when the distance warning-reverse. indicator on the rear parking assist Always perform a visual inspec- OFF button is not illuminated. If tion to make sure the vehicle is you desire to deactivate the park- clear of all obstructions before ing distance warning-reverse, moving the vehicle in any direc- press the rear parking assist OFF tion. Stop immediately if you are button again. (The indicator on the aware of a child anywhere near button will illuminate.) To turn the OYG046400N your vehicle. Some objects may system on, press the button again. The parking distance warning-reverse not be detected by the sensors, (The indicator on the button will go assists the driver during backward due to the object's size or mate- off.) rial. movement of the vehicle by chiming if If the vehicle is moving at a speed any object is sensed within a distance over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system of 47 in. (120 cm) behind the vehicle. may not be activated. This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors (➀) are limited. Whenever backing-up, pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a parking distance warning-reverse.

4107 Features of your vehicle

• This system will activate when Types of warning sound Non-operational conditions of backing up with the ignition switch • When an object is 47 in. to 24 in. parking distance warning- ON. (120 cm to 61 cm) from the rear reverse If the vehicle is moving at a speed bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- The parking distance warning- over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system tently. reverse may not operate properly may not be activated. • When an object is 24 in. to 12 in. when: • The sensing distance while the (60 cm to 31 cm) from the rear 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It back-up warning system is in oper- bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre- will operate normally once the ation is approximately 47 in. (120 quently. moisture clears.) cm) at the rear bumper center • When an object is within 16 in. (40 2. The sensor is covered with foreign area, 23.5 in. (60 cm) at the rear cm) of the rear bumper: bumper side areas. matter, such as snow or water, or Buzzer sounds continuously. the sensor cover is blocked. (It will • When more than two objects are operate normally when the materi- sensed at the same time, the clos- al is removed or the sensor is no est one will be recognized first. longer blocked.) 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradient). 4. Objects generating excessive noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes) are within range of the sensor. 5. Heavy rain or water spray exists. 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor. 7. The sensor is covered with snow. 8. Trailer towing

4 108 Features of your vehicle

The detecting range may decrease parking distance warning- ✽ NOTICE when: reverse precautions This system can only sense objects 1. The sensor is covered with foreign • The parking distance warning- within the range and location of the matter such as snow or water. reverse may not sound consistent- sensors. It cannot detect objects in (The sensing range will return to ly depending on the speed and other areas where sensors are not normal when removed.) shapes of the objects detected. installed. Also, small or slim objects, 2. Outside air temperature is • The parking distance warning- such as poles or objects located extremely hot or cold. reverse may malfunction if the vehi- between sensors may not be detected cle bumper height or sensor instal- by the sensors. The following objects may not be lation has been modified or dam- Always visually check behind the recognized by the sensor: aged. Any non-factory installed vehicle when backing up. equipment or accessories may also Be sure to inform any drivers of the 1. Sharp or slim objects such as vehicle that may be unfamiliar with ropes, chains or small poles. interfere with the sensor performance. the system regarding the systems' 2. Objects which tend to absorb the capabilities and limitations. sensor frequency such as clothes, • The sensor may not recognize sound absorbent material or snow. objects less than 15 in. (40 cm) from the sensor, or it may sense an 3. Undetectable objects smaller than incorrect distance. Use caution. 40 in. (1 m) in height and narrower than 6 in. (14 cm) in diameter. • When the sensor is frozen or covered with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the material is removed using a soft cloth. • To prevent damage, do not push, scratch or strike the sensor.

4109 Features of your vehicle

Self-diagnosis If you don’t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting the gear to the R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction in the parking distance warning-reverse. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

✽ NOTICE Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants due to a parking distance warning-reverse malfunction. Always drive safely and cautiously.

4 110 Features of your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR This system is a supplemental system that shows the area behind the WARNING - Backing & vehicle on the audio screen while using camera backing up. If the vehicle is equipped Never rely solely on the rear view with a navigation system, then the monitor. You must always use image will display on the navigation methods of viewing the area screen. behind you including looking • This system is a supplementary over both shoulders as well as system only. It is the responsibility checking all three rear view mir- of the driver to always check the rors. Due to the difficulty of OYG046403 inside/outside rearview mirrors and ensuring that the area behind the area behind the vehicle before you remains clear, always back and while backing up. up slowly and stop immediately • Always keep the camera lens if you suspect that a person, and clean. If lens is covered with for- especially a child, might be eign matter, the camera may not behind you. operate normally.

OYG046404L The rear view monitor will activate with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.

4111 Features of your vehicle

SURROUND VIEW MONITORING SYSTEM (SVM) (IF EQUIPPED) Operating conditions - When the Engine Start/Stop WARNING Button is ON position This system is a supplementary - When the transaxle is on D, N or R system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always - When the vehicle speed is not over check the area around the vehi- 9 mph cle before and while moving. • When the vehicle speed is over 9 mph, the SVM system is turned off. If the vehicle speed then decreases below over 9.32mph (15km/h) the OYG046405 SVM will not automatically turn on again. To operate again, push the The Surround View Monitoring button. System (SVM) is not a substitute for proper and safe parking procedures. • When the vehicle moves back- The Surround View Monitoring wards, regardless of On/Off of but- System (SVM) may not detect every ton and vehicle speed, the SVM object surrounding the vehicle. operates automatically. Always drive safely and use caution • When the trunk and driver/passen- when parking. ger door are opened and the out- The Surround View Monitoring side mirror is folded, the warning is System (SVM) can assist in parking illuminated in SVM system. by allowing the driver to see around • If the SVM system is not operating the vehicle. Push the button into the normally, the system should be [ON] position to operate the system. checked by an authorized Kia dealer. To cancel the system, push the button again.

4 112 Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Battery saver function Lighting control Parking & Tail light ( ) • The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged if the lights are left in the ON position. The system automatically shuts off the parking lights 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed and the driver’s door is opened and closed. • With this feature, the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night and opens the driver’s side door. OUM044053 OUMA046054 If necessary, to keep the parking The light switch has a Headlight and When the light switch is in the park- lights on when the ignition key is a Parking light position. ing light position, the tail, license and removed, perform the following: To operate the lights, turn the knob at instrument panel lights will turn ON. 1) Open the driver-side door. the end of the control lever to one of 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and the following positions: ON again using the light switch (1) OFF position on the steering column. (2) Auto light position (3) Parking & Tail light (4) Headlight position

4113 Features of your vehicle

Auto light position Headlight position ( ) CAUTION • Never place anything over the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel, this will ensure better auto-light system control. • Don’t clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.

OUMA046056 OYG046407 When the light switch is in the head- When the light switch is in the AUTO light position, the head, tail, license light position, the taillights and headlights will turn ON. lights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of ✽ NOTICE light outside of the vehicle. The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights.

4 114 Features of your vehicle

High beam operation WARNING - High beams Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles in front of your vehicle. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver’s vision.

OUM044058

OUM044059 To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards you. It will return to the nor- To turn on the high beam headlamp, mal (low beam) position when push the lever away from you.The lever released. The headlight switch does will return to its original position. The not need to be on to use this flashing high beam indicator will light when the feature. headlight high beams are switched on. To turn off the high beam headlamps, pull the lever towards you. It will return to the normal (low beam) position when released. To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running.

4115 Features of your vehicle

High Beam Assist (if equipped) Operating condition The high beam switches to low beam 1.Place the light switch in the AUTO in the following conditions. position. - When the High Beam Assist is off. 2.Turn on the high beam by pushing - When the light switch is not in the the lever away from you. AUTO position. The High Beam Assist ( ) indica- - When the headlamp is detected tor will illuminate. from the on-coming vehicle. 3.The High Beam Assist will turn on - When the tail lamp is detected when vehicle speed is above 25 from the front vehicle. mph (40 km/h). - When the surrounding is bright • If the lever is pushed away when enough that high beams are not the High Beam Assist is operat- needed. OYG046454N ing, the High Beam Assist will - When streetlights or other lights The High Beam Assist is a system turn off and the high beam will be are detected. that automatically adjusts the head- on continuously. The High Beam Assist ( ) indicator will turn off. - When vehicle speed is below 15 lamp range (switches between high mph (24 km/h). beam and low beam) according to • If the lever is pulled towards you the brightness of other vehicles and when the High Beam Assist is - When headlamp / taillamp of bicy- road conditions. operating, the High Beam Assist cle/motorcycle is detected will turn off. 4.If the light switch is placed to the headlamp position, the High Beam Assist will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously.

4 116 Features of your vehicle

The system may not operate in the • When driving downhill or uphill. ✽ NOTICE following conditions. • When only part of the vehicle in • Do not place any accessories, • When the light from the a vehicle is front is visible on a crossroad or stickers or tint on the windshield. not detected because of lamp curved road. • Have the windshield glass replaced damage or because it is hidden • When there is a traffic light, reflect- by from an authorized dealer. from sight, etc. ing sign, flashing sign or mirror. • Do not remove or damage related • When the lamp of a vehicle is cov- • When the road conditions are bad parts of the High Beam Assist sys- ered with dust, snow or water. such as being wet or covered with tem. • When the light from a vehicle is not snow. • Be careful that water doesn’t get into the High Beam Assist unit. detected because of exhaust fume, • When the front vehicle’s head- smoke, fog, snow, etc. • Do not place objects on the dash- lamps are off but the fog lamps on. board that reflect light such as • When the front window is covered • When a vehicle suddenly appears mirrors, white paper, etc. The sys- with foreign matters such as ice, from a curve. tem may not be able to function if dust, fog, or is damaged. • When the vehicle is tilted from a sunlight is reflected. • When there is a similar shape lamp flat tire or being towed. • At times, the Smart High Beam with the front vehicle’s lamps. • When the LKA (Lane Keeping system may not operate due to sys- • When it is hard to see because of Assist) system warning light illumi- tem limitations. Always check the fog, heavy rain or snow. nates. (if equipped) road conditions for your safety. • When the headlamp is not repaired When the system does not operate, or replaced at an authorized deal- manually change between the high er. beam and low beam. • When headlamp aiming is not properly adjusted. • When driving on a narrow curved road or rough road.

4117 Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change If an indicator stays on and does not Front fog light (if equipped) signals flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

✽ NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.

OUM044061 OUM044060 Fog lights are used to provide The ignition switch must be on for the improved visibility when visibility is turn signals to function. To turn on poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The the turn signals, move the lever up or fog lights will turn on when the fog light down (A). The green arrow indicators switch (1) is turned to the on position on the instrument panel indicate after the headlight is turned on. which turn signal is operating. To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog They will self-cancel after a turn is light switch (1) to the OFF position. completed. If the indicator continues When in operation, the fog lights to flash after a turn, manually return consume large amounts of vehicle the lever to the OFF position. electrical power. Only use the fog To signal a lane change, move the lights when visibility is poor. turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released.

4 118 Features of your vehicle

Check headlight Headlight leveling device (if equipped) Automatic type To ensure the proper headlight beam is used under various conditions, the headlight beam levels are automatically adjusted depending on the number of passengers, the weight in the trunk, and other driving conditions.

✽ NOTICE OJFA055274 If it does not work properly even This warning message illuminates if though your car is inclined backward there is a malfunction (burned-out according to passenger's posture, or bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal- the headlight beam is irradiated to function) with the headlamp. In this the high or low position, have the sys- case, have your vehicle inspected by tem be inspected by an authorized an authorized Kia dealer. Kia dealer. Do not attempt to inspect or replace ✽ NOTICE the wiring yourself. • When replacing the bulb, use the same wattage bulb. For more information, refer to “BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8. • If a different wattage bulb is installed on the vehicle, this warning message is not displayed.

4119 Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper/washer Windshield wipers ✽ NOTICE Operates as follows when the igni- If there is heavy accumulation of tion switch is turned ON. snow or ice on the windshield, defrost MIST : For a single wiping cycle, the windshield for about 10 minutes, move the lever to this (MIST) or until the snow and/or ice is position and release it. The removed before using the windshield wipers will operate continu- wipers to ensure proper operation. ously if the lever is held in this If you do not remove the snow and/or position. ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and OFF : Wiper is not in operation washer system. INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. Use OYG046456N this mode in light rain or mist. To vary the speed setting, turn A : Wiper speed control (front) the speed control knob. · MIST – Single wipe LO : Normal wiper speed · OFF – Off HI : Fast wiper speed · INT – Intermittent wipe AUTO* – Auto control wipe · LO – Low wiper speed · HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)* * if equipped 4 120 Features of your vehicle

Auto control (if equipped) To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (1). CAUTION If the wiper switch is set in AUTO • When washing the vehicle, set mode when the ignition switch is ON, the wiper switch in the OFF the wiper will operate once to per- position to stop the auto wiper form a self-check of the system. Set operation. the wiper to OFF position when the The wiper may operate and be wiper is not in use. damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle. WARNING • Do not remove the sensor When the ignition switch is ON cover located on the upper and the windshield wiper switch OYG046455N end of the passenger side is placed in the AUTO mode, windshield glass. Damage to The rain sensor (A) located on the use caution in the following sit- system parts could occur and upper end of the windshield glass uations to avoid any injury to may not be covered by your senses the amount of rainfall and the hands or other parts of the vehicle warranty. controls the wiping cycle for the body: proper interval. The more it rains, the • When starting the vehicle in • Do not touch the upper end of winter, set the wiper switch in faster the wiper operates. When the the windshield glass facing rain stops, the wiper stops. the OFF position. Otherwise, the rain sensor. wipers may operate and ice • Do not wipe the upper end of may damage the windshield the windshield glass with a wiper blades. Always remove damp or wet cloth. all snow and ice and defrost • Do not put pressure on the the windshield properly prior windshield glass. to operating the windshield wipers.

4121 Features of your vehicle

Front windshield washers The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment CAUTION - Wipers & on the passenger side. windshields • To prevent possible damage CAUTION - Washer pump to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers To prevent possible damage to when the windshield is dry. the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid • To prevent damage to the wiper reservoir is empty. blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. • To prevent damage to the WARNING - Obscured OJF045063L wiper arms and other compo- visibility nents, do not attempt to move In the OFF position, pull the lever Do not use the washer in freez- the wipers manually. gently toward you to spray washer ing temperatures without first fluid on the windshield and to run the warming the windshield with wipers 1-3 cycles. the defrosters; the washer solu- Use this function when the wind- tion could freeze on the windshield is dirty. shield and obscure your vision. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

4 122 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHTS Do not use the interior lights for Automatic turn off function Room lamp extended periods when the engine is (if equipped) ■ not running. Type A The interior lights automatically turn It may cause battery discharge. off approximately 20 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off, if the WARNING - Interior lights are in the ON position. Lights If your vehicle is equipped with the Do not use the interior lights theft alarm system, the interior lights when driving in the dark. automatically turn off approximately Accidents could happen 5 seconds after the system is armed. because the view may be OYG046414 obscured by interior lights. ■ Type B

OYG046415

• : The light stays on at all times.

4123 Features of your vehicle

Map lamp ✽ NOTICE ■ Type A • (2) : DOOR mode The DOOR mode and ROOM mode - The map lamp and room lamp can not be selected at the same time. come on when a door is opened. The lamps go out after approxi- (3): mately 30 seconds. The map lamp stays on at all times. - The map lamp and room lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds when doors are unlocked (1): with a transmitter or smart key as The map lamp of driver’s side stays long as the doors are not opened. on at all times. OYG046413 - The map lamp and room lamp will ■ Type B stay on for approximately 20 min- (1): utes if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or The map lamp of passenger’s side LOCK/OFF position. stays on at all times. - The map lamp and room lamp will stay on continuously if the door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position. - The map lamp and room lamp will OYG046412 go out immediately if the ignition • Press the lens (1) to turn ON the switch is changed to the ON posi- map lamp. tion or all doors are locked. To turn the map lamp OFF press - To turn off the DOOR mode, press the lens (1) again. the DOOR button (2) once again (not pressed).

4 124 Features of your vehicle

Trunk room lamp (if equipped) Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) Glove box lamp (if equipped)

OYG046416 OJF045072 OYG046418 The trunk room lamp comes on Opening the lid of the vanity mirror The glove box lamp comes on when when the trunk is opened. will automatically turn on the mirror the glove box is opened. The trunk room lamp comes on as light. To prevent unnecessary battery long as the trunk lid opens. To pre- drain, close the glove box securely vent unnecessary battery drain, * The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi- after using the glove box. close the trunk lid securely after cle may differ from the illustration. using the trunk room. CAUTION - Vanity mirror lamp Make sure the mirror covers are closed when the vanity mirror lamps are not in use. Closing the sunvisor with the lamp on could damage the sunvisor or cause battery drain.

4125 Features of your vehicle

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Headlight (Headlamp) escort Interior light Pocket lamp (if equipped) function When the interior light switch is in the When all the doors (and trunk) are When the headlight(light switch in DOOR position and all doors (and locked and closed, the pocket lamp the headlight or AUTO position) is on trunk) are locked and closed, the and puddle lamp will come on for and all doors (and trunk) are locked room lamp will come on for 30 sec- about 15 seconds if any of the below and closed, the position light and onds if any of the below is performed. is performed. headlight will come on for 15 sec- • Without smart key system • With the smart key system onds if any of the below is per- - When the door unlock button is - When the vehicle is approached formed. pressed on the transmitter. with the smart key in possession. • Without smart key system • With the smart key system - When the door unlock button is - When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter. pressed on the smart key. • With the smart key system - When the button of the outside - When the door unlock button is door handle is pressed. pressed on the smart key. At this time, if you press the door lock At this time, if you press the door lock button, the lamps will turn off imme- or unlock button, the position light diately. and headlight will turn off immediately.

4 126 Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER Rear window defroster To activate the rear window CAUTION - Conductors defroster, press the rear window ■ To prevent damage to the con- Type A defroster button located in the center ductors bonded to the inside facia switch panel. The indicator on surface of the rear window, the rear window defroster button illu- never use sharp instruments or minates when the defroster is ON. window cleaners containing If there is heavy accumulation of abrasives to clean the window. ■ snow on the rear window, brush it off Type B before operating the rear defroster. If you want to defrost and defog the The rear window defroster automati- front windshield, refer to “Windshield cally turns off after approximately 20 defrosting and defogging” in this sec- minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off. To turn off the defroster, tion. OYG046302 press the rear window defroster button The defroster heats the window to again. remove frost, fog and thin ice from the rear window, while the engine is Outside rearview mirror defroster running. (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

Wiper deicer (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the wiper deicer, it will operate when you turn on the rear window defroster.

4127 Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

■ Type A 1. Driver’s temperature control knob 2. AUTO (automatic control) button 3. Front windshield defroster button 4. Rear window defroster button 5. Air conditioning button 6. Air intake control button 7. OFF button 8. Fan speed control button 9. Mode selection button 10. Passenger's temperature control knob 11. SYNC temperature control selection button ■ Type B 12. Clock 13. Climate information screen selection button

CAUTION Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the engine is running.

OYG048301N/OYG048300N

4 128 Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con- ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side ✽ NOTICE ditioning • To turn the automatic operation off, select any button or switch of the following: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning button - Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The ‘AUTO’ sign will illuminate on the infor- OYG046309 mation display once again.) 2. Turn the temperature control knob - Air intake control button to the desired temperature. - Fan speed control switch OYG046303 The selected function will be con- 1. Press the AUTO button. The trolled manually while other func- modes, fan speeds, air intake and tions operate automatically. air-conditioning will be controlled • For your convenience and to automatically by setting the tem- improve the effectiveness of the perature. climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 73°F (23°C).

4129 Features of your vehicle

OYG046304 ✽ NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.

4 130 Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi- Mode selection tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob(s) selected. 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. OYG048306N Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.

4131 Features of your vehicle

Face-Level (B, C, D, E, F) Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each floor, with a small amount of the air outlet can be controlled to direct the being directed to the windshield and air discharged from the outlet. side window defrosters.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E) OYG048305L The mode selection button controls Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the the direction of the air flow through and the floor. floor and the windshield with a small the ventilation system. amount directed to the side window The air flow outlet port is converted defrosters. as follows:

4 132 Features of your vehicle

Temperature control

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

OYG046307 OYG046308

Defrost-Level Instrument panel vents OYG046309 Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature will increase to the windshield with a small amount of air closed separately using the thumb- maximum (HI) by turning the knob to directed to the side window defrosters. wheel (if equipped). the extreme right. Also, you can adjust the direction of The temperature will decrease to the air delivery from these vents using minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to the vent control lever as shown. the extreme left. When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease by 1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.

4133 Features of your vehicle

Adjusting the driver and passenger Air intake control side temperature individually • Press the “SYNC” button again to adjust the driver and passenger side temperature individually. The illumination of button turns off. • Operate the driver side temperature control knob to adjust the driver side temperature. • Operate the passenger side temperature control knob to adjust the OYG046310 passenger side temperature. Adjusting the driver and passenger OYG046311 side temperature equally Temperature conversion This is used to select the outside • Press the “SYNC” button to adjust You can switch the temperature (fresh) air position or recirculated air the driver and passenger side tem- position. perature equally. mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows: To change the air intake control posi- The passenger side temperature tion, push the control button. will be set to the same temperature While pressing the OFF button, as the driver side temperature. press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more. • Turn the driver side temperature control knob. The driver and pas- The display will change from senger side temperature will be Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from adjusted equally. Fahrenheit to Centigrade. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit.

4 134 Features of your vehicle

Outside (fresh) air position Prolonged operation of the heater in Fan speed control With the outside (fresh) the recirculated air position (without air position selected, air air conditioning selected) may cause enters the vehicle from fogging of the windshield and side outside and is heated or windows and the air within the pas- cooled according to the senger compartment may become function selected. stale. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air Recirculated air position position selected will result in exces- With the recirculated air sively dry air in the passenger composition selected, air partment. from the passenger compartment will be OYG048312L drawn through the heat- Sunroof inside air recirculation (if equipped) The fan speed can be set to the ing system and heated desired speed by operating the fan or cooled according to If the sunroof opens while the heater speed control button. the function selected. or Air Conditioning system operates, the outside (fresh) air will be select- To change the fan speed, press ( ) ed automatically for ventilating the the button for higher speed, or push car. Then, if you select the recirculat- ( ) the button for lower speed. To ed air position, the outside (fresh) air turn the fan speed control off, press will be selected automatically after 3 the front blower OFF button. minutes. If you close the sunroof, the intake mode will be changed to the previous selected mode.

4135 Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning OFF mode WARNING - Recirculated Air Continued use of the climate control system in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.

OYG048313L OYG046314 WARNING - Sleeping with Press the A/C button to turn the air AC on Press the front blower OFF button to conditioning system on (indicator turn off the front air climate control light will illuminate). Do not sleep in a vehicle with system. However, you can still oper- the air conditioning or heating ate the mode and air intake buttons Press the button again to turn the air on as this may cause serious conditioning system off. as long as the ignition switch is in the harm or death due to a drop in ON position. the oxygen level and/or body WARNING - Reduced temperature. Visibility Continuous use of the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.

4 136 Features of your vehicle

Climate information screen System operation Operation Tips selection (if equipped) Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through 1.Set the mode to the position. the ventilation system, temporarily 2.Set the air intake control to the out- set the air intake control to the side (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to 3.Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air desired position. position when the irritation has 4.Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. • Air for the heating/cooling system Heating is drawn in through the grilles just 1.Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care OYG048315L 2.Set the air intake control to the out- should be taken that these are not Press the climate information screen side (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or selection button to display climate other obstructions. information on the screen. 3.Set the temperature control to the desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to 4.Set the fan speed control to the the fresh air position and fan speed desired speed. to the desired position, turn on the 5.If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired equipped) on. temperature. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

4137 Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning (if equipped) Air conditioning system operation tips All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are CAUTION - Excessive A/C • If the vehicle has been parked in filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. Use direct sunlight during hot weather, 1.Start the engine. Press the air con- When using the air conditioning open the windows for a short time ditioning button. system, monitor the tempera- to let the hot air inside the vehicle ture gauge closely while driving escape. 2.Set the mode to the position. up hills or in heavy traffic when • To help reduce moisture inside of 3.Set the air intake control to the out- outside temperatures are high. the windows on rainy or humid side air or recirculated air position. Air conditioning system opera- days, decrease the humidity inside 4.Adjust the fan speed control and tion may cause engine over- the vehicle by operating the air temperature control to maintain heating. Continue to use the conditioning system. maximum comfort. blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the tem- • During air conditioning system • When maximum cooling is desired, perature gauge indicates engine operation, you may occasionally set the temperature control to the overheating. notice a slight change in engine extreme left position, set the mode speed as the air conditioning com- control to the MAX A/C position, pressor cycles. This is a normal then set the fan speed control to ✽ system operation characteristic. the highest speed. NOTICE When opening the windows in humid • Use the air conditioning system weather, air conditioning may create every month only for a few minutes water droplets inside the vehicle. to ensure maximum system per- Since excessive water droplets may formance. cause damage to electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed.

4 138 Features of your vehicle

• When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE system, you may notice clear water (if equipped) • Replace the filter every 15,000 dripping (or even puddling) on the miles or once a year. ground under the passenger side Outside air If the vehicle is being driven in of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- severe conditions such as dusty or tem operation characteristic. Recirculated rough roads, more frequent air • Operating the air conditioning sys- air conditioner filter inspections and tem in the recirculated air position changes are required. provides maximum cooling, how- • When the air flow rate suddenly ever, continual operation in this decreases, the system should be mode may cause the air inside the checked at an authorized Kia vehicle to become stale. Blower dealer. Heater core • During cooling operation, you may Climate control Evaporator occasionally notice a misty air flow air filter core because of rapid cooling and 1LDA5047 humid air intake. This is a normal The climate control air filter installed system operation characteristic. behind the glove box, filters dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system. If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time, air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4139 Features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air Air Conditioning refrigerant conditioner refrigerant and WARNING label compressor lubricant The oil and refrigerant in your ■ Example When the amount of refrigerant is vehicle's air conditioning sys- low, the performance of the air condi- tem is under very high pres- tioning is reduced. Overfilling also sure. If proper service proce- has a negative impact on the air con- dures are not followed an explo- ditioning system. sion may result. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, Therefore, if abnormal operation is the air conditioning system in found, have the system inspected by your vehicle should only be an authorized Kia dealer. serviced by trained and certified technicians. OUM066035L ❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrig- CAUTION erant label in the vehicle may differ It is important that the correct from the illustration. type and amount of oil and refrig- Each symbol and specification on erant is used, otherwise damage the air conditioning refrigerant label to the vehicle may occur. To pre- is represented below : vent damage, the air conditioning 1. Classification of refrigerant system in your vehicle should 2. Amount of refrigerant only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. 3. Classification of compressor lubricant

❈ Refer to chapter 8 for more detail on the location of air conditioning refrigerant label.

4 140 Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the Automatic climate control WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme system heating right/hot position and the fan speed To defog inside windshield Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed. tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi- ature of the outside air and the tion. windshield could cause the • Before driving, clear all snow and outer surface of the windshield ice from the windshield, rear win- to fog up, causing loss of visi- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and bility. In this case, set the mode all side windows. selection to the position • Clear all snow and ice from the and fan speed control to the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to lower speed. improve heater and defroster effi- OYG046316N ciency and to reduce the probabili- ty of fogging up the inside of the 1. Set the fan speed to the desired windshield. position. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically and the air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature.

4141 Features of your vehicle

If the air conditioning and outside To defrost outside windshield Defogging logic (fresh) air position are not selected To reduce the possibility of fogging automatically, adjust the correspon- up the inside of the windshield, the ding button manually. If the posi- air intake or air conditioning is con- tion is selected, lower fan speed is trolled automatically according to adjusted to a higher fan speed. certain conditions such as or position. To cancel automatic defogging logic or return to the automatic defogging logic, do the following.

OYG046317N 1. Set the fan speed to the highest position. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically and the air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature.

4 142 Features of your vehicle

Automatic climate control system Auto defogging system This indicator illuminates (if equipped) when the auto defogging system senses the moisture on the inside of the windshield and operates.

The Auto defogging system address- es excess moisture on the inside of the windshield in stages. For example, if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step 1 Outside air position, it tries to defog again at step 2 Operating the air con- OYG046318N ditioning. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON OYG046319 position. Auto defogging reduces the probabil- 2. Press the defroster button ( ). ity of fogging up the inside of the Step 1 : Outside air position windshield by automatically sensing 3. While pressing the air conditioning Step 2 : Operating the air condition- the moisture of inside the windshield. button (A/C), press the air intake ing control button at least 5 times with- The auto defogging system operates Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the in 3 seconds. when the heater or air conditioning is windshield on. The recirculation indicator blinks 3 Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward times with 0.5 second of interval. It the windshield indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

4143 Features of your vehicle

To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the Auto Defogging System is canceled, ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times and the ADS OFF will be displayed on the climate control information screen. When the Auto Defogging System is reset, ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 times without a signal.

CAUTION Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

4 144 Features of your vehicle

CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED) AUTOMATIC VENTILATION The system automatically selects the To cancel or reset the outside (fresh) air position when the Automatic Ventilation climate control system operates over When the air conditioning system is a certain period of time (approxi- on, select Face Level mode and mately 30 minutes) in low tempera- keep pressing the air intake control ture with the recirculated air position button more than 3 seconds. selected. When the automatic ventilation is canceled, the indicator blinks 3 times. When the automatic ventilation is activated, the indicator blinks 6 times. OYG046320L When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the clean air function turns on automatically. Also, the clean air function turns off automatically, when the ignition switch is in the OFF position.

4145 Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box store small items required by the driver or passengers.

• To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover can not close securely. OYG046321 OYG046323 To open the center console storage, The glove box can be locked and WARNING - Flammable pull up the lever. unlocked with a master key (1). (if materials equipped) Do not store, propane cylinders To open the glove box, pull the lever or other flammable/explosive (2) and the glove box will automati- materials in the vehicle. These cally open. Close the glove box after items may catch fire and/or use. explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.

4 146 Features of your vehicle

Sunglass holder WARNING - Glove Box WARNING - Sunglass To reduce the risk of injury in an holder accident or sudden stop, always Do not keep objects except sun- keep the glove box door closed glasses inside the sunglass while driving. holder. Heavier objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an ✽ NOTICE accident, possibly injuring the If the temperature control knob is in passengers. the warm or hot position, warm or hot air will flow into the glove box.

OYG046324 To open the sunglass holder, press the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out. To close the sunglass holder push it up.

4147 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder ■ Front seat Seat warmer (if equipped)

■ Front seat WARNING - Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you may burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle. OYG046325 ■ Rear seat OYG046331 ■ CAUTION Rear seat Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.

OYG046327 Cups or small beverage cans may be CAUTION OYG046332 placed in the cup holders. When cleaning spilled liquids, The seat warmer is provided to warm do not use heat to dry the cup the front seats during cold weather. holders. This may damage the With the ignition switch in the ON cup holder. position, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.

4 148 Features of your vehicle

During mild weather or under condi- ✽ NOTICE

▼ Temperature control(Automatic) tions where the operation of the seat The seat warmer starts to automati- With the seat warmer switch in the warmer is not needed, keep the ON position, the heating system in switches in the “OFF” position. cally control the seat temperature in order to prevent low-temperature the seat turns off or on automatically ▼ Temperature control (Manual) burns after being manually turned depending on the seat temperature. • Each time you press the switch, ON. the temperature setting of the seat will change as follows : → → → WARNING - Seat warmer OFF HIGH( ) MIDDLE( ) LOW( ) burns

■ → Front seat → 30min 60min The seat warmer may cause OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) burns, even at low tempera-

→ tures, if used over a long period You may manually press the button of time. Never allow passengers to increase the seat temperature. ■ Rear seat who may not be able to take However, it soon returns to the auto- care of themselves to be matic mode again. OFF→HIGH( )→LOW( ) exposed to the risk of seat • When pressing the switch for more heater burns. These include: → than 1.5 seconds with the seat 1. Infants, children, elderly or warmer operating, the seat warmer disabled persons, or hospital • The seat warmer defaults to the will turn OFF. OFF position whenever the ignition outpatients switch is turned on. • The seat warmer defaults to the 2. Persons with sensitive skin OFF position whenever the Engine or those that burn easily Start/Stop button is the ON position. 3. Fatigued individuals 4. Intoxicated individuals 5. Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.)

4149 Features of your vehicle

Air ventilation seat (if equipped) • The seat warmer (with air ventila- Sunvisor tion) defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on.

CAUTION - Seat damage • When cleaning the seats, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the air ventilation seat. OYG046333 • Do not place heavy or sharp OJF045121 The temperature setting of the seat objects on the seat. Those Use the sunvisor to shield direct light changes according to the switch things may damage the air through the front or side windows. ventilation seat. position. To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. • If you want to ventilate your seat • Be careful not to spill liquid such as water or beverages on To use the sunvisor for the side win- cushion, press the switch (blue dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from color). the seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a dry towel. the bracket (1) and swing it to the • Each time you press the button, side (2). the airflow will change as follows: Before using the air ventilation seat, dry the seat completely. To use the vanity mirror, pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover (3). OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) Adjust the sunvisor extension for- → ward or backward (4). The ticket holder (5) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

4 150 Features of your vehicle

* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi- Power outlet (if equipped) The power outlet is designed to pro- cle may differ from the illustration. vide power for mobile telephones or ■ Front • Type A other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The - Vanity mirror CAUTION devices should draw less than 10 lamp amps with the engine running. If you use the vanity mirror lamp, • Use the power outlet only when the turn off the lamp before return- engine is running and remove the ing the sunvisor to its original accessory plug after use. Using the position, otherwise it could accessory plug for prolonged peri- result in battery discharge and OYG046328 ods of time with the engine off could possible sunvisor damage. ■ Front cause the battery to discharge. • Type B • Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in electric capacity. • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. • Close the cover when not in use. OYG046438 ■ Center • Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.

OYG046329

4151 Features of your vehicle

• Push the plug in as far as it will go. Wireless smart phone charg- The wireless charging system is If good contact is not made, the ing system (if equipped) designed for one smart phone plug may overheat and the fuse equipped with Qi wireless charging may open. standard created by the Wireless • Plug in battery equipped electronic Power Consortium. Please refer to devices with reverse current protec- the smart phone accessory cover or tion. The current from the battery the smart phone manufacturer may flow into the vehicle’s electri homepage to check whether your cal/electronic system and cause smart phone supports QI function. system malfunction.

WARNING - Electric shock Do not put a finger or a foreign element (pen, etc.) into a power OYG046334 outlet and do not touch with a A wireless smart phone charging wet hand. You may receive an system is located in front of the cen- electric shock. ter console Firmly close all doors, and turn the ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start wireless charging, place the smart phone equipped with wireless charging function on the wireless charging pad. For best wireless charging results, place the smart phone on the center of the charging pad.

4 152 Features of your vehicle

Wireless smart phone charging If the wireless charging does not ✽ NOTICE 1. Remove any object on the smart work, gently move your smart phone For some manufacturers' cellular phone charging pad including the around the pad until the charging indi- phones, the system may not warn smart key. If there is any foreign cator light turns yellow. Depending on you even though the cellular phone object on the pad other than a the smart phone, the charging indica- is left on the wireless charging unit. smart phone, the wireless charging tor light may not turn green even after This is due to the particular charac- function may not operate properly. the charging is complete. teristic of the cellular phone and not 2. Place the smart phone on the cen- If the wireless charging is not func- a malfunction of the wireless charg- ter of the wireless charging pad. tioning properly, the orange light will ing. blink and flash for ten seconds then 3. The indicator light will change to turn off. In such cases, remove the orange once the wireless charging smart phone from the pad and begins. After the charging is com- replace it on the pad again, or double plete, the orange light will change check the charging status. to green. If you leave the smart phone on the 4. You can choose to turn the wireless charging pad when the vehicle igni- charging function to either ON or tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert OFF by selecting the USM on the you through warning messages and instrument cluster. (Please refer to sound (applicable for vehicles with “Instrument Cluster” for details). voice guidance function) after the ‘Good bye’ function on the instrument cluster ends.

4153 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING - Distracted CAUTION - Liquid in Wireless Smart • If it is not possible to close the tray driving cover due to the size of your smart Driving while distracted can Phone Charger phone or because the tray cover result in a loss of vehicle con- To prevent liquid from damaging has been broken, do not use the trol that may lead to an acci- the wireless smart phone charg- wireless smart phone charging dent, severe personal injury, ing system in your vehicle, function. and death. The driver’s primary securely close the tray cover • When the interior temperature of responsibility is in the safe and when charging your phone. the wireless charging system rises legal operation of a vehicle, and above a set temperature, the wire- use of any handheld devices, less charging will cease to func- other equipment, or vehicle sys- CAUTION - Metal in tion. After the interior tempera- tems which take the driver’s Wireless Charging System ture drops below the threshold, eyes, attention and focus away If any metallic object such as the wireless charging function will from the safe operation of a coins placed between the wire- resume. vehicle or which are not permis- less charging system and the • The wireless charging may not sible by law should never be smart phone, the charging may function properly when there is a used during operation of the be disrupted. Also, the metallic heavy accessory cover on the vehicle. object may heat up and poten- smart phone. tially damage the charging sys- • The wireless charging will stop tem. If there is any metallic when using the wireless smart key object between the smart phone search function to prevent radio and the charging pad, immedi- wave disruption. ately remove the smart phone. • The wireless charging will stop Remove the metallic object after when the smart key is moved out it has cooled down. of the vehicle with the ignition in ON. (Continued)

4 154 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) This device complies with part 15 • The wireless charging will stop • Smart phones of some manufac- of the FCC Rules. when any of the doors are opened turers may display messages con- Operation is subject to the following (applicable for vehicles equipped cerning weak current. This is due two conditions: with smart keys). to the particular characteristic of • The wireless charging will stop the smart phone and does not 1. This device may not cause harmful when the vehicle is turned OFF. imply a malfunction of the interference, and • The wireless charging will stop Wireless charging System. 2. This device must accept any inter- when the smart phone is not in • The indicator light of some manu- ference received, including inter- complete contact with the wireless facturers’ smart phones may still ference that may cause undesired charging pad. be yellow after the smart phone is operation. • Items equipped with magnetic fully charged. This is due to the components such as a credit card, particular characteristic of the a telephone card, a bankbook, or a smart phone and not a malfunc- transportation ticket may become tion of the Wireless charging damaged during wireless charg- System. ing. • When any smart phone without a • Place the smart phone on the cen- wireless charging function or a ter of the charge pad for best metallic object is placed on the results. The smart phone may not charging pad, a small noise may charge when placed near the rim sound. This small sound is due to of the charging pad. When the the vehicle discerning compatibili- smart phone does get charged, it ty of the object placed on the may heat up excessively. charging pad. It does not affect • For smart phones without built-in your vehicle or the smart phone in wireless charging, an appropriate any way. accessory has to be equipped in order to use the vehicle's Wireless Charging System. (Continued)

4155 Features of your vehicle

Coat hook (if equipped) CAUTION - Hanging WARNING ■ Type A clothing Do not hang heavy clothes, since they may damage the hook.

OYG046335 ■ Type B OPS046500 Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the pockets of the clothing. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or OYG046429 personal injury.

❈ This actual feature may differ from the illustration.

To use the coat hook, pull down the upper portion of hanger.

4 156 Features of your vehicle

Floor mat anchor (s) The following must be observed Side curtain (if equipped) (if equipped) when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle. • Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle. • Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. • Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor OYG046336 OYG046450L mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position. To use the side curtain: When using a floor mat on the front 1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1). floor carpet, make sure it attaches to 2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi- both sides of the handle. cle. This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward. To avoid injury or damage to the side curtain and door moldings, lower side curtain by the handle all the way After market WARNING - back to the stowed position. Do not floor mat release handle after disengaging Do not install aftermarket floor from the hooks on the door. mats that are not capable of being securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. Unsecured floor mats can interfere with pedal operation.

4157 Features of your vehicle

Rear curtain (if equipped) The rear curtain will fold automatical- Clock ly when you shift the shift lever into R Whenever the battery terminals or (Reverse) and unfold automatically related fuses are disconnected, you when you shift the shift lever from R must reset the time. (Reverse) into P (Park). When the ignition switch is in the After the rear curtain is folded by shift- ACC or ON position, the clock but- ing the shift lever into R (Reverse) and tons operate as follows: drive more than 12 mph (20 km/h) with the shift lever in D (Drive), the rear curtain will unfold automatically. WARNING Do not adjust the clock while OYG046337 CAUTION driving. You may lose your steering control and cause an Do not pull or fold the rear cur- accident that results in severe tain by hand. It could cause personal injury or death. motor failure.

OYG046338 To fold the rear curtain, press the button. To unfold the rear curtain, press the button again.

4 158 Features of your vehicle

■ Type A Luggage net (holder) (if equipped) WARNING To avoid eye injury, DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net’s recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage.

OYG048339N ■ Type B

OYG046341 To keep items from shifting in the cargo area, you can use the holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net.

OYG048340N CAUTION You can set the clock by using the To prevent damage to the goods AVN (Audio or Navigation). or the vehicle, care should be For the details, refer to the Car taken when carrying fragile or Multimedia Manual. bulky objects in the luggage compartment.

4159 Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM ✽ NOTICE Antenna CAUTION If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and • Do not clean the inside of the electronic device may malfunction. rear window glass or quarter glass with a cleaner or use a ❈ If your vehicle is equipped with scraper to remove any foreign AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation) deposits as this may cause system, refer to a separately sup- damage to the antenna ele- ments. plied manual for detailed information. • Avoid adding metallic coating such as Ni, Cd, and so on. These can interfere with AM/FM reception. OYG046421 • To prevent damage to the rear Glass antenna glass antenna, never use sharp Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to instruments or window cleaner receive both AM and FM signals. containing abrasives to clean the window. Clean the inside surface of the rear glass win- Shark fin antenna (if equipped) dow with a piece of soft cloth. The shark fin antenna will receive the • When putting a sticker on the transmit data. inside surface of the rear window, be careful not to damage to the rear glass antenna. • Do not put sharp instruments nearby the rear glass antenna. • Tinted rear window may affect the proper functioning of the antenna.

4 160 Features of your vehicle

Steering wheel audio controls VOLUME ( / ) (1) RADIO mode (if equipped) • Press the lever upward ( ) to It will function as the PRESET STA- increase the volume. TION buttons. • Press the lever downward ( ) to decrease the volume. USB/iPod® mode It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) button. The SEEK/PRESET lever has different functions based on the system MODE ( ) (3) mode. For the following functions the Press the button to change audio lever should be pressed for 0.8 sec- source. onds or more. FM ➟ AM ➟ SXM ➟ USB/iPod® ➟ OYG048422N AUX ➟ Bluetooth® wireless technolo- The steering wheel may incorporate RADIO mode gy audio audio control buttons. It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button. MUTE ( ) (4) CAUTION • Press the button to mute the Do not operate audio remote CD/USB/iPod® mode sound. control buttons simultaneously. It will function as the FF/REW button. • Press the button to turn off the microphone during a telephone If the SEEK/PRESET button is call. pressed for less than 0.8 seconds, it will work as follows in each mode. Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this section.

4161 Features of your vehicle

AUX, USB port ✽ NOTICE WARNING - Distracted driving ■ Type A When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise Driving while distracted can may occur during playback. If this result in a loss of vehicle control happens, use the power source of the that may lead to an accident, portable audio device. severe personal injury, and death. The driver's primary responsibili- iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc. ty is in the safe and legal opera- * tion of a vehicle, and use of any handheld devices, other equipment, or vehicle systems which OYG046423 take the driver's eyes, attention ■ Type B and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.

OYG046437 You can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB or iPod®.

4 162 Features of your vehicle

Declaration of Conformity

FCC

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a resi- dential installation.

This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or tel- evision reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures :

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. • Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Caution: Any changes or modifications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void your authority to operate this equipment.

4163 Features of your vehicle

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions : (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operatedwith minmum 20cm between the and your body.This transmitter must not be collocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter unless authorized to do so by the FCC.

4 164 Driving your vehicle

Before driving ...... 5-4 • Brake operation...... 5-41 • Before entering vehicle ...... 5-4 • FCA front radar ...... 5-42 • Necessary inspections ...... 5-4 • System malfunction...... 5-44 • Before starting ...... 5-4 • Limitation of the system ...... 5-45 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-6 Cruise control system...... 5-53 • Illuminated engine start/stop button ...... 5-6 • To set cruise control speed ...... 5-54 • Engine start/stop button position...... 5-6 • To increase cruise control set speed...... 5-54 • Starting the engine with a smart key ...... 5-8 • To decrease the cruising speed...... 5-55 Automatic transaxle ...... 5-10 • To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on . 5-55 • Automatic transaxle operation...... 5-10 • To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 5-55 • Good driving practices ...... 5-16 • To resume cruising speed at more than approximately Brake system...... 5-17 20 mph (30 km/h) ...... 5-56 • Power brakes ...... 5-17 • To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . 5-56 5 • Parking brake – Foot type ...... 5-19 Smart cruise control with Stop & Go system . . . 5-57 • Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ...... 5-20 • Smart cruise control switch ...... 5-59 • Auto hold ...... 5-26 • Speed setting (Smart cruise control system)...... 5-59 • Warning messages ...... 5-28 • Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (Smart cruise • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)...... 5-29 control system)...... 5-64 • Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 5-31 • When the lane ahead is clear : ...... 5-65 • Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ...... 5-34 • When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane. . 5-65 • Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 5-36 • To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise control • Good braking practices...... 5-36 system ...... 5-69 Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) . . . . . 5-38 • To convert to cruise control mode ...... 5-69 • System setting and activation...... 5-38 • Limitations of the system ...... 5-70 • FCA warning message and system control...... 5-40 Drive mode integrated control system ...... 5-76 • Driving at night ...... 5-115 • Drive mode ...... 5-76 • Driving in the rain...... 5-116 • ECO mode driving ...... 5-77 • Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-117 • Conditions that limit active ECO mode ...... 5-77 • Driving off-road...... 5-117 • Drive mode indicator screen ...... 5-80 • Highway driving ...... 5-117 Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)...... 5-84 Winter driving ...... 5-118 • BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning)...... 5-85 • Snowy or icy conditions ...... 5-118 • RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) . . . 5-87 • Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant ...... 5-120 • Driver's Attention ...... 5-91 • Check battery and cables ...... 5-120 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) . . . 5-93 • Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 5-120 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...... 5-97 • Check spark plugs and ignition system...... 5-120 • LKA system operation ...... 5-99 • To keep locks from freezing ...... 5-121 5 • Driver's Attention ...... 5-103 • Use approved window washer anti-freeze in • LKA system malfunction ...... 5-104 system ...... 5-121 • LKAsystem function change ...... 5-105 • Don’t let your parking brake freeze ...... 5-121 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ...... 5-107 • Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-121 • Carry emergency equipment ...... 5-121 • System setting and activation...... 5-107 • Resetting the system ...... 5-109 Trailer towing ...... 5-121 • System disabled ...... 5-109 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-122 • System malfunction...... 5-110 • Tire and loading information label ...... 5-122 Economical operation ...... 5-112 • Certification label ...... 5-125 Special driving conditions ...... 5-114 Vehicle weight ...... 5-126 • Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-114 • Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-114 • Smooth cornering ...... 5-115 Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. WARNING - Open trunk CALIFORNIA PROPO- The exhaust system should be Do not drive with the trunk SITION 65 WARNING checked whenever the vehicle is open. Poisonous exhaust gases Engine exhaust and a wide vari- raised to change the oil or for any can enter the passenger com- ety of automobile components other purpose. If you hear a change in partment. If you must drive with and parts, including compo- the sound of the exhaust or if you drive the liftgate open proceed as fol- nents found in the interior fur- over something that strikes the under- lows: nishings in a vehicle, contain or neath side of the vehicle, have the 1. Close all windows. emit chemicals known to the exhaust system checked as soon as State of California to cause can- 2. Open side vents. possible by an authorized Kia dealer. cer and birth defects and repro- 3. Set the air intake control at ductive harm. In addition, cer- "Fresh", the air flow control at tain fluids contained in vehicles - Engine WARNING "Floor" or "Face" and the fan and certain products of compo- exhaust at the highest speed. nent wear contain or emit chem- Do not inhale exhaust fumes or icals known to the State of leave your engine running in a California to cause cancer and enclosed area for a prolonged birth defects or other reproduc- time. Exhaust fumes contain tive harm. carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

53 Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting • Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, • Close and lock all doors. mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Position the seat so that all con- clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached. • Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, at the exact interval depending on the fluid. Further • Buckle your seat belt. • Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 7, • Adjust the inside and outside sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. rearview mirrors. • Be sure there are no obstacles • Be sure that all lights work. behind you if you intend to back up. WARNING - Distracted • Check all gauges. driving • Check the operation of warning Focus on the road while driving. lights when the ignition switch is The driver's primary responsi- turned to the ON position. bility is in the safe and legal • Release the parking brake and operation of the vehicle. Use of make sure the brake warning light any handled devices, other goes out. equipment or vehicle systems For safe operation, be sure you are that distract the driver should familiar with your vehicle and its not be used during vehicle equipment. operation.

45 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Fire risk WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driving while When you intend to park or stop objects intoxicated the vehicle with the engine on, Securely store items in your Do not drive while intoxicated. be careful not to depress the vehicle. When you make a sud- Drinking and driving is danger- accelerator pedal for a long den stop or turn the steering ous. Even a small amount of period of time. It may overheat wheel rapidly, loose objects alcohol will affect your reflexes, the engine or exhaust system may drop on the floor and it perceptions and judgment. and cause fire. could interfere with the opera- Driving while under the influ- tion of the foot pedals, possibly ence of drugs is as dangerous causing an accident. as or more dangerous than driv- WARNING - Check sur- ing drunk. roundings Always check the surrounding WARNING - Proper areas near your vehicle for peo- footwear ple, especially children, before Always wear appropriate shoes putting a vehicle into D (Drive) when operating your vehicle. or R (Reverse). Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.

55 Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON Illuminated ENGINE ENGINE START/STOP button In an emergency situation while the START/STOP button position vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC OFF position by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine Not illuminated without depressing the brake pedal To turn off the engine (START/RUN by pressing the ENGINE position) or vehicle power (ON posi- START/STOP button with the shift tion), press the ENGINE lever in the N (Neutral) position. START/STOP button with the shift lever in the P (Park) position. When OYG056003 you press the ENGINE Whenever the front door is opened, START/STOP button without the shift the ENGINE START/STOP button lever in the P (Park) position, the will illuminate for your convenience. ENGINE START/STOP button will The light will go off after about 30 not change to the OFF position but to seconds when the door is closed. the ACC position. When all doors are closed, closed and you lock the vehicle by using the transmitter or the smart key, the light will go off immediately.

65 Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN

Amber Super red Not illuminated Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP To start the engine, depress the button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position brake pedal and press the ENGINE without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. START/ STOP button with the shift If the ENGINE START/STOP button The warning lights can be checked lever in the P (Park) or the N is in the ACC position for more than before the engine is started. Do not (Neutral) position. For your safety, 1 hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the ENGINE START/STOP start the engine with the shift lever in matically to prevent battery dis- button in the ON position for an the P (Park) position. charge. extended period of time. The battery If you press the ENGINE may discharge, because the engine START/STOP button without depress- is not running. ing the brake pedal the engine will not start and the ENGINE START/STOP button changes as follow: OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC

57 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Starting the engine with a • Even if the smart key is in the vehi- If you leave the ENGINE START/ smart key cle, if it is position far away from you, the engine may not start. STOP button in the ACC or ON 1.Carry the smart key or place it position for an extended period of inside the vehicle. • When the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ACC or ON position time, the battery will discharge. 2.Make sure the parking brake is and any door is opened, the sys- firmly applied tem checks for the presents of the WARNING - Starting 3.Place the shift lever in P (Park). smart key. If the smart key is not in vehicle Depress the brake pedal fully. the vehicle, a message "key is not Never press the ENGINE You can also start the engine when in the vehicle" will appear on the START/STOP button while the the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) LCD display. And if all doors are vehicle is in motion except in an position. closed, the chime will sound for 5 emergency. This would result in 4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP seconds. The indicator or warning loss of directional control and button while depressing the brake will turn off while the vehicle is braking function, which could pedal. moving. Always have the smart key cause an accident. with you. No need to depress the accelerator pedal 5.Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)

85 Driving your vehicle

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, WARNING - Unintended you can't start the engine normally. vehicle movement Replace the fuse with a new one. If Never leave the smart key in the it is not possible, you can start the vehicle with children or vehicle engine by pressing the ENGINE occupants who are unfamiliar START/STOP button for 10 sec- with the vehicle operation. onds while it is in the ACC posi- Pushing the ENGINE tion. The engine can start without START/STOP button while the depressing the brake pedal. But for smart key is in the vehicle may your safety always depress the result in unintended engine brake pedal before starting the activation and/or unintended OYG056008 engine. vehicle movement. • If the smart key battery is weak or Do not press the ENGINE START/ the smart key does not work cor- STOP button for more than 10 sec- rectly, you can start the engine by onds except when the stop lamp fuse pressing the engine start/stop but- is blown. ton with the smart key. The side with the lock button should contact the engine start/stop button directly. When you press the engine start/stop button directly with the smart key, the smart key should contact the button at a right angle.

59 Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 8 forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever.

✽ NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, + (UP) may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transaxle Control Module) or - (DOWN) PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

For smooth operation, depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting from N (Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear.

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting. Press the lock release button when shifting. The shift lever can be shifted freely. OYG056011

5 10 Driving your vehicle

When stopped on an incline, do not R (Reverse) WARNING - Leaving hold the vehicle with the engine Use this position to drive the vehicle Vehicle power. Use the service brake or the backward. Before leaving the driver’s seat, parking brake. always make sure the shift lever CAUTION - Shifting is in the P (Park) position; then Transaxle ranges set the parking brake fully and Always come to a complete stop shut the engine off. Do not use The indicator in the instrument clus- before shifting into or out of R the P position in place of the ter displays the shift lever position (Reverse); you may damage the parking brake. Always make when the ignition switch is in the ON transaxle if you shift into R sure the shift lever is locked in position. (Reverse) while the vehicle is in the P position and set the park- motion, except when “Rocking ing brake fully. Unexpected and the vehicle” explained in this P (Park) chapter. sudden vehicle movement can Always come to a complete stop occur if these precautions are before shifting into P (Park). This not followed. position locks the transaxle and pre- N (Neutral) vents the drive wheels from rotating. The wheels and transaxle are not Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi- engaged. The vehicle will roll freely CAUTION - Transaxle cle is in motion will cause the drive even on the slightest incline unless To avoid damage to your wheels to lock which will cause you the parking brake or service brakes transaxle, do not accelerate the to lose control of the vehicle. are applied. engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the brakes on. The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion.

511 Driving your vehicle

- Parking in N (Neutral) gear 4.Change the gear shift lever to [N] ✽ NOTICE Follow steps below when parking (Neutral) while depressing the • After the ignition switch has been and you want the vehicle to move brake pedal and inserting a tool turned off, the EPB (Electronic when pushed. (e.g. flathead screw-driver) into the Parking Brake) cannot be released. [SHIFT LOCK RELEASE] access • For EPB (Electronic Parking 1.After stopping your vehicle, depress hole at the same time. Then, the the brake pedal and move the Brake) equipped vehicles with vehicle will move when external [AUTO HOLD] function used transaxle shift lever to [P] with the force is applied. ignition button in [ON] or while the while driving, if the ignition but- engine is running. ton has been turned [OFF], the 2.If the parking brake is applied, WARNING - Parking In EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) release the parking brake. Neutral will be engaged automatically. Therefore, [AUTO HOLD] func- - For EPB (Electronic Parking • With the exception of parking tion should be turned off before Brake) equipped vehicles, in neutral gear, always park the the ignition button is turned off. depress the brake pedal with the vehicle in [P] (Park) for safety ignition button in [ON] or while the and apply the parking brake. engine is running to disengage • Before parking in [N] (Neutral) the parking brake. If [AUTO gear, make sure the parking HOLD] function is used while ground is level and flat. Do not driving (If [AUTO HOLD] indicator park in [N] gear on any slopes is on in the cluster), press [AUTO or gradients. If parked and left HOLD] switch and [AUTO HOLD] in [N], the vehicle may move function will be turned off. and cause serious damage or 3.While depressing the brake pedal, injury. turn the ignition button [OFF]. - For smart key equipped vehicles, the ignition switch can be moved to [OFF] only when the shift lever is in [P].

5 12 Driving your vehicle

D (Drive) In manual mode, moving the shift This is the normal forward driving lever backwards and forwards will position. The transaxle will automati- allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. cally shift through an 8-gear In contrast to a manual transaxle, the sequence, providing the best fuel manual mode allows gearshifts with economy and power. the accelerator pedal depressed. Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades, Down (-) :Pull the lever backwards depress the accelerator fully, at once to shift down one which time the transaxle will auto- gear. matically downshift to the next lower OYG056013 gear. Manual mode • In manual mode, the driver must Whether the vehicle is stationary or execute upshifts in accordance CAUTION - Starter in motion, manual mode is selected with road conditions, taking care to by pushing the shift lever from the D If the engine stalls while the keep the engine speed below the (Drive) position into the manual gate. red zone. vehicle is in motion, do not To return to D (Drive) range opera- • In manual mode, only the 8 forward attempt to move the shift lever tion, push the shift lever back into the gears can be selected. To reverse to the P (Park) position. If the main gate. traffic and road conditions per- or park the vehicle, move the shift mit, you may put the shift lever lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) in the N (Neutral) position while position as required. the vehicle is still moving and press the ENGINE START/STOP button in an attempt to restart the engine.

513 Driving your vehicle

• In manual mode, downshifts are Paddle shifter (if equipped) With the shift lever in the D position made automatically when the vehi- The paddle shifter will operate when cle slows down. When the vehicle the vehicle speed is more than 6 stops, 1st gear is automatically mph (10 km/h). selected. Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once • In manual mode, when the engine to shift up or down one gear and the rpm approaches the red zone shift system changes from automatic points are varied to upshift auto- mode to manual mode. matically. When the vehicle speed is lower than • To maintain the required levels of 6 mph (10 km/h), if you depress the vehicle performance and safety, accelerator pedal for more than 5 the system may not execute cer- seconds or if you shift the shift lever tain gearshifts when the shift lever OYG056145L from D (Drive) to manual mode and is operated. shift it from manual mode to D (Drive) The paddle shifter is available when again, the system changes from • When driving on a slippery road, the shift lever is in the D position or manual mode to automatic mode. push the shift lever forward into the the manual mode. +(up) position. This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear With the shift lever in the manual mode which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road. Push the shift Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once lever to the -(down) side to shift to shift up or down one gear. back to the 1st gear. ✽ NOTICE If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle shifters at the same time, you cannot shift the gear.

5 14 Driving your vehicle

Shift lock system For your safety, the automatic WARNING - Shifting from transaxle has a shift lock system park which prevents shifting the transaxle Always fully depress the brake from P (Park) into R (Reverse) pedal before and while shifting unless the brake pedal is depressed. out of the P (Park) position into To shift the transaxle from P (Park) another position to avoid inad- into R (Reverse): vertent motion of the vehicle which could injure persons in 1.Depress and hold the brake pedal. or around the vehicle. 2.Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position. OYG056146L 3.Move the shift lever. Shift-lock override If the brake pedal is repeatedly If the shift lever cannot be moved depressed and released with the from the P (Park) position into R shift lever in the P (Park) position, a (Reverse) position with the brake chattering noise & vibration near the pedal depressed, continue depress- shift lever may be heard. It is a nor- ing the brake, then do the following: mal condition. 1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov- ering the shift-lock release access hole. 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the tool.

515 Driving your vehicle

5. Move the shift lever. Good driving practices Moving up a steep grade from a 6. Remove the tool from the shift-lock • Never move the gear shift lever standing start override access hole then install from P (Park) to any other position To move up a steep grade from a the cap. with the accelerator pedal standing start, depress the brake 7. We recommend that the system be depressed. pedal, shift the shift lever to D inspected by an authorized Kia • Never move the gear shift lever into (Drive). Select the appropriate gear dealer. P (Park) when the vehicle is in depending on load weight and steep- motion. ness of the grade, and release the parking brake. Depress the accelera- Ignition key interlock system • Slow down before shifting to a tor gradually while releasing the The ignition key cannot be removed lower gear. Otherwise, the lower service brakes. unless the shift lever is in the P gear may not be engaged. (Park) position. Even if the ignition • Always use the parking brake. Do switch is in the LOCK position, the not depend on placing the key cannot be removed. transaxle in P (Park) to keep the If your vehicle is equipped with vehicle from moving. ENGINE START/STOP button, the • Optimum vehicle performance and button will not change to the OFF economy is obtained by smoothly position unless the shift lever is in the depressing and releasing the P (Park) position. accelerator pedal.

✽ NOTICE - Kickdown Mechanism Use the kickdown mechanism for maximum acceleration. Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point. The automatic transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on the engine speed.

5 16 Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s CAUTION - Brake Pedal Your vehicle has power-assisted ability to safely slow down; the vehi- brakes that adjust automatically Do not drive with your foot rest- cle may also pull to one side when through normal usage. ing on the brake pedal. This will the brakes are applied. Applying the create abnormally high brake brakes lightly will indicate whether In the event that the power-assisted temperatures which can cause they have been affected in this way. brakes lose power because of a excessive brake lining and pad Always test your brakes in this fash- stalled engine or some other reason, wear. ion after driving through deep water. you can still stop your vehicle by To dry the brakes, apply them lightly applying greater force to the brake while maintaining a safe forward pedal than you normally would. The WARNING - Steep hill speed until brake performance stopping distance, however, will be returns to normal. longer. braking When the engine is not running, the Avoid continuous application of reserve brake power is partially the brakes when descending a depleted each time the brake pedal long or steep hill by shifting to a is applied. Do not pump the brake lower gear. Continuous brake pedal when the power assist has application will cause the brakes been interrupted. to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per- Pump the brake pedal only when formance. necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.

517 Driving your vehicle

In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator If the service brakes fail to operate When your brake pads are worn and WARNING - Brake wear while the vehicle is in motion, you new pads are required, you will hear Do not ignore high pitched wear can make an emergency stop with a high-pitched warning sound from sounds from your brakes. If you the parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You ignore this audible warning, you tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or will eventually lose braking per- than normal. it may occur whenever you depress formance, which could lead to a the brake pedal. serious accident. WARNING - Parking Please remember that some driving brake conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or Avoid applying the parking lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor- brake to stop the vehicle while it mal and does not indicate a problem is moving except in an emer- with your brakes. gency situation. Applying the parking brake while the vehicle Always replace the front or rear is moving at normal speeds can brake pads as pairs. cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use CAUTION - Replace brake the parking brake to stop the pads vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake. Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs.

5 18 Driving your vehicle

Parking brake – Foot type Releasing the parking brake (if equipped) WARNING - Parking brake use Applying the parking brake • Never allow a passenger to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur. • All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parked to avoid inadvertent movement of the OYG056017 vehicles which can injure occupants or pedestrians. To release the parking brake, OYG056016 depress the parking brake pedal a To engage the parking brake, first second time while applying the foot apply the foot brake and then brake. The pedal will automatically depress the parking brake pedal extend to the fully released position. down as far as possible.

CAUTION - Parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad (or lining) and brake rotor wear.

519 Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, cease driving the Electronic parking brake (EPB) vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- (if equipped) sible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con- Applying the parking brake tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop.

W-75 Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is OYG056018N applied with the ignition switch in the To apply the EPB (electronic parking START or ON position. brake): Before driving, be sure the parking 1. Depress the brake pedal. brake is fully released and the brake 2. Pull up the EPB switch. warning light is off. Make sure the warning light comes If the brake warning light remains on on. after the parking brake is released while the engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.

5 20 Driving your vehicle

Also, the EPB is applied automatical- Do not operate the parking brake/ Releasing the parking brake ly if the Auto Hold button is on when EPB while the vehicle is moving the engine is turned off. However, if except in an emergency situation. you pull up the EPB switch after the engine is turned off, the EPB will not ✽ NOTICE be Applied. A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while ✽ NOTICE operating or releasing the EPB. On a steep incline or when pulling a These conditions are normal and trailer, if the vehicle does not remain indicate that the EPB is functioning at a standstill, do as follows: properly. 1. Apply the EPB. 2. Pull up the EPB switch for more OYG056019 than 3 seconds. To release the EPB (electronic parking brake), press the EPB switch while doing the following: • Have the ignition switch or engine start/stop button in the ON position. • Depress the brake pedal. • The shift lever must be in P (Park). Make sure the brake warning light goes off.

521 Driving your vehicle

To release EPB (electronic parking ✽ NOTICE EPB (electronic parking brake) may brake) automatically: • For your safety, you can engage be automatically applied when: • Shift lever in P (Park) the EPB even though the ignition • The EPB is overheated With the engine running depress switch or engine stop/start button • Requested by other systems the brake pedal and shift out of P is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it. (Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). ✽ NOTICE • Shift lever in N (Neutral) • For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking For EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) With the engine running depress brake manually with the EPB equipped vehicles with [AUTO the brake pedal and shift out of N switch when you drive downhill or HOLD] function used while driving, (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D when backing up the vehicle. if the ignition button has been (Drive). Do not follow the above procedure turned [OFF], the EPB (Electronic • Automatic Transaxle when driving on a flat level ground. Parking Brake) 1. Close the driver's door, engine The vehicle may suddenly move for- will be engaged automatically. hood and trunk. ward. Therefore, [AUTO HOLD] function 2. Fasten the driver's seat belt. should be turned off before the igni- ✽ NOTICE tion button is turned off. 3. Start the engine. If the parking brake warning light is 4. Depress the accelerator pedal still on even though the EPB has while the shift lever is in R been released, have the system (Reverse), D (Drive) or Sports checked by an authorized Kia dealer. mode. CAUTION Make sure the brake warning light goes off. Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.

5 22 Driving your vehicle

System warning • A click or electric brake motor “To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close WARNING - Parking whine sound may be heard while door, hood and trunk” Brake Use operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and • If you try to drive off by depressing All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged indicate that the EPB is functioning the accelerator pedal with the EPB properly. applied, but the EPB doesn't when parked to avoid inadver- release automatically, a warning tent movement of the car which • When leaving your keys with a will sound and a message will can injure occupants or pedes- parking lot attendant or valet, make appear. trians. sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB. • If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the engine hood, driver's • The EPB may malfunction if you door or trunk is opened, a warning drive with the EPB applied. will sound and a message will • When you automatically release appear. EPB by depressing the accelerator • If there is a problem with the vehi- pedal, depress it slowly. cle, a warning may sound and a message may appear. If the above situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch.

523 Driving your vehicle

System warning EPB malfunction indicator If this occurs, have your vehicle “AUTO HOLD deactivating. Press (if equipped) checked by an authorized Kia dealer brake pedal” as soon as possible. When the conversion from Auto Hold The EPB malfunction indicator may to EPB is not working properly a illuminate when the ESC indicator warning will sound and a message comes on to indicate that the ESC is will appear. not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB. ✽ NOTICE Depress the brake pedal when the above message appears.

System warning OYG056020 “Parking brake automatically locked” This warning light illuminates if the If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold engine start/stop button is changed is activated because of an ESC to the ON position and goes off in (Electronic Stability Control) signal, a approximately 3 seconds if the sys- warning will sound and a message tem is operating normally. will appear. If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the ignition switch or the engine start/stop button is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned.

5 24 Driving your vehicle

• The EPB warning light may illumi- Emergency braking If you notice a continuous noise or nate if the EPB switch operates If there is a problem with the brake burning smell when the EPB is used abnormally. Shut the engine off pedal while driving, emergency brak- for emergency braking, have your and turn it on again after a few min- ing is possible by pulling up and vehicle checked by an authorized Kia utes. The warning light will go off holding the EPB switch. Braking is dealer. and the EPB switch will operate possible only while you are holding normally. However, if the EPB the EPB switch. warning light is still on, have the When the EPB (electronic parking system checked by an authorized brake) is not released Kia dealer. WARNING If the EPB does not release normal- • If the parking brake warning light ly, take your vehicle to an authorized Do not operate the electronic Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on does not illuminate or blinks even parking brake while the vehicle is though the EPB switch was pulled a flatbed tow truck and have the sys- moving except in an emergency tem checked. up, the EPB is not applied. situation. Applying the electronic • If the parking brake warning light parking brake while the vehicle is blinks when the EPB warning light moving at normal speeds can is on, press the EPB button, then cause a sudden loss of control of pull it up. Once more press it back the vehicle. If you must use the to its original position and pull it electronic parking brake to stop back up. If the EPB warning does the vehicle, use great caution in not go off, have the system applying the brake. checked by an authorized Kia dealer. ✽ NOTICE During emergency braking by the EPB, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating.

525 Driving your vehicle

AUTO HOLD (if equipped) The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal.

OYG056021 OYG056022 1.Depress the brake pedal, start the 2.When coming to a complete stop engine and then press the Auto by depressing the brake pedal, the Hold button. The white AUTO AUTO HOLD indicator changes HOLD indicator will come on indi- from white to green indicating the cating the system is in standby. AUTO HOLD is engaged. The vehi- Before the Auto Hold will engage, cle will remain at a standstill even if the driver's door and engine hood you release the brake pedal. must be closed and the driver's 3.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be seat belt must be fastened. released.

5 26 Driving your vehicle

4. If you press the accelerator pedal Cancel ✽ NOTICE with the shift lever in D (Drive) or • The following are conditions when manual mode, the Auto Hold will the Auto Hold will not engage be released automatically and the (Auto Hold light will not turn vehicle will start to move. The indi- green and the Auto Hold system cator changes from green to white remains in stand by): indicating the Auto Hold is in - The driver's seat belt is unfas- standby and the EPB is released. tened and driver's door is opened When driving off from Auto Hold by - The engine hood is opened depressing the accelerator pedal, - The shift lever is in P (Park) or R always check the surrounding area (Reverse) near your vehicle. - The EPB is applied Slowly depress the accelerator pedal • For your safety, the Auto Hold OYG056023 for a smooth launch. automatically switches to EPB To cancel the Auto Hold operation, under any of the following condi- press the Auto Hold switch. The tions (Auto Hold light remains AUTO HOLD indicator will go out. white and the EPB automatically To cancel the Auto Hold operation applies): when the vehicle is at a standstill, - The driver's seat belt is unfas- press the Auto Hold switch while tened and driver's door is opened depressing the brake pedal. - The engine hood is opened - The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes - The vehicle is standing on a steep slope - The vehicle moved several times (Continued)

527 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) If there is a malfunction with the dri- Warning messages ver’s door or engine hood open detec- In these cases, the brake warning “Parking brake automatically locked” light comes on, the AUTO HOLD tion system, the Auto Hold may not indicator changes from green to work properly. When the EPB is applied from Auto white, and a warning sounds and a Hold, a warning will sound and a Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia message will appear. message will appear to inform you dealer and have the system checked. that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off again, ✽ “AUTO HOLD deactivating. Press press foot brake pedal, check the NOTICE brake pedal” surrounding area near your vehi- A click or electric brake motor cle and release parking brake When the conversion from Auto Hold whine sound may be heard while to EPB is not working properly a manually with the EPB switch. operating or releasing the EPB, but • If the AUTO HOLD indicator warning will sound and a message these conditions are normal and will appear. lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is indicate that the EPB is functioning not working properly. Take your properly. vehicle to an authorized Kia deal- ✽ NOTICE er and have the system checked. When this message is displayed, the Auto Hold and EPB may not oper- WARNING ate. For your safety, depress the brake pedal. To reduce the risk of an accident, do not activate Auto Hold while driving downhill, backing up or parking your vehicle.

5 28 Driving your vehicle

“Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the HOLD” ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci- speed of the wheels. If the wheels If you do not apply the brake pedal dents due to improper or dangerous are going to lock, the ABS system when you release the Auto Hold by driving maneuvers. Even though repeatedly modulates the hydraulic pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a vehicle control is improved during brake pressure to the wheels. warning will sound and a message emergency braking, always maintain When you apply your brakes under will appear. a safe distance between you and conditions which may lock the objects ahead. Vehicle speeds wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ should always be reduced during sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- “AUTO HOLD conditions not met. responding sensation in the brake Close door, hood, and fasten seatbelt” extreme road conditions. The vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds pedal. This is normal and it means When you press the [AUTO HOLD] in the following circumstances: your ABS is active. switch, if the driver’s door or engine In order to obtain the maximum benefit hood are not closed or the driver’s • When driving on rough, gravel or from your ABS in an emergency situa- seat belt is unfastened, a warning snow-covered roads tion, do not attempt to modulate your will sound and a message will • When driving with tire chains brake pressure and do not try to pump appear on the LCD display. At this installed your brakes. Press your brake pedal as moment, press the [AUTO HOLD] • When driving on roads where the hard as possible to allow the ABS to button after closing the driver’s door road surface is pitted or has differ- control the force being delivered to the and engine hood and fastening the ent surface heights. brakes. seat belt. Driving in these conditions increases the stopping distance for your vehicle. ✽ NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti-lock brake system is functioning properly.

529 Driving your vehicle

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys- • When you drive on a road having tem, your vehicle still requires suf- poor traction, such as an icy road, ficient stopping distance. Always and have operated your brakes maintain a safe distance from the continuously, the ABS will be active vehicle in front of you. continuously and the ABS warning • Always slow down when cornering. light may illuminate. Pull your vehi- The anti-lock brake system cannot cle over to a safe place and stop prevent accidents resulting from the engine. excessive speeds. • Restart the engine. If the ABS • On loose or uneven road surfaces, warning light goes off, then your operation of the anti-lock brake ABS system is normal. Otherwise, system may result in a longer stop- W-78 you may have a problem with the ping distance than for vehicles The ABS warning light will stay on for ABS. Contact an authorized Kia equipped with a conventional approximately 3 seconds after the dealer as soon as possible. brake system. ignition switch is ON. During that time, the ABS will go through self- ✽ NOTICE diagnosis and the light will go off if When you jump start your vehicle everything is normal. If the light stays because of a drained battery, the on, you may have a problem with engine may not run as smoothly and your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia the ABS warning light may turn on at dealer as soon as possible. the same time. This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned. • Do not pump your brakes! • Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

5 30 Driving your vehicle

Electronic stability control Electronic stability control (ESC) will The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) (ESC) not prevent accidents. Excessive system is an electronic system speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers designed to help the driver maintain and hydroplaning on wet surfaces vehicle control under adverse condi- can still result in serious accidents. tions. It is not a substitute for safe driv- Only a safe and attentive driver can ing practices. Factors including speed, prevent accidents by avoiding road conditions and driver steering maneuvers that cause the vehicle to input can all affect whether ESC will be lose traction. Even with ESC effective in preventing a loss of control. installed, always follow all the normal It is still your responsibility to drive and precautions for driving - including corner at reasonable speeds and to driving at safe speeds for the condi- leave a sufficient margin of safety. tions. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, OYG056024 WARNING you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the The Electronic Stability control For maximum protection, brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa- (ESC) system is designed to stabi- always wear your seat belt. No tion in the brake pedal. This is normal lize the vehicle during cornering system, no matter how and it means your ESC is active. maneuvers. ESC checks where you advanced, can compensate for are steering and where the vehicle is all driver error and/or driving ✽ NOTICE actually going. ESC applies the conditions. Always drive A click sound may be heard in the brakes on individual wheels and responsibly. intervenes with the engine manage- engine compartment when the vehi- ment system to stabilize the vehicle. cle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly.

531 Driving your vehicle

ESC operation When operating ESC operation off ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera- ESC OFF state • When the ignition is turned tion, the ESC indicator light There are 2 types of ESC - ON, ESC and ESC OFF blinks. OFF states; Traction Control indicator lights illuminate for • When the Electronic disabled and Traction & approximately 3 seconds, Stability Control is operat- Stability Control disabled. then ESC is turned on. ing properly, you can feel a If the ignition is turned off • Press the ESC OFF but- slight pulsation in the vehi- when ESC is off, ESC ton for at least half a sec- cle. This is only the effect remains off. Upon restarting ond after turning the igni- of brake control and indi- the engine, the ESC will tion ON to turn ESC off. cates nothing unusual. automatically turn on again. (ESC OFF indicator will • When moving out of the illuminate). To turn the mud or driving on a slip- ESC on, press the ESC pery road, pressing the OFF button (ESC OFF accelerator pedal may not indicator light will go off). cause the engine rpm • When starting the engine, (revolutions per minute) to you may hear a slight tick- increase. ing sound. This is the ESC performing an automatic system self-check and does not indicate a problem.

5 32 Driving your vehicle

• ESC off state 1 Indicator light “Traction Control disabled” WARNING - Electronic sta- ■ ESC indicator light bility control To cancel ESC operation, press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) short- Drive carefully even though your ly (ESC OFF indicator light (ESC OFF vehicle has Electronic Stability ) illuminates). At this state, the Control. It can only assist you in engine control function does not oper- maintaining control under cer- ate. It means the traction control func- ■ ESC OFF indicator light tain circumstances. tion does not operate. Brake control function only operates.

• ESC off state 2 “Traction & Stability Control disabled” When ignition switch is turned to ON, To cancel ESC operation, press the the indicator light illuminates, then ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for goes off if the ESC system is operat- more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi- ing normally. cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates The ESC indicator light blinks when- and ESC OFF warning chime will ever ESC is operating or illuminates sound. At this state, the engine con- when ESC fails to operate. trol function and brake control func- The ESC OFF indicator light comes tion do not operate. It means the car on when the ESC is turned off with stability control function does not the button. operate any more.

533 Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF usage Vehicle stability management VSM operation When driving (VSM) When the VSM is in operation, ESC • ESC should be turned on for daily This system provides further indicator light ( ) blinks. driving whenever possible. enhancements to vehicle stability When the vehicle stability manage- • To turn ESC off while driving, press and steering responses when a vehi- ment is operating properly, you can the ESC OFF button while driving cle is driving on a slippery road or a feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle on a flat road surface. vehicle detects changes in coeffi- and/or abnormal steering responses cient of friction between right wheels (EPS- Electronic Power Steering). and left wheels when braking. This is only the effect of brake and WARNING - Operating EPS control and indicates nothing ESC unusual. WARNING - Tire/ Never press the ESC OFF but- Wheel size ton while ESC is operating (ESC The VSM does not operate when: indicator light blinks). When replacing tires and wheels, make sure they are the same size • Driving on a sloping road such as a If ESC is turned off while ESC is as the original tires and wheels gradient or incline operating, the vehicle may slip installed. Driving with varying • Driving in reverse out of control. tire or wheel sizes may diminish • ESC OFF indicator light ( ) any supplemental safety benefits remains on the instrument cluster of the VSM system. ✽ NOTICE • EPS indicator light remains on the • When operating the vehicle on a instrument cluster dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it may prevent the vehicle speed from increasing, and result in false diagnosis. • Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system operation.

5 34 Driving your vehicle

VSM operation off Malfunction indicator • The Vehicle Stability Management If you press the ESC OFF button to The VSM can be deactivated even if system is not a substitute for safe turn off the ESC, the VSM will also you don’t cancel the VSM operation driving practices but a supplemen- cancel and the ESC OFF indicator by pressing the ESC OFF button. It tary function only. It is the respon- light ( ) illuminates. indicates that a malfunction has sibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the To turn on the VSM, press the button been detected somewhere in the Electric Power Steering system or vehicle ahead. Always hold the again. The ESC OFF indicator light steering wheel firmly while driving. goes out. VSM system. If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light • Your vehicle is designed to activate remains on, take your vehicle to an according to the driver’s intention, WARNING authorized Kia dealer and have the even with installed VSM. Always fol- - Vehicle stability manage- system checked. low all the normal precautions for ment driving at safe speeds for the condi- Drive carefully even though ✽ NOTICE tions – including driving in inclement weather and on a slippery road. your vehicle has Vehicle stabili- • The VSM is designed to function ty management. It can only above approximately 13 mph (22 assist you in maintaining con- km/h) on curves. WARNING trol under certain circum- • The VSM is designed to function stances. For maximum protection, always above approximately 6 mph (10 wear your seat belt. No system, km/h) when a vehicle is braking on no matter how advanced, can a split-mu surface. A split-mu sur- compensate for all driver error face is made of two surfaces which and/or driving conditions. have different friction forces. Always drive responsibly.

535 Driving your vehicle

Hill-start assist control (HAC) Good braking practices • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. A vehicle has the tendency to roll • Check to be sure the parking brake Resting your foot on the brake back on a steep hill when it starts to is not engaged and the parking pedal while driving can be danger- go after stopping. The Hill-start brake indicator light is out before ous because the brakes might Assist Control (HAC) prevents the driving away. overheat and lose their effective- vehicle from rolling back by applying ness. It also increases the wear of • Driving through water may get the the brake components. the brakes automatically for about 2 brakes wet. They can also get wet seconds. The brakes are released when the vehicle is washed. Wet • If a tire goes flat while you are driv- when the accelerator pedal is brakes can be dangerous! Your ing, apply the brakes gently and depressed or after about 2 seconds. vehicle will not stop as quickly if the keep the vehicle pointed straight The HAC is activated only for about 2 brakes are wet. Wet brakes may ahead while you slow down. When seconds, so when the vehicle is cause the vehicle to pull to one side. you are moving slowly enough for it starting off always depress the accel- to be safe to do so, pull off the road To dry the brakes, apply the brakes and stop in a safe place. erator pedal. lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to • If your vehicle is equipped with an keep the vehicle under control at all Automatic Transaxle, don't let your WARNING - Maintaining vehicle creep forward. To avoid Brake Pressure on Incline times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it creeping forward, keep your foot HAC does not replace the need is safe to do so and call an author- firmly on the brake pedal when the to apply brakes while stopped on ized Kia dealer for assistance. vehicle is stopped. an incline. While stopped, make • Don't coast down hills with the • Be cautious when parking on a hill. sure you maintain brake pres- Firmly engage the parking brake sure sufficient to prevent your vehicle out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the vehicle in and place the shift lever in P (auto- vehicle from rolling backward matic transaxle). If your vehicle is and causing an accident. Don’t gear at all times, use the brakes to slow down, then shift to a lower facing downhill, turn the front release the brake pedal until you wheels into the curb to help keep are ready to accelerate forward. gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed. the vehicle from rolling.

5 36 Driving your vehicle

If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling. If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling, block the wheels. • Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P (automatic transaxle) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the parking brake. • Do not hold the vehicle on an incline with the accelerator pedal. This can cause the transaxle to overheat. Always use the brake pedal or parking brake.

537 Driving your vehicle

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) (IF EQUIPPED) The FCA system (if equipped) is System setting and activation designed to detect and monitor a WARNING System setting vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian Take the following precautions in the roadway through radar signals when using the forward colli- The driver can activate the FCA by and camera recognition to warn the sion-avoidance assist (FCA): placing the ignition switch to the ON driver that a collision is imminent, position and by selecting 'User • This system is only a supple- and if necessary, apply emergency Settings', 'Driver Assistance', and mental system and it is not braking. ‘Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist’. intended to, nor does it The FCA deactivates, when the driv- replace the need for extreme er cancels the system setting. WARNING - Forward care and attention of the driv- Collision-Avoidance assist er. The sensing range and (FCA) Limitations objects detectable by the sen- The FCA system is a supple- sors are limited. Pay attention mental system and is not a sub- to the road conditions at all stitute for safe driving prac- times. tices. It is the responsibility of • NEVER drive too fast in accor- the driver to always check the dance with the road condi- speed and distance to the vehi- tions or while cornering. cle ahead and to be prepared to • Always drive cautiously to apply the brakes. prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. FCA does not stop the vehicle completely and does not avoid collisions.

5 38 Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi- • EARLY - When this condition is • NORMAL - When this condition is nates on the LCD display, selected, the initial selected, the initial when you cancel the FCA Forward Collision Warning Forward Collision system. The driver can is activated earlier than Warning is activated nor- monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on normal. This setting maxi- mally. This setting allows the LCD display. Also, the warning mizes the amount of dis- for a smaller amount of light illuminates when the tance between the vehicle distance between the ESC(Electronic Stability Control) is or pedestrian ahead before vehicle or pedestrian turned off (Traction & Stability control the initial warning occurs. If ahead before the initial disabled.). When the warning light the ‘EARLY’ condition feels warning occurs than remains ON with the FCA activated, too sensitive, change it into EARLY mode. have the system checked by an ‘NORMAL’.When the vehi- • LATE - When this condition is authorized Kia dealer. cle ahead suddenly stops, selected, the initial Forward the warning may seem to Collision Warning is activat- activate later even if the ed later than normal. This The driver can select the initial warn- ‘EARLY’ condition was setting reduces the amount ing activation time in the User selected. of distance between the Settings in the instrument cluster vehicle or pedestrian ahead LCD display. The options for the ini- before the initial warning tial Forward Collision Warning occurs. Select this condition include the following: only when traffic is light, and you are driving slowly.

539 Driving your vehicle

Prerequisite for activation FCA warning message and The FCA will activate when the FCA WARNING system control is selected on the LCD display, and Set or cancel FCA with control- The FCA system produces warning when the following prerequisites are ling switches on steering wheel messages, warning alarms, and satisfied: after stopping the vehicle in the emergency braking based on the level - The ESC (Electronic Stability safe place for your safety. of risk of a frontal collision, such as Control) is activated. Do not attempt to set or cancel when a vehicle ahead suddenly - The driving speed is over 6 mph. the FCA while your vehicle is brakes, or when the system detects (The FCA only works within a cer- moving. that a collision with a pedestrian is tain range of vehicle speeds) imminent. - When the FCA recognizes a vehi- • The FCA automatically activates cle or the pedestrian in front. (The upon placing the ignition switch to FCA may not recognize every the ON position. The driver can obstacle or provide warnings and deactivate the FCA by canceling the braking in every situation, so do system setting on the LCD display. not rely on the FCA to stop the vehicle in instances where the driv- • The FCA automatically deactivates er sees an obstacle and has the upon canceled, the ESC. When the ability to apply the brakes) ESC is cancelind, the FCA cannot be activated on the LCD display. In this situation, the FCA warning light will illuminate.

5 40 Driving your vehicle

Collision Warning (1st warning) Emergency braking (2nd warning) Brake operation • In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the driver’s depressing the brake pedal. • The FCA system provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance when the driver depresses the brake pedal. • The braking control is automatically deactivated when the driver sharply depresses the brake pedal, OCK057091L OCK057152L or when the driver abruptly turns • The warning message appears on • The warning message appears on the steering wheel. the LCD display with the warning the LCD display with the warning • The braking control is automatical- alarms. alarms. ly canceled when risk factors dis- • The FCA controls the brakes within • The FCA controls the brakes with- appear. certain limit, to reduce the impact in certain limit to reduce the impact from the collision. from the collision. The driver should always exercise The FCA controls the maximum caution when operating the vehicle, brakes just before the collision. even though there is no warning message or warning alarm.

541 Driving your vehicle

FCA front radar ✽ NOTICE WARNING • Do not install any accessories, such The FCA is a supplemental sys- as a license plate bracket or tem and cannot completely stop bumper sticker near the sensor the vehicle in all situations or area. Do not replace the bumper avoid all collisions. It is the by yourself. Doing so may adverse- responsibility of the driver to ly affect the sensing performance. safely drive and control the • Always keep the sensor/bumper vehicle. area clean. • Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Also, do not spray highly ✽ NOTICE pressurized water on the sensor installed on the bumper. The FCA system assesses the risk of OYG056025 a collision by monitoring several • Be careful not to apply unneces- variables such as the distance to the In order for the FCA system to oper- sary force on the frontal sensor vehicle/pedestrian ahead, the speed ate properly, always make sure the area. When the sensor moves out of the vehicle/pedestrian ahead, and sensor or sensor cover is clean and of the correct position due to the driver's operation of the vehicle. free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, external force, the system may not Certain conditions such as snow, or foreign substances on the operate correctly and may not inclement weather and road condi- lens may adversely affect the sens- provide a warning light or mes- tions may affect the operation of the ing performance of the sensor. sage. In this case, we recommend FCA system. you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. • Use only the genuine Kia sensor cover. Do not arbitrarily apply paint on the sensor cover. (Continued)

5 42 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) Warning message and warning Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and • Do not tint the window or install light clean the radar sensor cover before stickers or accessories around the operating the FCA system. inside mirror where the camera is The FCA may not properly operate in installed. an area (e.g. open terrain), where • Make sure the frontal camera any substances are not detected installation point does not get wet. after turning ON the engine. • Do not impact or remove any radar/camera components. • Do not place reflective objects(white paper or mirror etc.) on the dashboard. The system may activate unnecessarily due to reflect of the sunlight. • Excessive audio system volume OYG058234N may prevent occupants from hearins the FCA. When the sensor is covered or the sensor lens is dirty with foreign substances, such as snow or rain, the FCA system may not be able to detect vehicles or pedestrians. In this case, a warning message (“Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Radar blocked”) will appear to notify the driver. Remove the foreign substances to allow the FCA system to function.

543 Driving your vehicle

System malfunction • Due to sensing limitation, the FCA WARNING may not produce warning mes- The FCA is only a supplemental sages or warning alarms in certain system for the driver’s conven- situations. Read the section ience. “Limitation of the system” for more information. It is the driver's responsibility to control the vehicle. Do not sole- • When there is a malfunction with ly depend on the FCA system. the FCA, the automatic braking Rather, maintain a safe braking control does not operate even with distance, and, if necessary, other braking systems normally depress the brake pedal to operating. lower the driving speed. • The FCA only in front of it while driving forward. It does not identify OYG058235N any animals or vehicles in the • When the FCA is not working prop- opposite direction. erly, the FCA warning light ( ) • The FCA can not recognize cross- will illuminate and the warning traffic or parked vehicles present- message will appear for a few sec- ing a sideprofile. onds. After the message disappears, the master warning light • The FCA system may not activate ( ) will illuminate. In this case, if the driver applies the brake pedal have the vehicle inspected by an to avoid the risk of a collision. authorized Kia dealer. • The FCA system does not operate • The FCA warning message may when the vehicle is in reverse. In appear along with the illumination these cases, you must maintain a of the ESC warning light. safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed.

5 44 Driving your vehicle

Limitation of the system Recognizing vehicles - The vehicle driving is unstable. The FCA system is designed to mon- The sensor may be limited when: - The radar/camera sensor recogni- itor the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian - The radar or the camera is con- tion is limited. on the roadway through radar signals taminated with foreign substances. - The vehicle in front is driving errat- and camera recognition to warn the - It heavily rains or snows. ically driver that a collision is imminent, - The vehicle is driven near areas and if necessary, apply emergency - There is electromagnetic interference containing metal substances such braking. In certain situations, the as a construction zone, railroad, radar sensor or the camera may not - Something in the path of travel etc. be able to detect the vehicle or deflects the radar waves pedestrian ahead. In these cases, - Moisture on the windshield is not - The vehicle in front has a narrow completely removed or frozen. the FCA system may not operate. body. (i.e. motor cycle and bicycle) - The weather is misty. The driver must pay careful attention - The driver's view is not clear due to in the following situations where the backlight, reflected light, or dark- - The vehicle in front does not turn FCA operation may be limited. ness ON the rear lights, does not have rear lights, has asymmetric rear - The camera cannot contain the full lights, or has rear lights out of image of the vehicle in front. angle. - The vehicle in front is a special - The vehicle is on unpaved or vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded uneven rough surfaces, or roads truck or a trailer. with sudden gradient changes. - The outside brightness is greatly - The vehicle is moving under ground changed, such as entering/exiting level or inside a building. a tunnel.

545 Driving your vehicle

- If a sudden change in the sensor - When the back light is projected in recognition takes place while driv- the direction of the vehicle's motion ing over a speed bump, (including the headlights of vehi- - When the vehicle is severely shaken, cles) - When driving around a circular - Road sign, shadow on the road, intersection with a vehicle or object tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial in front pavement - If the front of the camera lens is contaminated by front glass tinting, film, water repellent coating, damage on glass or foreign matter (sticker, insect, etc.) OYG056042 - The radar or camera or camera - Driving on a curve lens is damaged. The FCA performance maybe limited - If the headlights of the vehicle are while driving on a curve. The FCA not used at night or in a tunnel sec- may not recognize the vehicle in front tion, or the light is too weak even if in the same lane. It may produce the warning message and the - If street light or the light of the vehi- warning alarm prematurely, or it may cle coming from the opposite direc- not produce the warning message or tion is reflected or when sunlight is the warning alarm at all. When driv- reflected by water on the road sur- ing on a curve, exercise caution, face maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

5 46 Driving your vehicle

Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

OYG056043 OYG056044 The FCA system may recognize a - Driving on a slope vehicle in an adjacent lane when The FCA performance maybe limited driving on a curved road. In this while driving upward or downward on case, the system may apply the a slope, and may not recognize the brake. Always pay attention to road vehicle in front in the same lane. It and driving conditions while driving. may produce the warning message If necessary, depress the brake and the warning alarm prematurely pedal to reduce your driving speed in or it may not produce the warning order to maintain a safe distance. message and the warning alarm at Also, when necessary, you may all. depress the accelerator pedal to prevent the system from unnecessarily When the FCA suddenly recognizes decelerating your vehicle. Always the vehicle in front while passing check the traffic conditions around over a slope, you may experience the vehicle. sharp deceleration.

547 Driving your vehicle

OYG056045 OYG056048 OYG056050 - Changing lanes When driving in stop-and-go traffic, - Recognizing the vehicle When a vehicle changes lanes in and a stopped vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo front of you, the FCA system may not merges out of the lane, the FCA sys- that extends rearward from the cab, immediately detect the vehicle, espe- tem may not immediately detect the or when the vehicle in front of you cially if the vehicle changes lanes new vehicle that is now in front of has higher ground clearance, addi- abruptly. In this case, you must main- you. In this case, you must maintain tional special attention is required. tain a safe braking distance, and if a safe braking distance, and if nec- The FCA system may not be able to necessary, depress the brake pedal essary, depress the brake pedal to recognize the cargo extending from to reduce your driving speed in order reduce your driving speed in order to the vehicle. In these instances, you to maintain a safe distance. maintain a safe distance. must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

5 48 Driving your vehicle

Recognizing pedestrians - There is an item similar to a per- - The radar or camera or camera The sensor may be limited when: son's body structure lens is damaged. - The pedestrian is not fully detected - The pedestrian is small - If the headlights of the vehicle are by the camera recognition system, - The pedestrian has impaired not used at night or in a tunnel sec- for example, if the pedestrian is mobility tion, or the light is too weak leaning over or is not fully walking - The sensor recognition is limited - If street light or the light of the vehi- upright cle coming from the opposite direc- - It is difficult to detect and distin- tion is reflected or when sunlight is - The pedestrian is moving very guish the pedestrian from other quickly or appears abruptly in the reflected by the water on the road objects in the surroundings, for surface camera detection area example, when there is a group of - The pedestrian is wearing clothing pedestrians or a large crowd - When the back light is projected in the direction of the vehicle's motion that easily blends into the back- - If a sudden change in the sensor ground, making it difficult to be (including the headlights of vehi- recognition takes place while driv- cles) detected by the camera recogni- ing over a speed bump, tion system - Road sign, shadow on the road, - When the vehicle is severely shak- tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial - The outside lighting is too bright en, (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight pavement or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. - When driving around circular inter- - If the moist on the front windshield when driving on a dark rural road section after the vehicle in front, is not entirely removed or it is at night) - If the front of the camera lens is frozen contaminated by front glass tinting, - The weather is foggy film, water repellent coating, damage on glass or foreign matter - The radar/camera sensor recogni- (sticker, insect, etc.) tion is limited.

549 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE In some instances, the FCA system WARNING - FCA and WARNING may be canceled when subjected to Towing • Do not use the FCA system electromagnetic interference. Cancel the FCA in the User when towing a vehicle. Cancel Settings on the LCD display, the FCA in the User Settings before towing another vehicle. on the LCD display before WARNING - Testing the While towing, the brake applica- towing. Brake application by FCA tion may adversely affect your the FCA system while towing The FCA does not operate in vehicle safety. may adversely affect your certain situations. Thus, never safety. test-operate the FCA against a • Use extreme caution when the person or an object. It may vehicle in front of you has cause a severe injury or even cargo that extends rearward death. from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance. • The FCA system is designed to detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.

5 50 Driving your vehicle

When replacing or reinstalling the This device complies with Part 15 WARNING windshield, front bumper or of the FCC rules. The FCA cannot avoid all colli- radar/camera after removal, we rec- Operation is subject to the following sions. The FCA might not com- ommend you to have the vehicle three conditions: pletely stop the vehicle before a inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. 1. This device may not cause harm- collision, due to ambient weath- ful interference, and er and road conditions. The driver has the responsibility to 2. This device must accept any inter- drive safely and control the ference received, including inter- vehicle. ference that may cause undesired operation. 3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the device.

551 Driving your vehicle

Radio frequency radiation exposure information: This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator (antenna) and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

5 52 Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM Use the cruise control system only ✽ NOTICE when traveling on open highways in • During normal cruise control oper- good weather. ation, when the SET switch is acti- Do not use the cruise control when vated or reactivated after applying driving in heavy or varying traffic, or the brakes, the cruise control will on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov- activate after approximately 3 sec- ered) or winding roads or over 6% onds. This delay is normal. up-hill or down-hill roads. • To activate cruise control, depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine. OYG056032N The cruise control system allows you WARNING - Misuse of to program the vehicle to maintain a Cruise Control constant speed without depressing the accelerator pedal. Do not use cruise control if the traffic situation does not allow This system is designed to function you to drive safely at a constant above approximately 20 mph (30 speed and with sufficient dis- km/h). tance to the vehicle in front. If the cruise control is left on, (CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated) the cruise control can be switched on accidentally. Keep the cruise control system off (CRUISE indicator light OFF) when the cruise control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.

553 Driving your vehicle

To set cruise control speed: To increase cruise control set speed:

OYG056034

OYG056033 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired speed. The OYG056035 1. Press the CRUISE button on the cruise indicator and set speed on steering wheel to turn the system the LCD screen will illuminate. Follow either of these procedures: on. The CRUISE indicator light in Release the accelerator at the • Move the lever up (to RES+) and the instrument cluster will illumi- same time. The desired speed will hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. nate. automatically be maintained. Release the lever at the speed you 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, On a steep grade, the vehicle may want. which must be more than 20 mph slow down when driving uphill or • Move the lever up (to RES+) and (30 km/h). speed up slightly while going downhill. release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1.0 mph (1 km/h ) each time the lever is operated in this manner.

5 54 Driving your vehicle

To decrease the cruising To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do speed: the cruise control on: one of the following: If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with the cruise control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator.

OYG056034 OYG056036 Follow either of these procedures: • Depress the brake pedal. • Move the lever down (to SET-) and • Shift into N (Neutral) with an hold it. Your vehicle will gradually Automatic Transaxle. slow down. Release the lever at the • Press the CANCEL switch. speed you want to maintain. • Decrease the vehicle speed lower • Move the lever down (to SET-) and than the set speed by 12 mph (20 release it immediately.The cruising km/h). speed will decrease by 1.0 mph (1 km/h) each time the lever is operat- • Decrease the vehicle speed to less ed in this manner. than approximately 15 mph (25 km/h).

555 Driving your vehicle

Each of these actions will cancel To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do cruise control operation (The set more than approximately 20 one of the following: speed on the LCD will disappear and mph (30 km/h): the CRUISE indicator will illuminate continuously.), but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to resume cruise control operation, move the lever up (to RES+). You will return to your previously preset speed.

OYG056033 OYG056035 • Press the CRUISE button (the If any method other than the CRUISE indicator light in the CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used instrument cluster will go off). to cancel cruising speed and the sys- • Turn the ignition off. tem is still activated, the most recent Both of these actions will cancel the set speed will automatically resume cruise control operation. If you want when you move the lever up. to resume the cruise control opera- It will not resume, however, if the tion, repeat the steps provided in “To vehicle speed has dropped below set cruise control speed” on the pre- approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). vious page.

5 56 Driving your vehicle

SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING WARNING - Smart cruise control sys- - Smart cruise control system Inadvertent Activation tem Limitations If the smart cruise control sys- Take the following precautions : tem is left on (CRUISE indicator • Always set the vehicle speed in the instrument cluster illumi- under the speed limit in your nated), it can be activated inad- country. vertently. Keep the smart cruise control system off (CRUISE • The smart cruise control sys- indicator off) when the smart temis a supplemental system and is not a substitute for safe OYG058096N cruise control system is not in driving practices. It is the ➀ Cruise indicator use to avoid setting a speed which the driver is not aware of. responsibility of the driver to ➁ Set speed always check the speed and ➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance distance to the vehicle ahead. • Use the smart cruise control system only when traveling The smart cruise control system on open highways in good allows you to program the vehicle to weather. maintain a constant speed and a predetermined distance to the vehi- • Do not use the smart cruise cle ahead without depressing the control when it may not be accelerator or brake pedal. safe to keep the car at a constant speed. For instance. To see the SCC screen on the LCD display on the cluster, select Assist - Highway interchange and mode ( ). For more informations, tollgate refer to “LCD Display Modes” in (Continued) chapter 4.

557 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) - Road surrounded by multi- - When driving in heavy traffic • Always set the vehicle speed ple steel constructions (sub- or when traffic conditions under the speed limit. way construction, steel tun- make it difficult to drive at a • Always pay continuous atten- nel, etc) constant speed tion to road and driving condi- - Parking lot • Limited visibility (rain, snow, tions even when the smart - Lanes beside guard rail on a smog, etc.) cruise control system is being road • The smart cruise control sys- operated. - Slippery road with rain, ice, tem cannot recognize a or snow stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. - Abrupt curved road Always look ahead cautiously - Steep hills to prevent unexpected and - Windy roads sudden situations from occur- - Off roads ring. - Roads under construction • Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever - Rumble strip using the smart cruise control - When driving near crash system. barriers • Be careful when driving - When driving on a sharp downhill using the SCC. curve • Cruise function should not be - I cannot understand this. used when the vehicle is This needs to be rewritten by being towed to prevent any an engineer that under- damage. stands what message this is (Continued) trying to convey. (Continued)

5 58 Driving your vehicle

Smart cruise control switch Speed setting CANCEL : Cancels cruise control (smart cruise control system) operation. To set Smart Cruise Control Speed: CRUISE :Turns cruise control system on or off. RES + : Resumes or increases cruise control speed. SET - :Sets or decreases cruise control speed. : Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance OYG056038 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired speed. The set speed and vehicle OYG056037 to vehicle distance on the LCD 1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn screen will illuminate. the system on. The CRUISE indi- 4. Release the accelerator pedal. cator in the instrument cluster will The desired speed will automati- illuminate. cally be maintained. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. If there is a vehicle in front of you, the • 20 mph (30 km/h) ~ 120 mph speed may decrease to maintain the (200 km/h) : when there is no distance to the vehicle ahead. vehicle in front On a steep grade, the vehicle may • 0 mph (0 km/h) ~ 120 mph (200 slow down or speed up slightly while km/h) : when there is a vehicle in going uphill or downhill. front

559 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle speed may decrease on an To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruise control upward slope and increase on a speed: set speed: ownward slope. The speed will be set to 20 mph when there is a vehicle ahead and your vehicle speed is 0 ~ 20 mph.

OYG056148N OYG056038 Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: • Move the lever up (to RES+), and • Move the lever down (to SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the lever at the speed you Release the lever at the speed you want. want. • Move the lever up (to RES+), and • Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it immediately.The cruising release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 mph (1.0 speed will decrease by 1 mph (1.0 km/h) each time you move the km/h) each time you move the lever lever up (to RES+) in this manner. down (to SET-) in this manner. • Smart cruise control system will • You can set the cruise control to operate to a maximum setting of 120 above 20 mph (30 km/h). mph (200 km/h). However all local speed limit laws must be followed. 5 60 Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with the Smart cruise control system will Cancelled automatically cruise control on: be temporarily canceled when: • The driver's door is opened. If you want to speed up temporarily • The shift lever is shifted to N when the cruise control is on, (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P(Parking). depress the accelerator pedal. • The EPB (electronic parking brake) Increased speed will not interfere is applied. with cruise control operation or change the set speed. • The vehicle speed is over 130 mph (210 km/h) To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator. • The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating. If you move the lever down (to SET-) at increased speed, the cruising • The ESC is turned off. speed will be set again. • The sensor or the cover is dirty or OCK057035N blocked with foreign matter. ✽ NOTICE Cancelled manually • When the vehicle is stopped for over 5 minutes. Be careful when accelerating tem- The smart cruise control system is porarily, because the speed is not temporarily canceled when the brake • The driver starts driving by pushing regulated automatically at this time pedal is depressed or the CANCEL the lever up (RES +) or down even if there is a vehicle in front of button is pressed. The speed and (SET -) or depressing the acceler- you. vehicle to vehicle distance indicator ator pedal approximately 3 sec- on the cluster will disappear and the onds after the vehicle is stopped by CRUISE indicator is illuminated con- the smart cruise control system tinuously. with no other vehicle ahead or a vehicle stopped far away in front. • The engine speed is in a dangerous range.

561 Driving your vehicle

• The accelerator pedal is continu- If the smart cruise control system is ously depressed for long time. cancelled during a scenario that is • When activating the ISG mode. not discussed in the preceding "Cancelled automatically" section, • When the braking control is operat- have the system checked by an ed for Forward Collision-Avoidance authorized Kia dealer. Assist(FCA) • The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time. • When the parking brake is locked. • Engine has some problems. Each of these actions will cancel the OCK057098L smart cruise control system opera- ✽ NOTICE tion. (The set speed and vehicle-to- If the system is automatically can- vehicle distance on the LCD display celled, the warning chime will sound will go off.) and a message will appear for a few If the smart cruise control system is seconds. You must adjust the vehicle cancelled automatically, the smart speed by depressing the accelerator cruise control system will not or brake pedal according to the road resume even though the RES+ or conditions ahead and driving. SET- lever is moved. Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime.

5 62 Driving your vehicle

To resume cruise control set To turn cruise control off: speed: WARNING - Following Distance • To avoid collisions, always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance settings when activating your smart cruise control system. • Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary. OYG056037 OYG056148N Press the CRUISE button. (the If any method other than the CRUISE indicator in the instrument CRUISE button was used to cancel cluster will go off). cruising speed and the system is still When the Smart Cruise Control activated, the cruising speed will System is not needed, press the automatically resume when you [CRUISE] switch and deactivate the move the lever up/down (to RES+ or system. SET-). If you move the lever up (to RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. It will only resume below approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) when a vehicle is in the front.

563 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle to vehicle distance The vehicle to vehicle distance will For example, if you drive at 56 mph setting (Smart cruise control automatically activate when the (90 km/h), the distance is maintained system) smart cruise control system is on. as follows; To set vehicle to vehicle distance: Select the appropriate distance according to road conditions and Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet vehicle speed. (52.5 m) Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet Each time the button is pressed, the (40 m) vehicle to vehicle distance changes Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet as follows: (32.5 m) Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet (25 m) Distance 1 ✽ NOTICE

OYG056041 The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the This function allows you to program first time after starting the engine. the vehicle to maintain relative distance to the vehicle ahead without depressing the accelerator pedal or brake pedal.

5 64 Driving your vehicle

When the lane ahead is clear : When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane :

OYG058098N OYG058099N

OYG058097N The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.

OYG058100N OYG058101N

565 Driving your vehicle

• The vehicle will maintain the set In heavy traffic speed, when the lane ahead is clear. • The vehicle will slow down or speed up within selected speed to maintain the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (A vehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when there is an actual vehicle in front of you) • If the vehicle ahead speeds up, OCK057107L your vehicle will travel at a steady If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: OCK057108L cruising speed after accelerating to less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) moves the selected speed. to the next lane, the warning chime Use switch or pedal to accelerate • The warning chime sounds and will sound and a message will • In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the LCD display blinks if it is hard to appear. vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if maintain the selected distance to Adjust your vehicle speed for vehi- the vehicle ahead of you starts the vehicle ahead. cles or objects that can suddenly moving, your vehicle will start as appear in front of you by depressing well. However, if the vehicle stops • If the warning chime sounds, for more than 3 seconds, you must actively adjust the vehicle speed by the brake pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead. depress the accelerator pedal or depressing the brake pedal push up the toggle switch (RES+) according to the road condition to start driving. ahead and driving condition. • Even if the warning chime is not activated, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.

5 66 Driving your vehicle

• If you push the smart cruise control Radar to detect distance to the Radar check message toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while vehicle ahead Auto Hold and smart cruise control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. (if equipped with EPB (Electronic Parking Brake))

OCK057109L OYG056025L When the sensor lens cover is blocked The sensor detects distance to the with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart vehicle ahead. Cruise Control System operation may If the sensor is covered with dirt or stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warn- other foreign matter, the vehicle to ing message will appear on the LCD vehicle distance control may not display. Remove any dirt, snow, or operate correctly. debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Always keep the sensor clean. Cruise Control System. The Smart Cruise Control system may not properly activate, if the radar is totally contaminated, or if any substance is not detected after turning ON the engine (e.g. in an open terrain).

567 Driving your vehicle

Smart cruise control system mal- • Always keep the sensor and bumper clean. CAUTION - Sensor • Use only a genuine Kia sensor Damage cover for your vehicle. To prevent sensor cover dam- • Do not install accessories around age from occurring, wash the the sensor and do not replace the car with a soft cloth. bumper by yourself. It may interfere with the sensor performance. • Impact damage to the sensor or sensor area may cause the sensor to move slightly off position and result in the smart cruise control OCK057110L system not operating correctly without any warning or indicator function message from the cluster. If this occurs, have The message will appear when the your vehicle checked by an author- vehicle to vehicle distance control ized Kia dealer as soon as possi- system is not functioning normally. ble. Take your vehicle to an authorized • Use only a genuine Kia sensor Kia dealer and have the system cover for your vehicle. Do not paint checked. anything on the sensor cover. • If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate properly.

5 68 Driving your vehicle

To adjust the sensitivity of To convert to cruise control 1.Turn the smart cruise control sys- smart cruise control system mode: tem on (the cruise indicator light will be on but the system will not be The sensitivity of vehicle speed when activated). following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Go 2.Push the distance to distance to the User Settings Mode (Driving switch for more than 2 seconds. Assist) and select SCC (Smart 3.Choose between "Smart cruise Cruise Control). You may select one control (SCC) mode" and "Cruise of the three stages you prefer. control (CC) mode". • Slow: When using the cruise control mode, Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead you must manually assess the dis- to maintain the set distance is tance to other vehicles as the system slower than normal speed. OYG058244L will not automatically brake to slow down for other vehicles. • Normal: When the system is canceled using Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead the CRUISE button or the CRUISE to maintain the set distance is nor- button is used after the engine is mal turned on, the Smart Cruise Control • Fast: mode will turn on. Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is WARNING faster than normal speed. When using the cruise control OYG058245L mode, you must manually ✽ NOTICE The driver may choose to only use assess the distance to other The system remembers the last the cruise control mode (speed con- vehicles as the system will not selected mode. trol function) by doing as follows: automatically brake to slow down for other vehicles.

569 Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the system On curves The smart cruise control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions.

OYG056043

OYG056042 • Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent • On curves, the smart cruise control lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by system may not immediately depressing the brake pedal detect a moving vehicle in your according to the road and driving lane, and then your vehicle could conditions ahead. Apply the accel- accelerate to the set speed. Also, erator pedal and select the appro- the vehicle speed will rapidly slow priate set speed. Check to be sure down when the vehicle ahead is that the road conditions permit safe recognized suddenly. operation of the smart cruise con- • Select the appropriate set speed trol system. on curves and adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead.

5 70 Driving your vehicle

On inclines Lane changing • If a vehicle which moves into your lane is faster than your vehicle, your vehicle will accelerate to the selected speed.

OYG056044 OYG056045 • During uphill or downhill driving, the • A vehicle which moves into your smart cruise control system may lane from an adjacent lane cannot not immediately detect a moving be recognized by the sensor until it vehicle in your lane, and may cause is in the sensor's detection range. your vehicle to accelerate to the set • The sensor may not detect imme- speed. Also, the vehicle speed will diately when a vehicle cuts in sud- rapidly slow down when the vehicle denly. Always pay attention to the ahead is recognized suddenly. traffic, road and driving conditions. • Select the appropriate set speed • If a vehicle which moves into your on inclines and adjust your vehicle lane is slower than your vehicle, speed by depressing the accelera- your speed may decrease to main- tor or brake pedal according to the tain the distance to the vehicle road condition ahead. ahead.

571 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle recognition A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized by the sensor if any of following occurs: - When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the liftgate - While making turns by steering - When driving to one side of the lane - When driving on narrow lanes or on curves OYG056047 Adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal accord- • Your vehicle may accelerate when OYG056046 a vehicle ahead of you disappears. ing to the road condition ahead and Some vehicles ahead in your lane driving condition. • When you are warned that the cannot be recognized by the sensor vehicle ahead of you is not detect- as follows: ed, drive with caution. - Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles - Vehicles offset to one side - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden- decelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles - Vehicles with small rear profiles such as trailers with no loads

5 72 Driving your vehicle

OYG056048 OJF055050 OYG056050 • When vehicles are at a standstill • Always look out for pedestrians • Always be cautious when and the vehicle in front of you when your vehicle is maintaining a approaching vehicles that are taller changes to the next lane, be care- distance with the vehicle ahead. with higher clearance, or vehicles ful when your vehicle starts to carrying loads that stick out of the move because it may not immedi- back of the vehicle. ately recognize the stopped vehicle in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

573 Driving your vehicle

- After an engine start, please stop WARNING WARNING - Inclines & for several seconds. If system ini- - Safe Use of smart cruise Towing tialization is not completed, the control system Do not use smart cruise control smart cruise control system will not The smart cruise control system system on steep inclines or operate. can provide you with an addition- when towing another vehicle or - After an engine start, if the sensor al level of safety and fatigue trailer since such extreme load- cover is obscured with foreign sub- reduction. However you must ing can interfere with your vehi- stances, there is a possibility that maintain careful observation of cle's ability to maintain the the smart cruise control system the roadway in front and around selected speed. may not work. you and maintain control of your - The following conditions may vehicle and spacing around cause a malfunction: over-loading other vehicles as you normally the liftgate, suspension modifica- would. For example, this will tion, tire replacement with unau- require you to apply the brakes thorized tires or tires with different as needed when coming upon a tread wear and pressure levels. slower moving vehicle, or when a - Keep a safe distance according to vehicle from another lane drives road conditions and vehicle speed. quickly in front of you. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result. - Emergency WARNING - The smart cruise control system Stops cannot recognize a stopped vehi- The smart cruise control sys- cle, pedestrians or an oncoming tem cannot guarantee the stop vehicle. Always look ahead cau- for every emergency situation. tiously to prevent unexpected and If an emergency stop is neces- sudden situations from occurring. sary, you must apply the brakes.

5 74 Driving your vehicle

- When other vehicles are changing This device complies with Part 15 Radio frequency radiation expo- lanes in front of you frequently, of the FCC rules. sure information: there may be a delay in the sys- Operation is subject to the following This equipment complies with FCC tem's reaction. Always look ahead three conditions: radiation exposure limits set forth for cautiously to prevent unexpected an uncontrolled environment. and sudden situations from occur- 1. This device may not cause harm- ring. ful interference, and This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance - The smart cruise control system is 2. This device must accept any interference received, including inter- of 20 cm between the radiator a supplementary system only and (antenna) and your body. is not a substitute for safe driving- ference that may cause undesired practices. It is the responsibility of operation. This transmitter must not be co-locat- the driver to always check the 3. Changes or modifications not ed or operating in conjunction with speed and the distance to the vehi- expressly approved by the party any other antenna or transmitter. cle ahead. responsible for compliance could - Always be aware of the selected void the user’s authority to operate speed and vehicle to vehicle dis- the device. tance. - Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.

575 Driving your vehicle

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE MODE • COMFORT MODE: Below is a diagram of mode changes Drive mode for smooth and high ride when pressing the DRIVE MODE quality. button. • ECO (ACTIVE ECO) MODE: COMFORT Drive mode optimized for economic SMART ECO driving. SPORT • SPORT MODE: Drive mode for dynamic driving and solid ride quality. • If you turn off the engine of the • SMART MODE: vehicle in any of the COMFORT / OYG056054 Depending on the driver's driving ECO / SMART MODE, and restart style the mode will automatically the engine, DRIVE MODE will The driver can personalize the ↔ memorize and return to the previ- DRIVE MODE based on vehicle con- change among ECO COMFORT ↔ SPORT. ous drive mode setting. (With trol preference and driving style. exception of SPORT MODE. If the Below is a list of the messages which engine is turned off in SPORT will appear on the upper LCD screen. MODE, DRIVE MODE will be reset to COMFORT MODE).

5 76 Driving your vehicle

ECO (ACTIVE ECO) MODE ECO MODE Driving: Conditions that limit Active • ACTIVE ECO system The vehicle engine and transmission ECO MODE: enhances fuel efficiency will operate in fuel economy oriented Below are a list of conditions in which through eco control of mode. ACTIVE ECO MODE will be limited. the engine and trans- ACTIVE ECO MODE system will • When engine coolant temperature mission. The actual fuel restrain fuel economy driving habits is low: efficiency will depend on that reduce, such as sudden starts When temperature of the transaxle personal driving style and accelerations, compared to the and habits. oil is low, the ACTIVE ECO MODE COMFORT MODE. may become temporarily unavail- • By pressing the DRIVE able until the transaxle oil heats up MODE button and after vehicle ignition. selecting ECO MODE the green ECO indicator • When in an uphill gradient: light will illuminate. Since the ACTIVE ECO MODE partially limits the engine torque, ACTIVE ECO MODE may become temporarily unavailable when more torque is essential for going uphill. • When using the manual transmission operation mode: If transmission operation is changed from automatic to manual, the vehicle will reflect it and automatically stop the ACTIVE ECO MODE.

577 Driving your vehicle

SPORT MODE ✽ NOTICE SMART MODE • When the DRIVE MODE In SPORT DRIVE MODE, the fuel • SMART MODE is an intel- button is pressed and efficiency may decrease. ligent driving mode which the SPORT MODE is automatically selects the selected, the SPORT most appropriate drive indicator (red) will illumi- mode by measuring nate on the dashboard. usage of steering wheel, • When the SPORT MODE and accelerator pedal. is activated, and the • When DRIVE MODE but- Engine Start/Stop button ton is pressed and the is turned off and on again, SMART MODE is select- drive mode will reset to ed, SMART indicator will COMFORT MODE. illuminate on the dash- To turn on SPORT board. MODE, press DRIVE • The color of the SMART MODE button again. MODE indicator light will • If the system is activated: depend on the driving style. If the driving style is - After increasing speed economic, average, and and taking your foot off speedy, the indicator light the accelerator pedal, it will be green, white, and maintains the current red in respective order. gear and RPM for a short time even though • When the SMART MODE the accelerator pedal is is activated, and the not depressed. Engine Start/Stop button is turned off and on again, - Up-shift during accel- your car will still maintain eration is delayed. the SMART MODE.

5 78 Driving your vehicle

• Below is a summary of the SMART Gear Shift automatic drive mode con- Driving style Engine Torque DRIVE MODE Pattern trol depending on the usage of the steering wheel, engine and Economic SMART ECO Fuel Efficient Fuel Efficient transaxle system. Average SMART COMFORT Average Average

Dynamic SMART SPORT Acceleration Highly Responsive

✽ NOTICE • SMART MODE is an intelligent driving mode and when the driving style is economic and fuel efficient, the SMART ECO MODE will be automatically selected. The engine and transaxle system will become more fuel efficient, but the actual fuel economy will depend on various driving factors (on uphill/ downhill, heavy revving or braking). • If you make sudden accelerations or turns in SMART MODE, the intelligent mode will select SMART SPORT MODE. This may decrease fuel efficiency.

579 Driving your vehicle

DRIVE MODE Indicator Screen • When the trip computer mode is • If the auto cruise control function is The DRIVE MODE indicator screen selected to show DRIVE MODE operated or the transmission is can be displayed by using the trip com- and the SMART MODE is in oper- shifted to manual mode while puter button on the steering wheel. ation, an automatically selected SMART MODE is on, the SMART driving mode SMART ECO, MODE will stop temporarily, and DRIVE MODE indicator screen dis- SMART COMFORT, or SMART the DRIVE MODE will be displayed plays status of current drive mode. SPORT, will be selected on the as OFF. The driving style gauge • DRIVE MODE button is located on cluster's center. light will be turned off accordingly. the lower part of the transmission And right below is the horizontal • If the trip computer is not set to lever for selecting drive mode. driving style gauge which reflects show DRIVE MODE indicator If drive mode is selected manually the driving style in real time. screen, and you want to know the by the user, the drive mode indica- • If you drive carefully and slowly in on/off status of the SMART MODE, tor screen will show user-selected SMART MODE, the left side of the simply check whether the letters drive mode. (COMFORT, ECO, or driving style gauge will illuminate, 'SMART' appear on the screen or SPORT) and be automatically shifted to the not (green - ECO MODE, white - If SMART MODE is selected by SMART ECO MODE. COMFORT MODE, red - SPORT MODE). DRIVE MODE button, the drive When the driver accelerates more mode indicator screen will show frequently, the right side of the driv- current drive mode automatically ing style gauge will fill up, and shift selected by SMART MODE sys- to SMART COMFORT MODE. tem. (SMART COMFORT, SMART ECO, or SMART SPORT) In addition, if the rate of acceleration and speed is increased, drive mode will change to SMART SPORT MODE.

5 80 Driving your vehicle

Driving Style Gauge • Left poles of the driving style gauge • If the driving style gauge fills up indicate economic driving in green toward left side (or Economic side) color. The more economically you and is maintained there for a certain drive, the more the left poles will time, the vehicle will be automatical- light up in green. ly switch to SMART ECO MODE. Likewise, the right pole of the driving Likewise, when driving style gauge style gauge indicates sporty driving fills up toward right side and is main- in red color. As the vehicle acceler- tained there for a certain time, the ates, the gauge will move to the right vehicle will be automatically switch pole. to SMART SPORT MODE. • If you wish to maintain the SMART ECO MODE for better fuel economy, try to maintain economic driv- OYG056149N ing style and keep the driving style Once the SMART MODE is selected gauge green. by pressing the DRIVE MODE button, and the DRIVE MODE indicator screen is selected by pressing the trip computer button on the steering wheel, the driving style gauge bar will show up at the bottom of screen and visualize current style of driving.

581 Driving your vehicle

Attributes of SMART MODE. • The SMART system will recognize Conditions which Limit SMART • If the accelerator pedal is pressed repetitive acceleration or steering MODE gently, your vehicle will recognize it and automatically turn to the SMART In following conditions your vehicle will as a economic driving style. After SPORT MODE. Your vehicle will run temporarily stop the SMART Mode some time, the system will automat- at a lower gear in SMART SPORT and the indicator light will turn off. ically shift to SMART ECO MODE. MODE compared to those in SMART COMFORT MODE. • When using the manual transmis- • If you press the accelerator pedal sion operation mode: If the frequently in SMART ECO MODE, The vehicle's start and stop transaxle system is changed from the system will automatically shift response rate will become faster. automatic to manual, your vehicle to SMART COMFORT MODE. • When the SMART SPORT MODE will automatically stop the SMART • Even when driving style has not is activated, and you take your feet MODE. changed from SMART ECO off the accelerator pedal, the vehi- If transmission operation is MODE, if your vehicle is driven cle will remain in low gear and you changed from automatic to manu- uphill considerably, the system will may sense engine brake. This is al, the vehicle will reflect it and detect the gradient. Then, the due to necessary preparatory time automatically stop the SMART SMART system will automatically for the next acceleration and is for MODE. convenience. change the setting to the SMART • When the Cruise Control system is COMFORT MODE temporarily. • The SMART SPORT MODE is acti- turned on: Once your vehicle is out of the hilly vated only when repetitive acceleration. When the driver sets a target ground, your vehicle will automati- cruise control speed, your vehicle cally return to the SMART ECO • The artificial intelligence algorithm will automatically stop the SMART MODE. will instantly calculate each driver's MODE. (The SMART MODE will style of driving. So if the driver is stop not immediately after you changed to a different person, the press the cruise control button, but algorithm will measure accordingly. when the cruise control system takes control of the vehicle speed.)

5 82 Driving your vehicle

• If the temperature of the transaxle oil is very high or low: The SMART MODE control system will operate in nearly all driving conditions. But when the temperature of the transaxle oil is very high or low the SMART MODE system may become temporarily unavailable.

583 Driving your vehicle

BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) (IF EQUIPPED) (1) Blind spot area The BCW range varies relative to WARNING vehicle speed. Note that if your - BCW Limitations vehicle is traveling much faster • The Blind-Spot Collision than the vehicles around you, the Warning System (BCW) is a warning will not occur. supplemental system. Do not (2) Closing at high speed solely rely on the system and always pay attention to drive The BCW-Closing at high speed safely. feature will alert you when it detects a vehicle is approaching • The Blind-Spot Collision in an adjacent lane at a high rate Warning System may not of speed. If the driver activates detect every object alongside the turn signal when the system the vehicle and is not a sub- detects an oncoming vehicle, the stitute for proper and safe system sounds an audible alert. lane changing procedures. Always drive safely and use (3) RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic caution when changing lanes. Collision Warning)

OYG056141L The RCCW feature monitors approaching cross traffic from the The Blind-Spot Collision Warning left and right side of the vehicle (BCW) system uses radar sensors in when your vehicle is in reverse. the rear bumper to monitor and warn The feature will operate when the the driver of an approaching vehicle vehicle is moving in reverse in the driver's blind spot area. below about 6 mph (10 km/h). If The system monitors the rear area of oncoming cross traffic is detected the vehicle and provides information a warning chime will sound. to the driver with an audible alert and a indicator on the outside rearview mirrors

5 84 Driving your vehicle

BCW (Blind-Spot Collision When the system is not used turn the Warning type Warning) system off by turning off the switch. The system will activate when: Operating conditions When the system is turned on the 1. The system is on. warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror. 2. Vehicle speed is above 20 mph (30 km/h). 3. Other vehicles are detected in the rear side.

WARNING The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning is not a substitute for proper and OYG056057L safe driving procedures. Always drive safely and use caution The indicator on the switch will illuminate when the Blind-Spot Collision when changing lanes or backing Warning System (BCW) switch is up. The Blind-Spot Collision pressed with the engine start/stop Warning System and Rear Button ON. Cross-Traffic Collision Warning If vehicle speed exceeds 20 mph may not detect every object (30 km/h), the system will activate. alongside the vehicle. If you press the switch again, the switch indicator and system will be turned off. If the vehicle is turned off, the system will remember the last settings upon restart.

585 Driving your vehicle

1st stage 2nd stage • To activate the alarm: Go to the User Settings Mode → Driving Assist and select “BCW” on the LCD display. • To deactivate the alarm: Go to the User Settings Mode → Driving Assist and deselect “BCW” on the LCD display.

✽ NOTICE OUM054028 OUM054029 The alarm function helps alert the If a vehicle is detected within the The second stage alarm will activate driver. Deactivate this function only boundary of the system, a warning when: when it is necessary light will illuminate on the outside 1.The first stage alert is on rearview mirror. 2.The turn signal is on to change a If the detected vehicle is not in lane detecting range, the warning will turn off. When the second stage alert is activated, a warning light will blink on the outside rearview mirror and an alarm will sound. If you move the turn signal switch to the original position, the second stage alert will be deactivated.

5 86 Driving your vehicle

Detecting sensor RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Operating conditions Collision Warning) • Select RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) in “User Settings” under “Driving Assist” on the instrument cluster. The system will turn on and standby to activate. • Select RCCW again, to turn the system off. • If the vehicle is turned off, the RCCW system will remember the last settings upon restart. • The system operates when the OYG056058 vehicle speed is below 6 mph The sensors are located inside of the OYG056140 (10km/h) with the shift lever in R rear bumper. When your vehicle moves backwards (Reverse). Always keep the rear bumper clean from a parking position, the sensor • The RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic for the system to work properly. detects approaching vehicles to the Collision Warning) detecting range left or right side direction and gives is 1.6 feet ~ 65 feet (0.5 m ~ 20 m) information to the driver. based on the side direction. If the approaching vehicle speed is 2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 22 mph (36 km/h) within sensing range, it is detected. However, the system sensing range can vary based on conditions. Always pay attention to your surroundings.

587 Driving your vehicle

Warning type • If the vehicle detected by sensors approaches your vehicle, the warn- WARNING ing chime will sound and the warn- • The Blind-Spot Collision ing light will blink on the outside Warning System and Rear rearview mirror. Cross-Traffic Collision • If the detected vehicle is out of Warning is not a substitute for detection range, moving away in the proper and safe driving proce- opposite direction or moving slow, dures. Always drive safely or if the vehicle is right behind your and use caution when chang- vehicle, if the direction of the other ing lanes or backing up. The OYG056144L vehicle is not heading towards your Blind-Spot Collision Warning vehicle, the warning is cancelled. System and Rear Cross- • The system may not operate prop- Traffic Collision Warning may erly due to other factors or circum- not detect every object along- stances. Always pay attention to side the vehicle. your surroundings. • When the BCW system is ❈ If your vehicle's left or right side being activated, The warning bumper is blinded by a barrier or light on the outside rearview vehicles, the system sensing abili- mirror will illuminate whenev- OYG058222 ty may be limited. er a vehicle is detected by the system. To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle. (Continued)

OYG058223

5 88 Driving your vehicle

✽ Warning message (Continued) NOTICE • Drive safely even though the • The system may not work proper- vehicle is equipped with a BCW ly if the bumper has been replaced (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) or if repair work has been done system. Do not solely rely on near the sensor. the system but check for your- • The detection area differs accord- self before changing lanes. ing to the road's width. If the road is narrow the system may detect The system may not alert the other vehicles in the next lane. driver in some conditions so • If the road is very wide the system always check the surround- may not detect other vehicles. ings while driving. • The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic interference. OYG058251L The message will appear to notify the driver if there are foreign substances on the surface or inside the rear bumper or it is hot near the rear bumper. The light on the switch and the system will be turned off automatically. Remove the foreign substance on the rear bumper. After the foreign substance is removed, if you drive for approximately 10 minutes, the system will work normally.

589 Driving your vehicle

If the system does not work normally Non-operating condition even though the foreign substance, Outside rearview mirror may not trailer or carrier, or other equipment alert the driver when: is removed, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer. - The outside rearview mirror housing is damaged or covered with debris. It is possible to get the message with no foreign substance on the rear - The window is covered with debris. bumper, for example, when driving in - The windows are severely tinted. a rural or open area, such as desert, where there is insufficient data for operation. This message may also activate dur- OCK057055L ing heavy rain or due to road spray. If the system does not work properly, In this case, the vehicle does not a warning message will appear and need service. the light on the switch will turn off.The When the cargo area or other equip- system will turn off automatically. ment is being used, turn all functions of the system [OFF]. We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

5 90 Driving your vehicle

Driver's Attention (Continued) (Continued) The driver must be cautious in the - There is a fixed object near the - When the sensors are blocked below situations, because the sys- vehicle, such as a guardrail, by other vehicles, walls or park- tem may not detect other vehicles pedestrian, animal, tunnel, etc. ing-lot pillars. or objects in certain circumstances. - A big vehicle is near such as a - When the detected vehicle also - The vehicle drives on a curved bus or truck. moves back, as your vehicle road or through a tollgate. - A motorcycle or bicycle is near. drives back. - The sensor is covered with rain, - A flat trailer is near. - If there are small things like snow, mud, etc. Shopping cart, baby carriage and - If the vehicle has started at the pedestrians. - The rear bumper, in which the same time as the vehicle next to sensor is located, is covered or you and has accelerated. - If there is low height vehicle like sport vehicle. blocked with a foreign matter - When the other vehicle passes such as a sticker, a bumper at a very fast speed. - When other vehicles are close to guard, a bicycle stand, etc. your vehicle. - While changing lanes. - The rear bumper is damaged, or - When the vehicle in the next the sensor is out of the original - When going down or up a steep lane moves two lanes away from default position. road where the height of the lane you OR when the vehicle two is different. - The vehicle height gets lower or lanes away moves to the next higher due to heavy loading in a - When the other vehicle lane from you. liftgate, abnormal tire pressure, approaches very close. - When driving through a narrow etc. - When a trailer or carrier is road with many plants. - The vehicle drives in a bad installed. - When driving on wet surface. weather such as heavy rain or - When the temperature of the (Continued) snow. rear bumper is very high or low. (Continued) (Continued)

591 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) This device complies with Part 15 - The vehicle is driven near areas of the FCC rules. containing metal substances Operation is subject to the following such as a construction zone, two conditions: railroad, etc. 1. This device may not cause harm- - When the surrounding vehicle ful interference, and or structure is driving in a wide 2. This device must accept any inter- area (desert, field, suburb etc.) ference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5 92 Driving your vehicle

BLIND-SPOT COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (BCA) The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Operating Conditions Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist System (BCA) detects the The system enters the ready status, Assist (BCA) system front lane through the camera when the 'Active assist' or 'Warning installed on the upper front wind- only' is selected and following condi- shield and detects the side/rear tions are satisfied: areas through radar sensors. • Select the "Active assist" The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist System may activate the The Blind-Spot Collision- Electronic Stability Control (ESC) in Avoidance Assist System will acti- accordance with a colliding possibili- vate when ty with an approaching vehicle while - Vehicle speed is between 60 changing lanes. It is to lower the col- km/h and 180 km/h (37 mph ~ 112 mph). liding risk or mitigate the colliding OYG056060 damage. - The system detects both of the lane lines. - An approaching vehicle is detected next to/behind your vehicle.

OYG056059 The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist System (BCA) may apply braking power, when an approaching vehicle is detected within a certain distance next to/behind your vehicle.

593 Driving your vehicle

It gently applies braking power on Limitations of the system the tire, which is located in the oppo- The driver must be cautious in the site side of the possibly-colliding below situations, because the sys- point. The instrument cluster will tem may not detect other vehicles or inform the driver of the system acti- objects in certain circumstances. vation. • When a trailer or carrier is Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance installed. Assist System (BCA) is automatically deactivated when : • The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or - The vehicle drives a certain dis- snow. tance away OYG058243L • The sensor is polluted with rain, - The vehicle direction is changed snow, mud, etc. against the possible-colliding point Check Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system • The rear bumper where the sensor - The steering wheel is abruptly is located is covered with a foreign If there is a problem with the BCA moved object such as a bumper sticker, a system, a warning message will - The brake pedal is depressed bumper guard, a bike rack, etc. appear. The system will turn off auto- - After a certain period of time matically. BCW will still operate even • The rear bumper is damaged, or The driver should drive the vehicle in if the BCA system turns off due to the sensor is out of the original the middle of the vehicle lanes to malfunction. We recommend that you default position. keep the system in the ready status. have your vehicle inspected by an • The vehicle height gets lower or When the vehicle drives too close to authorized Kia dealer to use BCA higher due to heavy loading in a one side of the vehicle lanes, the system. trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc. system may not properly operate. • When the temperature of the rear In addition, the system may not prop- bumper is high. erly control your vehicle in accor- • When the sensors are blocked by dance with driving situations. Thus, other vehicles, walls or parking-lot always pay close attention to road pillars. situations.

5 94 Driving your vehicle

• The vehicle drives on a curved • When the other vehicle passes at a • The vehicle abruptly changes driv- road. very fast speed. ing direction. • The vehicle drives through a toll- • While changing lanes. • The vehicle makes sharp lane gate. • If the vehicle has started at the changes. • The road pavement (or the periph- same time as the vehicle next to • The vehicle sharply stops. eral ground) abnormally contains you and has accelerated. • Temperature is extremely low metallic components (i.e. possibly • When the vehicle in the next lane around the vehicle. due to subway construction). moves two lanes away from you • The vehicle severely vibrates while • There is a fixed object near the OR when the vehicle two lanes driving over a bumpy road, vehicle, such as a guardrail. away moves to the next lane from uneven/bumpy road, or concrete • While going down or up a steep you. patch. road where the height of the lane is • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. • The vehicle drives on a slippery different. • A flat trailer is near. surface due to snow, water puddle, • Driving on a narrow road where • If there are small objects in the or ice. trees or grass or overgrown. detecting area such as a shopping • The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) or • Driving in rural areas where the cart or a baby stroller. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) do sensor does not detect another • If there is a low height vehicle such not operate normally. (if equipped) vehicle or structure for an extended as a sports car. For more information refer to “Lane period of time. • The brake pedal is depressed. Keeping Assist (LKA) system” in • Driving on a wet road. this chapter. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) • Driving on a road where the is activated. guardrail or wall is in double structure. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) malfunctions. • A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck. • The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged. • When the other vehicle approaches very close. • The brake is reworked.

595 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist (BCA) The Blind-Spot Collision- Avoidance Assist System is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times

5 96 Driving your vehicle

LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) ✽ NOTICE WARNING • Driver is responsible for being Do not turn the steering wheel aware of surroundings, steering suddenly when the vehicle is the vehicle, and safe driving prac- being directed by the LKA sys- tices. tem. This can result in a sudden • LKA SYSTEM helps prevent the loss of control and crash of the driver from moving out of the lane vehicle. unintentionally by assisting the driver’s steering. However, the system is just a convenience func- WARNING - The Lane tion and the steering wheel is not OYG056052 Keeping always controlled. While driving, The Lane Keeping Assist System is the driver should pay attention to Assist System is a supplemen- the steering wheel. designed to detect the lane markers tal system and is not a substi- on the road with a front view camera • The operation of the LKA SYS- tute for safe driving practices. It TEM can be cancelled or not work at the front windshield, and assists is the responsibility of the driv- the driver’s steering to help keep the properly according to road condi- er to always pay attention and tion and surroundings. Always be vehicle in the lanes. drive safely. When the system detects the vehicle cautious when driving. straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a slight counter- steering torque, trying to prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.

597 Driving your vehicle

• Do not disassemble the front view • You may not hear warning sound of ✽ NOTICE camera temporarily for tinted win- LKA SYSTEM because of the • If the vehicle speed is high, steer- dows or attaching any types of excessive audio sound. ing torque for assistance will not coatings and accessories. If you • If you drive with your hands off the be enough to keep your vehicle disassemble the camera and steering wheel, the LKA SYSTEM within the lane. If so, the vehicle assemble it again, take your vehi- will stop controlling the steering may move out of its lane. Obey cle to an authorized Kia dealer and wheel after the hands off alarm. speed limit when using LKA SYS- have the system checked. Afterwards, if you drive with your TEM. • When you replace the windshield hands on the steering wheel, the • If you attach objects to the steer- glass, front view camera or parts of control will be activated again. ing wheel, the system may not the steering system take your vehi- assist steering. cle to an authorized Kia dealer and • If you attach objects to the steer- have the system checked. ing wheel, hands off alarm may • The system is designed to detect not work properly. lane markers using a front view camera. If the lane markers are hard to detect, then the system may be limited. Always be cautious when using the system. • When the lane markers are hard to detect, please refer to “Driver’s Attention”. • Do not remove or damage the related parts of LKA SYSTEM. • Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. This may prevent the system from functioning.

5 98 Driving your vehicle

LKA SYSTEM operation If you press the LKA SYSTEM button LKA SYSTEM activation again, the indicator on the cluster • To see the LKA SYSTEM screen display will go off. on the LCD display in the cluster, The color of indicator will change Tab to the Assist mode ( ). depend on the condition of LKA • For further details, refer to [menu SYSTEM. settings] in chapter 4, [crash pad]. - White : Sensor does not detect the • After LKA SYSTEM is activated, if lane marker or vehicle both lane markers are detected, speed is less than 40 mph vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 (64 km/h). km/h) and all the activation condi- - Green : Sensor detects the lane tions are satisfied, a green steering marker and system is able wheel indicator will illuminate and OYG058193 to control the steering. the steering wheel will be controlled. To activate/deactivate the LKA SYS- TEM: WARNING With the ignition switch in the ON The Lane Keeping Assist position, press the LKA SYSTEM System is a system to help pre- button located on the instrument vent the driver from leaving the panel on the lower left hand side of lane. However, the driver should the driver. not solely rely on the system The indicator in the cluster display but always check the road con- will initially illuminate white. ditions when driving. When the indicator (white) activated in the previous ignition cycle, the system turns on without any control.

599 Driving your vehicle

■ Lane undetected When the conditions below are met, Warning LKA SYSTEM will be enabled to assist steering. ■ Left lane • Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64 km/h). • Both lane markers are detected by LKA SYSTEM. • The vehicle is between the lane markers. OYG058236N If LKA SYSTEM can assist steering, ■ Lane detected a green steering wheel indicator will OYG058238N illuminate. ■ Right lane

OYG058237N

• If the speed of the vehicle is over OYG058239N 40 mph (64 km/h) and the system detects lane markers, the color • If the vehicle leaves a lane, the changes from gray to white. lane marker you cross will blink on the LCD display.

5 100 Driving your vehicle

• If the vehicle moves out its lane ■ Type A ✽ NOTICE because steering torque for assis- • Always keep your hands on the tance is not enough, the line indi- steering wheel while driving. cator will blink. • If you hold the steering wheel with • If all the conditions to activate LKA a light grip, the system may also SYSTEM are not satisfied, the sys- generate the generate hands off tem will convert to LDW system warning. (Lane Departure Warning) and only warn the driver when the driv- If the driver still does not have their er crosses the lane lines. In this hands on the steering wheel after scenario, the LDW system does OJF058416L ■ Type B several seconds, the system will only not provide any steering inputs into warn the driver when the driver the vehicle for you. Accordingly, crosses the lane lines. In this sce- you must take the necessary steps nario, the system does not provide to maintain control of the vehicle any steering inputs into the vehicle and keep it within the lanes. for you. Accordingly, you must take the necessary steps to maintain control of the vehicle and keep it within the lanes. However, if the driver has their hands OYG058241N on the steering wheel again, the sys- If the driver takes hands off the steer- tem will again provide steering inputs ing wheel for several seconds while if it detects the vehicle leaving the the LKA is activated, the system will lane. warn the driver.

5101 Driving your vehicle

• The driver is responsible for accu- ✽ NOTICE The system will be cancelled when: rate steering. • Even though the steering is assist- • You change lanes with the turn sig- • Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver may nal. ed by the system, the driver may control the steering. - Using the turn signal to change control the steering wheel. • The steering wheel may feel heav- lanes. • Turn off the system in the following ier when the steering wheel is - If you change lanes without the situations. assisted by the system than when it turn signal on, the steering wheel - In bad weather is not. might be controlled. - In bad road conditions • LKA SYSTEM can transit to steer- - When the steering wheel needs ing assist mode when the car is to be controlled by the driver fre- near to middle of the lane after sys- quently. tem on or the lane was changed. LKA SYSTEM can not assist steer- • The steering wheel may feel heav- ing if the vehicle follows lane mark- ier when the steering wheel is er too close continuously before assisted by the system than when transition to steering assist mode. it is not. • The control of ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated. • The steering will not be assisted when your drive fast on a sharp curve. • The steering will not be assisted when vehicle speed is below 40 mph (64 km/h) and over 110 mph (177 kph). Always obey all traffic laws and drive safely.

5 102 Driving your vehicle

• The steering will not be assisted DRIVER’S ATTENTION - The lane marker is very thick or thin. when you change lanes quickly. The driver must be cautious in the • The steering will not be assisted following situations because the - The lane marker is not visible when you brake suddenly. system is limited when recogni- due to snow, rain, stain, a puddle • The steering will not be assisted tion of the lane marker is poor or or other factors. when the lane is very wide or nar- limited : - A shadow is on the lane marker row. When lane and road condition is because of a median strip, • The steering will not be assisted poor guardrail, noise barriers or other objects. when only one side lane marker is - It is difficult to distinguish the detected. lane marker from road when the - When the lane markers are com- • There are more than two lane lane marker is covered with dust plicated or a structure substi- markers such as a construction or sand. tutes for the lines such as a construction area. area. - It is difficult to distinguish the • Radius of a curve is too small. color of the lane marker from - There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road. • When you turn steering wheel sud- road. denly, the LKA SYSTEM will be - There is something that looks - The lane suddenly disappears disabled temporarily. like a lane marker. such as at the intersection. • Driving on a steep slope or hill. - The lane marker is indistinct or - The lane marker in a tunnel is damaged. covered with dirt or oil etc. - The number of lanes increases/ decreases or the lane lines are crossing (Driving through a toll plaza/toll gate, merged/divided lane). - There are more than two lane markers.

5103 Driving your vehicle

When external condition is inter- When front visibility is poor LKA SYSTEM malfunction vened - The lens or windshield is cov- - The brightness of outside ered by foreign materials. changes suddenly when enter- - The sensor cannot detect the ing/existing a tunnel or passing lane because of fog, heavy rain under a bridge. or snow. - The headlamps are not on at - The windshield is fogged by night or in a tunnel, or light level humid air in the vehicle. is low. - There is an object on the dash- - There is a boundary structure in board that interferes with the the roadway. camera. - The light reflects from the water on the road. OYG058242N WARNING - When light shines brightly from If there is a problem with the system behind the vehicle. The Lane Keeping Assist a message will appear. If the problem System is a system to help pre- - The distance from the vehicle continues, the LKA system fail indi- vent the driver from leaving the cator will illuminate. ahead is very short or the vehi- lane. However, the driver should cle ahead covers up the lane not solely rely on the system line. but always take the necessary - You drive on a steep grade or a actions for safe driving prac- sharp curve. tices. - The vehicle vibrates heavily. - The temperature near inside mirror is very high due to direct sun light.

5 104 Driving your vehicle

LKA system fail indicator When there is a problem with the sys- LKA SYSTEM Function The LKA system fail indicator (yel- tem do one of the following: Change low) will illuminate with an audible • Turn the system on after turning The driver can change LKA to Lane warning if the LKA system is not the engine off and on again. Departure Warning System (LDW working properly. In this case, have • Check if the ignition switch is in the system) or change the LKA SYSTEM the system checked by an authorized ON position. mode between Standard. Lane Kia dealer. • Check if the system is affected by Keeping Assist and Active Lane the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, Keep Assist in the User Settings etc.) Mode on the LCD display. • Check if there is foreign matter on The driver can choose them by plac- the camera lens ing the ignition switch in the ON position and by selecting ‘User Settings’, ‘Driver Assistance’, and ‘Lane Safety’. If the problem is not solved, have the The system is automatically set to system checked by an authorized Standard. Lane Keeping Assist. Kia dealer.

5105 Driving your vehicle

Lane Departure Warning LDW alerts the driver with a visual and acoustic warning when the system detects the vehicle leaving the lane. In this mode, the system will not provide steering inputs. When the vehicle’s front wheel contacts the inside edge of lane line, LKA SYS- TEM issues the lane departure warning.

Standard. Lane Keeping Assist The Standard LKA mode guides the driver to keep the vehicle within the lanes. It provides inputs to the steering, when the vehicle is about to deviate from the lanes.

Active Lane Keep. Assist The active LKA mode provides more frequent inputs to the steering in comparison with the Standard LKA mode.

5 106 Driving your vehicle

DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW, IF EQUIPPED) The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System setting and activation • The driver can select the Driver system is designed to warn the driv- Attention Warning system mode. System setting er of potentially hazardous driving - Off : The Driver Attention Warning • The Driver Attention Warning sys- situations if it detects inattentive system is deactivated. driving practices. tem is set in the OFF position when your vehicle is first delivered to you - Normal : The Driver Attention from the factory. Warning system alerts the driver of his/her fatigue level or inatten- • To turn ON the Driver Attention tive driving practices. Warning system, turn on the engine, and then select 'User - Early : The Driver Attention Settings → Assist → Driver Warning system alerts the driver Attention Warning → Normal/Early' of his/her fatigue level or inatten- on the LCD display. tive driving practices faster than Normal mode. • The set-up of the Driver Attention Warning system will be maintained when the engine is re-started.

5107 Driving your vehicle

Display of the driver's attention - Select 'User Settings Mode' and Take a break level then 'Assist' on the LCD display. (For more information, refer to "LCD Display" in chapter 4.) • The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is. • The number decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time. • The number increases when the OYG058252N driver attentively drives for a cer- OYG058254N tain period of time. • The "Consider taking a break" • When the driver turns on the sys- message appears on the LCD dis- tem while driving, it displays ‘Last play and a warning sounds to sug- Break time’. gest that the driver take a break when the driver's attention level is below 1. • The Driver Attention Warning system will not suggest a break when the total driving time is shorter than OYG058253N 10 minutes. • The driver can monitor their driving conditions on the LCD display.

5 108 Driving your vehicle

Resetting the system - The engine is turned OFF. System disabled - The driver unfastens the seat belt The Driver Attention Warning system and then opens the driver’s door. enters the ready status and displays - The driver takes a break from the 'Disabled' screen in the following driving that lasts more than 10 situations. minutes. - The camera sensor is unable to • The driver attention warning sys- detect the lanes. tem operates again, when the driv- - 40 mph (64 km/h) or over 110 mph er restarts driving. (177 km/h).

OYG058255N • The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning system. • The driver attention warning system resets in the following situations.

5109 Driving your vehicle

System malfunction ✽ NOTICE WARNING The Driver Attention Warning sys- • The Driver Attention Warning tem utilizes the camera sensor on the system is not a substitute for front windshield for its operation. safe driving practices. It is the To keep the camera sensor in the responsibility of the driver to best condition, you should observe always drive cautiously to the followings: prevent unexpected and sud- - Do not disassemble camera tem- den situations from occur- porarily for tinted window or ring. Pay attention to the road attaching any types of coatings and conditions at all times. accessories. If you disassemble a • The driver, who feels fatigued, camera and assemble it again, take should take a break even your vehicle to an authorized Kia OYG058256N though there is no break sug- dealer and have the system When the “Check System” warning gestion by the Driver checked to need a calibration. message appears, the system is not Attention Warning system. - Do not locate any reflective working properly. In this case, have objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) the vehicle inspected by an author- over the dashboard. Any light ized Kia dealer. ✽ NOTICE reflection may prevent the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. It may suggest a break according to from functioning the driver’s driving pattern or - Pay extreme caution to keep the habits even if the driver doesn’t feel camera sensor out of water. fatigued. - Do not disassemble the camera assembly or apply any impact on the camera assembly. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the Driver Attention Warning system warning sounds

5 110 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE (Continued) The Driver Attention Warning sys- • The vehicle is controlled by the tem may not alerts in the following following driving assist systems: situations: - Lane Keeping Assist System • The lane detection performance is (LKA system) limited. (For more information, - forward collision-avoidance refer to “Lane Keeping Assist assist (FCA) System. System (LKA system)” in this - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) chapter.) System • The vehicle is driven erratically or ✽ is abruptly turned for obstacle NOTICE avoidance (e.g. construction area, The Driver Attention Warning sys- other vehicles, fallen objects, tem does not detect actual driver bumpy road). fatigue or drowsiness. The system • Forward drivability of the vehicle monitors driving and provides a is severely undermined (possibly warning if it detects inattentive due to wide variation in tire pres- practices. sures, uneven tire wear-out, toe- in/toe-out alignment). • The vehicle drives on a curvy road. • The vehicle drives on a bumpy road. • The vehicle drives through a windy area. (Continued)

5111 Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your vehicle in good condi- mainly on your style of driving, where can increase fuel consumption and tion. For better fuel economy and you drive and when you drive. also increase wear on these com- reduced maintenance costs, main- Each of these factors affects how ponents. In addition, driving with tain your vehicle in accordance many miles (kilometers) you can get your foot resting on the brake pedal with the maintenance schedule in from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate may cause the brakes to overheat, chapter 7. If you drive your vehicle your vehicle as economically as pos- which reduces their effectiveness in severe conditions, more frequent sible, use the following driving sug- and may lead to more serious con- maintenance is required (see gestions to help save money in both sequences. chapter 7 for details). fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi- • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion. sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces- tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy. This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer • Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go. is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.

5 112 Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly. require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING - Engine off the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your during motion engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you Never turn the engine off to prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. coast down hills or anytime the In very cold weather, however, give • Open windows at high speeds can vehicle is in motion. The power your engine a slightly longer warm- reduce fuel economy. steering and power brakes will up period. • Fuel economy is less in crosswinds not function properly without the • Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset engine running. In addition, turn- Lugging is driving too slowly in a some of this loss, slow down when ing off the ignition while driving very high gear resulting in engine driving in these conditions. could lead to out of working bucking. If this happens, shift to a power driven steering wheel and lower gear. Over-revving is racing hard to control steering wheel. the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating Keep the engine on and down- This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- shift to an appropriate gear for the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an an engine braking effect. authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance.

5113 Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, Rocking the vehicle When hazardous driving conditions use the second gear. Accelerate If it is necessary to rock the vehicle are encountered such as water, slowly to avoid spinning the drive to free it from snow, sand, or mud, snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- wheels. first turn the steering wheel right and ards, follow these suggestions: • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- left to clear the area around your • Drive cautiously and allow extra slip material under the drive front wheels. Then, shift back and distance for braking. wheels to provide traction when forth between R (Reverse) and any stalled in ice, snow, or mud. forward gear in vehicles equipped • Avoid sudden braking or steering. with an Automatic Transaxle. Do not • When braking with non-ABS race the engine, and spin the wheels brakes pump the brake pedal with WARNING - Downshifting as little as possible. If you are still a light up-and-down motion until Do not downshift with an auto- stuck after a few tries, have the vehi- the vehicle is stopped. matic transaxle while driving on cle pulled out by a tow vehicle to Do not pump the brake pedal on a slippery surfaces. The sudden avoid engine overheating and possi- vehicle equipped with ABS. change in tire speed could ble damage to the transaxle. cause the tires to skid and result in an accident. WARNING - Sudden Vehicle Movement Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if people or objects are nearby. The vehicle may suddenly move forward or backwards as it becomes unstuck.

5 114 Driving your vehicle

Smooth cornering Driving at night CAUTION - Vehicle rocking Avoid braking or gear changing in Prolonged rocking may cause corners, especially when roads are engine overheating, transaxle wet. Ideally, corners should always damage or failure, and tire dam- be taken under gentle acceleration. If age. you follow these suggestions, tire wear will be held to a minimum.

CAUTION - Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/h). Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the OYG056065 vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which Because night driving presents more could result in tire damage that hazards than driving in the daylight, may injure bystanders. here are some important tips to remember: • Slow down and keep more dis- The ESC system should be turned tance between you and other vehi- OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. cles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.

5115 Driving your vehicle

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain • Driving too fast through large pud- glare from other driver's head- Rain and wet roads can make driving dles can affect your brakes. If you lights. dangerous, especially if you’re not must go through puddles, try to • Keep your headlights clean and prepared for the slick pavement. drive through them slowly. properly aimed. (On vehicles not Here are a few things to consider • If you believe you may have gotten equipped with the automatic head- when driving in the rain: your brakes wet, apply them lightly light aiming feature.) Dirty or • A heavy rainfall will make it harder while driving until normal braking improperly aimed headlights will to see and will increase the dis- operation returns. make it much more difficult to see tance needed to stop your vehicle, at night. so slow down. • Avoid staring directly at the head- • Keep your windshield wiping lights of oncoming vehicles. You equipment in good shape. Replace could be temporarily blinded, and it your windshield wiper blades when will take several seconds for your they show signs of streaking or eyes to readjust to the darkness. missing areas on the windshield. • If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. Be sure your tires are in good shape. • Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you.

5 116 Driving your vehicle

Driving in flooded areas Highway driving WARNING - Tire tread Avoid driving through flooded areas Tires unless you are sure the water is no Always check the tire tread Adjust the tire inflation pressures to before driving your vehicle. higher than the bottom of the wheel specification. Low tire inflation pres- hub. Drive through any water slowly. Worn-out tires can result in loss sures will result in overheating and of vehicle control. Worn-out tires Allow adequate stopping distance possible failure of the tires. because brake performance may be should be replaced as soon as affected. Avoid using worn or damaged tires possible. For further information which may result in reduced traction and tread limits, refer to "Tires After driving through water, dry the or tire failure. and wheels" in chapter 7. brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving Never exceed the maximum tire slowly. inflation pressure shown on the tires. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more Driving off-road WARNING - Under/over fuel than urban motoring. Do not for- inflated tires get to check both the engine coolant Drive carefully off-road because your and engine oil. vehicle may be damaged by rocks or Always check the tires for proper roots of trees. Become familiar with inflation before driving. the off-road conditions where you Underinflated or overinflated Drive belt are going to drive before you begin tires can cause poor handling, A loose or damaged drive belt may driving. loss of vehicle control, and sud- result in overheating of the engine. den tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death. For proper tire pressures, refer to “Tires and wheels” in chapter 8.

5117 Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING Severe weather conditions in the Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires winter result in greater wear and To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi- other problems. To minimize the may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of problems of winter driving, you or to install tire chains on your tires. the same size and load range as the should follow these suggestions: If snow tires are needed, it is neces- original tires. Mount snow tires on all sary to select tires equivalent in size four wheels to balance your vehicle’s and type of the original equipment handling in all weather conditions. tires. Failure to do so may adversely Keep in mind that the traction provid- affect the safety and handling of your ed by snow tires on dry roads may vehicle. Furthermore, speeding, not be as high as your vehicle's orig- rapid acceleration, sudden brake inal equipment tires.You should drive applications, and sharp turns are cautiously even when the roads are potentially very hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations. braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic- roads may cause skids to occur. You ipal regulations for possible restric- need to keep sufficient distance tions against their use. between the vehicle in operation in front of your vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently. It should be noted that WARNING - Snow tire size installing tire chains on the tire will Snow tires should be equivalent provide a greater driving force, but in size and type to the vehicle's will not prevent side skids. standard tires. Otherwise, the Tire chains are not legal in all states. safety and handling of your vehi- Check state laws before fitting tire cle may be adversely affected. chains.

5 118 Driving your vehicle

Tire chains When using tire chains, attach them Chain installation to the drive wheels as follows. When installing chains, follow the FWD : Front wheels manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly as you can. Drive slowly with chains installed. If CAUTION - Snow chains you hear the chains contacting the Make sure the snow chains are body or chassis, stop and tighten the correct size and type for them. If they still make contact, slow your tires. Incorrect snow down until it stops. Remove the chains can cause damage to the chains as soon as you begin driving vehicle body and suspension on cleared roads. and may not be covered by your When mounting snow chains, park vehicle manufacturer warranty. the vehicle on level ground away OYG056072 from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Since the sidewalls of radial tires are Hazard Warning flashers and place a thinner, they can be damaged by The snow chain connecting hooks triangular emergency warning device mounting some types of snow chains behind the vehicle if available. on them. Therefore, the use of snow may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the Always place the vehicle in P (Park), tires is recommended instead of apply the parking brake and turn off snow chains. Do not mount tire snow chains to come loose from the tire. Make sure the snow chains are the engine before installing snow chains on vehicles equipped with chains. aluminum wheels; snow chains may SAE class “S” certified. cause damage to the wheels. If snow Always check chain installation for chains must be used, use wire-type proper mounting after driving chains with a thickness of less than approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 to 0.47 in (12 mm). Damage to your 1 km) to ensure safe mounting. vehicle caused by improper snow Retighten or remount the chains if chain use is not covered by your they are loose. vehicle manufacturers warranty.

5119 Driving your vehicle

• The use of chains may adversely Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to "winter weight" oil affect vehicle handling. col coolant if necessary • Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended or the chain manufacturer’s recom- quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight" mended speed limit, whichever is cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See lower. coolant that should be used because chapter 8 for recommendations. If • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you holes, sharp turns, and other road ing system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized hazards, which may cause the pump and prevents freezing. Be sure Kia dealer. vehicle to bounce. to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance • Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel Check spark plugs and ignition braking. schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure system that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as CAUTION - Snow chains the temperatures anticipated during described in chapter 7 and replace • Chains that are the wrong size the winter. them if necessary. Also check all or improperly installed can ignition wiring and components to be damage your vehicle's brake sure they are not cracked, worn or lines, suspension, body and Check battery and cables damaged in any way. wheels. Winter puts additional burdens on • Stop driving and retighten the the battery system. Visually inspect chains any time you hear them the battery and cables as described hitting the vehicle. in chapter 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service station.

5 120 Driving your vehicle

To keep locks from freezing Don’t let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment To keep the locks from freezing, freeze Depending on the severity of the squirt an approved de-icer fluid or Under some conditions your parking weather, you should carry appropri- glycerine into the key opening. If a brake can freeze in the engaged ate emergency equipment. Some of lock is covered with ice, squirt it with position. This is most likely to happen the items you may want to carry an approved de-icing fluid to remove when there is an accumulation of include tow straps or chains, flash- the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, snow or ice around or near the rear light, emergency flares, sand, shov- you may be able to thaw it out by brakes or if the brakes are wet. If el, jumper cables, window scraper, using a heated key. Handle the heat- there is a risk the parking brake may gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan- ed key with care to avoid injury. freeze, apply it only temporarily while ket, etc. you put the gear shift lever in P (Park, Automatic Transaxle) and Use approved window washer block the rear wheels so the vehicle TRAILER TOWING anti-freeze in system cannot roll. Then release the parking We do not recommend using this To keep the water in the window brake. vehicle for trailer towing. washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instruc- Don't let ice and snow accu- tions on the container. Window wash- mulate underneath er anti-freeze is available from an Under some conditions, snow and authorized Kia dealer and most auto ice can build up under the fenders parts outlets. Do not use engine and interfere with the steering. When coolant or other types of anti-freeze driving in severe winter conditions as these may damage the paint fin- where this may happen, you should ish. periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components are not obstructed.

5121 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information Vehicle capacity weight: Seating capacity: label 904 lbs. (410 kg) Total : 5 persons Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- (Front seat : 2 persons, mum combined weight of occupants Rear seat : 3 persons) and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped Seating capacity is the maximum with a trailer, the combined weight number of occupants including a includes the tongue load. driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. OYG066040N Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.

OYG066041N The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

5 122 Driving your vehicle

Towing capacity: Steps For Determining Correct 5. Determine the combined weight of We do not recommend using this Load Limit - luggage and cargo being loaded vehicle for trailer towing. 1. Locate the statement "The com- on the vehicle. That weight may bined weight of occupants and not safely exceed the available Cargo capacity: cargo should never exceed XXX cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. The cargo capacity of your vehicle kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's will increase or decrease depending placard. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail- on the weight and the number of 2. Determine the combined weight of er, load from your trailer will be occupants. the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and 3. Subtract the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your the driver and passengers from vehicle. XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug- WARNING - Loose cargo gage load capacity. For example, if Do not travel with unsecured the "XXX" amount equals 1400 blunt objects in the passenger lbs. and there will be five 150 lb compartment of your vehicle passengers in your vehicle, the (e.g. suit cases or unsecured amount of available cargo and lug- child seats). These items may gage load capacity is 650 lbs. strike occupant during a sud- (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) den stop or crash.

5123 Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

ABC ABC ABC

C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs A A A Weight (385 kg) Weight (385 kg) Weight (385 kg) Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 300 lbs 750 lbs 805 lbs B Weight B Weight B Weight (136 kg) (340 kg) (365 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) × 2 150 lbs (68 kg) × 5 161 lbs (73 kg) × 5 Available Cargo and 549 lbs Available Cargo and 99 lbs Available Cargo and 44 lbs C C C Luggage weight (249 kg) Luggage weight (45 kg) Luggage weight (20 kg)

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.

5 124 Driving your vehicle

Certification label To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to WARNING - Over loading a weigh station and weigh your vehi- Do not overload your vehicle. cle.Your dealer can help you with this. Overloading your vehicle can Be sure to spread out your load equal- cause heat buildup in your vehi- ly on both sides of the centerline. cle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping dis- WARNING - Over loading tances and poor vehicle handling--all of which may result in Never exceed the GVWR for a crash. your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. ✽ NOTICE OJFA055280 Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle’s handling Overloading your vehicle may cause The certification label is located on and braking ability. damage. Repairs would not be cov- the driver's door sill at the center pillar. ered by your warranty. Do not over- This label shows the maximum allow- load your vehicle. able weight of the fully loaded vehi- The label will help you decide how cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross much cargo and installed equipment Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR your vehicle can carry. includes the weight of the vehicle, all If you carry items inside your vehicle occupants, fuel and cargo. - like suitcases, tools, packages, or This label also tells you the maxi- anything else - they are moving as mum weight that can be supported fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop by the front and rear axles, called or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.

5125 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT This chapter will guide you in the Base curb weight GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) proper loading of your vehicle and/or This is the weight of the vehicle This is the maximum allowable trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all weight that can be carried by a single weight within its design rating capa- standard equipment. It does not axle (front or rear). These numbers bility, with or without a trailer. include passengers, cargo, or option- are shown on the compliance label. Properly loading your vehicle will al equipment. The total load on each axle must provide maximum return of the vehi- never exceed its GAWR. cle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself Vehicle curb weight with the following terms for determin- This is the weight of your new vehicle GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with when you picked it up from your deal- This is the Base Curb Weight plus or without a trailer, from the vehicle's er plus any aftermarket equipment. actual Cargo Weight plus passen- specifications and the compliance gers. label: Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR GAW (Gross axle weight) is shown on the certification label This is the total weight placed on located on the driver’s door sill. each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

5 126 What to do in an emergency

Road warning ...... 6-2 Towing ...... 6-24 • Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 • Towing service ...... 6-24 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-3 • Removable towing hook ...... 6-25 • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...... 6-3 • Emergency towing...... 6-26 • If you have a flat tire while driving...... 6-3 • If the engine stalls while driving ...... 6-3 If the engine will not start ...... 6-4 • If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4 • If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 • Jump starting...... 6-5 • Push-starting ...... 6-6 If the engine overheats...... 6-7 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 6-8 • Check tire pressure ...... 6-8 • Low tire pressure telltale ...... 6-10 6 • Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 6-12 • This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. . 6-14 If you have a flat tire ...... 6-15 • Jack and tools ...... 6-15 • Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-16 • Changing tires ...... 6-17 What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or ■ Type A when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center facia panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. • The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is run- OYG066001 ning or not. ■ Type B • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. • Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed.

OYG066029 The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

26 What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross- 2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn If the engine stalls while driv- road or crossing on your emergency hazard flashing ers, set the parking brake and put If the engine stalls at a crossroad or 1. Reduce your speed gradually, the transaxle in P. crossing, set the shift lever in the N keeping a straight line. Move cau- (Neutral) position and then push the 3. Have all passengers get out of the tiously off the road to a safe place. vehicle. Be sure they all get out on vehicle to a safe place. 2. Turn on your emergency flashers. the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic. 3. Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, contact If you have a flat tire while 4. When changing a flat tire, follow an authorized Kia dealer or seek driving the instruction provided later in other qualified assistance. If a tire goes flat while you are driv- this section. ing: 1. Take your foot off the accelerator ✽ NOTICE pedal and let the vehicle slow If there was a check engine light and down while driving straight ahead. loss of power or stall and if safe to do Do not apply the brakes immedi- so, wait at least 10 seconds to restart ately or attempt to pull off the road the vehicle after it stalls. This may as this may cause a loss of con- reset the car so it will no longer run trol. When the vehicle has slowed at low power (limp home) condition. to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

63 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally turns over slowly WARNING - Push/ but does not start pull start 1. Be sure the shift lever is in N 1. Check the fuel level. Do not push or pull the vehicle (Neutral) or P (Park) and the 2. With the Engine Start/Stop Button to start it. Push or pull starting emergency brake is set. in the OFF position, check all con- may cause the catalytic con- 2. Check the battery connections to nectors at the ignition coils and verter to overload and create a be sure they are clean and tight. spark plugs. Reconnect any that fire hazard. 3. Turn on the interior light. If the light may be disconnected or loose. dims or goes out when you oper- 3. Check the fuel line in the engine ate the starter, the battery is dis- compartment. charged. 4. If the engine still does not start, 4. Check the starter connections to call an authorized Kia dealer or be sure they are securely tight- seek other qualified assistance. ened. 5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See instructions for "Jump starting".

46 What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING Jump starting - Frozen Jump starting can be dangerous if WARNING done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid batteries harm to yourself or damage to your Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle or battery, follow these jump vehicle if the discharged battery starting procedures. If in doubt, we is frozen or if the electrolyte strongly recommend that you have a level is low as the battery may competent technician or towing serv- rupture or explode. ice jump start your vehicle.

WARNING - Battery OYG066004 CAUTION - Push/pull start to 12 Volt Battery Keep all flames or sparks away Connect cables in numerical order from the battery. The battery and disconnect in reverse order. Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You can damage a 12-volt produces hydrogen gas which starting motor, ignition system, will explode if exposed to flame and other electrical parts or sparks. beyond repair by use of a 24- volt power supply (either two 12-volt batteries in series or a WARNING - Sulfuric acid 24-volt motor generator set). risk When jump starting your vehicle, be careful not to get acid on WARNING - Battery yourself, your clothing or on the Never attempt to check the elec- vehicle. Automobile batteries trolyte level of the battery as contain sulfuric acid. This is poi- this may cause the battery to sonous and highly corrosive. rupture or explode.

65 What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure Do not allow the jumper cables to Push-starting 1.Make sure the booster battery is contact anything except the correct Vehicles equipped with automatic 12-volt and that its negative termi- battery terminals or the correct transaxle lock system cannot be nal is grounded. ground. Do not lean over the bat- push-started. tery when making connections. 2.If the booster battery is in another Follow the directions in this section vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to for jump-starting. come in contact. WARNING - Battery 3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical cables loads. Do not connect the jumper cable WARNING - Tow starting vehicle 4.Connect the jumper cables in the from the negative terminal of the exact sequence shown in the illus- booster battery to the negative Never tow a vehicle to start it. tration. First connect one end of a terminal of the discharged bat- When the engine starts, the jumper cable to the positive termi- tery. This can cause the dis- vehicle can suddenly surge for- nal of the discharged battery (1), charged battery to overheat and ward and could cause a colli- then connect the other end to the crack, releasing battery acid. sion with the tow vehicle. positive terminal of the booster Make sure to connect one end of battery (2). the jumper cable to the negative Proceed to connect one end of the terminal of the booster battery, other jumper cable to the negative and the other end to a metalic terminal of the booster battery (3), point, far away from the battery. then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for example, 5.Start the engine of the vehicle with the engine lifting bracket) away the booster battery and let it run at from the battery (4). Do not con- 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of nect it to or near any part that the vehicle with the discharged moves when the engine is cranked. battery. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. 66 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates 4.Check to see if the water pump overheating, you experience a loss drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING - Radiator cap of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is Do not remove the knocking, the engine will probably be tight. If the drive belt seems to be radiator cap when the too hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant leak- engine is hot.This may ing from the radiator, hoses or result in coolant being 1.Pull off the road and stop as soon under the vehicle. (If the air condi- blown out of the open- as it is safe to do so. tioning had been in use, it is nor- ing and cause serious mal for cold water to be draining burns. 2.Place the shift lever in P and set from it when you stop). the parking brake. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off. - Under the 6.If you cannot find the cause of the 3.If engine coolant is running out WARNING hood overheating, wait until the engine under the vehicle or steam is com- temperature has returned to nor- ing out from underneath the hood, While the engine is mal. If coolant has been lost, care- stop the engine. Do not open the running, keep hair, fully add coolant to the reservoir to hood until the coolant has stopped hands and clothing bring the fluid level in the reservoir running or the steaming has away from moving up to the halfway mark. parts such as the fan stopped. If there is no visible loss 7.Proceed with caution, keeping of engine coolant and no steam, and drive belts to prevent injury. alert for further signs of overheat- leave the engine running and ing. If overheating happens again, check to be sure the engine cool- call an authorized Kia dealer for ing fan is operating. If the fan is not 5.If the water pump drive belt is bro- assistance. running, turn the engine off. ken or engine coolant is leaking Serious loss of coolant indicates out, stop the engine immediately there is a leak in the cooling system and call the nearest authorized Kia and this should be checked as soon dealer for assistance. as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

67 What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check tire pressure ✽ NOTICE • You can check the tire pressure in • The tire pressure may change due the information mode on the clus- to factors such as parking condi- ter. tion, driving style, and altitude - Refer to “User settings mode” in above sea level. chapter 4. • Low tire pressure warning may sound when a tire’s pressure unit is • Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min- equal or higher than nearby tires. utes later after driving. This is a normal occurrence, which • If tire pressure is not displayed is due to the change in tire pressure OYG066006 when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive along with tire temperature. to display” message displays. After • The tire pressure shown on the driving, check the tire pressure. dashboard may differ from the • You can change the tire pressure tire pressure measured by tire unit in the user settings mode on pressure gauge. the cluster. - psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User settings mode” in chapter 4).

OYG066030L (1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator (2) Low tire pressure position telltale (Shown on the LCD display)

86 What to do in an emergency

Each tire, including the spare (if pro- Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction vided), should be checked monthly substitute for proper tire maintenance, telltale after replacing one or more when cold and inflated to the inflation and it is the driver’s responsibility to tires or wheels on your vehicle to pressure recommended by the vehi- maintain correct tire pressure, even if ensure that the replacement or alter- cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- under-inflation has not reached the nate tires and wheels allow the ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If level to trigger illumination of the TPMS to continue to function proper- your vehicle has tires of a different TPMS low tire pressure telltale. ly. size than the size indicated on the Your vehicle has also been equipped vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- with a TPMS malfunction indicator to sure label, you should determine the indicate when the system is not proper tire inflation pressure for operating properly. The TPMS mal- those tires.) function indicator is combined with As an added safety feature, your the low tire pressure telltale. When vehicle has been equipped with a tire the system detects a malfunction, pressure monitoring system (TPMS) the telltale will flash for approximate- that illuminates a low tire pressure ly one minute and then remain con- telltale when one or more of your tinuously illuminated. This sequence tires is significantly under-inflated. will continue upon subsequent vehi- Accordingly, when the low tire pres- cle start-ups as long as the malfunc- sure telltale illuminates, you should tion exists. When the malfunction stop and check your tires as soon as indicator is illuminated, the system possible, and inflate them to the may not be able to detect or signal proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- low tire pressure as intended. TPMS cantly Under inflated tire causes the malfunctions may occur for a variety tire to overheat and can lead to tire of reasons, including the installation failure. Under-inflation also reduces of replacement or alternate tires or fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and wheels on the vehicle that prevent may affect the vehicle’s handling and the TPMS from functioning properly. stopping ability.

69 What to do in an emergency

✽ NOTICE Low tire pressure telltale If the telltale illuminates, immediately If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure reduce your speed, avoid hard cor- indicator does not illuminate for 3 nering and anticipate increased stop- seconds when the Engine Start/Stop ping distances. You should stop and button is turned to the ON, or check your tires as soon as possible. engine is running, or if they remain Inflate the tires to the proper pres- illuminated after coming on for sure as indicated on the vehicle’s approximately 3 seconds, take your placard or tire inflation pressure label vehicle to your nearest authorized located on the driver’s side center pil- Kia dealer and have the system lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a checked. service station or if the tire cannot WBH-11 hold the newly added air, replace the ■ Low tire pressure position information low pressure tire with the spare tire. Then the TPMS malfunction indicator and the Low Tire Pressure telltale may turn on and illuminate after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle. In winter or cold weather, the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if OYG066038L the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure When the tire pressure monitoring in warm weather. It does not mean system warning indicators are illumi- your TPMS is malfunctioning nated, one or more of your tires is because the decreased temperature significantly under-inflated. leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure.

6 10 What to do in an emergency

When you drive your vehicle from a TPMS (Tire Pressure • The TPMS malfunction indicator warm area to a cold area or from a Monitoring System) may be illuminated if the vehicle is cold area to a warm area, or the out- malfunction indicator moving around electric power sup- side temperature is greatly higher or ply cables or radios transmitters lower, you should check the tire infla- such as at police stations, govern- tion pressure and adjust the tires to The low tire pressure telltale will illu- ment and public offices, broadcast- the recommended tire inflation pres- minate after it blinks for approximate- ing stations, military installations, sure. ly one minute when there is a prob- airports, or transmitting towers, lem with the Tire Pressure etc. This can interfere with normal When filling tires with more air, con- Monitoring System. If the system is ditions to turn off the low tire pres- operation of the Tire Pressure able to correctly detect an underinfla- Monitoring System (TPMS). sure telltale may not be met. This is tion warning at the same time as sys- because a tire inflator has a margin tem failure then it will illuminate both • The TPMS malfunction indicator of error in performance. The low tire the TPMS malfunction and low tire may be illuminated if snow chains pressure telltale will be turned off if pressure position telltales e.g. if are used or some separate elec- the tire pressure is above the recom- Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS tronic devices such as notebook mended tire inflation pressure. malfunction indicator illuminates, but computer, mobile charger, remote if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear starter or navigation etc., are used Right tire is under-inflated, the low in the vehicle. This can interfere WARNING - Low pressure with normal operation of the Tire damage tire pressure position telltales may illuminate together with the TPMS Pressure Monitoring System Do not drive on low pressure malfunction indicator. (TPMS). tires. Significantly low tire pressure can cause the tires to over- Have the system checked by an heat and fail making the vehicle authorized Kia dealer as soon as unstable resulting in increased possible to determine the cause of braking distances and a loss of the problem. vehicle control.

611 What to do in an emergency

Changing a tire with TPMS Even if you replace the low pressure If an original mounted tire is replaced If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor Pressure telltale will come on. Have Pressure telltale will remain on until on the replaced spare wheel should the flat tire repaired by an authorized the low pressure tire is repaired and be initiated and the TPMS sensor on Kia dealer as soon as possible or placed on the vehicle. the original mounted wheel should be replace the flat tire with the spare After you replace the low pressure deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on tire. tire with the spare tire, the TPMS the original mounted wheel located in malfunction indicator may illuminate the spare tire carrier still activates, after a few minutes because the the tire pressure monitoring system CAUTION - Repair Agents TPMS sensor mounted on the spare may not operate properly. Have the Never use a puncture-repairing wheel is not initiated. tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized Kia dealer. agent not approved by Kia to Once the low pressure tire is inflated repair and/or inflate a low pres- again to the recommended pressure sure tire. The sealant not and installed on the vehicle or the approved by Kia may damage TPMS sensor mounted on the the tire pressure sensor. replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS Each wheel is equipped with a tire malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure sensor mounted inside the pressure telltale will turn off within a tire behind the valve stem. You must few minutes of driving. use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- If the indicator has not disappeared ommended that you always have after a few minutes of driving, please your tires serviced by an authorized visit an authorized Kia dealer. Kia dealer.

6 12 What to do in an emergency

You may not be able to identify a low • The TPMS cannot alert you to ✽ NOTICE - Protecting TPMS tire by simply looking at it. Always severe and sudden tire damage Tampering with, modifying, or dis- use a good quality tire pressure caused by external factors such as abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring gauge to measure the tire's inflation nails or road debris. System (TPMS) components may pressure. Please note that a tire that • If you feel any vehicle instability, interfere with the system's ability to is hot (from being driven) will have a immediately take your foot off the warn the driver of low tire pressure higher pressure measurement than a accelerator, apply the brakes grad- conditions and/or TPMS malfunc- tire that is cold (from sitting station- ually and with light force, and slow- tions. Tampering with, modifying, ary for at least 3 hours and driven ly move to a safe position off the or disabling the Tire Pressure less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that road. Monitoring System (TPMS) compo- 3 hour period). nents may void the warranty for Allow the tire to cool before measur- that portion of the vehicle. ing the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure. A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period. Never use tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System. The liquid sealant not approved by Kia may damage damage the tire pressure sensors.

613 What to do in an emergency

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

6 14 What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE Jack and tools Jacking instructions • Always move the vehicle complete- The jack is provided for emergency ly off the road and onto the shoul- tire changing only. der before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on a firm To prevent the jack from “rattling” level ground. If you cannot find a while the vehicle is in motion, store it firm, level place off the road, call a properly. towing service company for assis- Follow jacking instructions to reduce tance. the possibility of personal injury. • Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehi- WARNING - Tire Jack cle; never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack Do not place any portion of your support. OYG066009 body under a vehicle that is only supported by a jack since • Do not allow anyone to remain in The jack and wheel lug nut wrench the vehicle can easily roll off the the vehicle while it is on the jack. are stored in the luggage compart- jack. Use vehicle support • Make sure any children present ment. stands. are in a secure place away from Remove the panel indicated in the the road and from the vehicle to be illustration. raised with the jack. (1) Jack handle WARNING - Changing (2) Jack tires (3) Wheel lug nut wrench Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway.

615 What to do in an emergency

Removing and storing the WARNING - Running vehi- spare tire cle on jack Do not start or run the engine of the vehicle while the vehicle is on the jack as this may cause the vehicle to fall off the jack.

OJFC065035 If it is hard to loosen the tire hold- down wing bolt by hand, you can OYG066011 loosen it easily using the jack handle. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt 1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of counterclockwise. the tire hold-down wing bolt. Store the tire in the reverse order of 2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt removal. counterclockwise with the jack To prevent the spare tire and tools handle. from “rattling” while the vehicle is in Use caution when utilizing the sharp motion, store them properly. jack handle.

6 16 What to do in an emergency

Changing tires WARNING - Jack location To reduce the possibility of injury, be sure to use only the jack provided with the vehicle in the correct jack position; never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.

WARNING - Changing a 1JBA6504 tire OED066033 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, • To prevent vehicle movement jack and spare tire from the vehi- while changing a tire, always 1. Park on a level surface and apply cle. set the parking brake fully, the parking brake firmly. 5. Block both the front and rear of the and always block the wheel 2. Place the transaxle shift lever in P wheel that is diagonally opposite diagonally opposite the wheel (Park). from the jack position. being changed. 3. Activate the hazard warning flash- • We recommend that the ers. wheels of the vehicle be blocked, and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked.

617 What to do in an emergency

OYG066014

OYG066013 OYG066016 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun- 8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench terclockwise one turn each, but do into the jack and turn it clockwise, not remove any nut until the tire raising the vehicle until the tire just has been raised off the ground. clears the ground. This measurement is approximately 1 in. (30 mm). Before removing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta- OYG066015 ble and that there is no chance for 7. Place the jack at the front (1) or movement or slippage. rear (2) jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to line up with the jack.

6 18 What to do in an emergency

9. Loosen the wheel nuts and Wheels may have sharp edges. 10. To install the wheel, hold it on the remove them with your fingers. Handle them carefully to avoid possi- studs, put the wheel nuts on the Slide the wheel off the studs and ble severe injury. Before putting the studs and tighten them finger lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To wheel into place, be sure that there tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is put the wheel on the hub, pick up is nothing on the hub or wheel (such completely seated, then tighten the spare tire, line up the holes as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that pre- the nuts as much as possible with the studs and slide the wheel vents the wheel from fitting solidly with your fingers again. onto them. If this is difficult, tip the against the hub. 11. Insert the wrench into the jack wheel slightly and get the top hole and lower the vehicle to the in the wheel lined up with the top ground by turning the wheel nut stud. Jiggle the wheel back and WARNING - Installing a wrench counterclockwise. forth until the wheel can slide over wheel the other studs. Make sure the wheel makes good contact with the hub when installed. If the contact of the mounting surface between the wheel and hub is not good, the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of control of the vehicle.

619 What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve cap and check the air pressure. CAUTION - Reusing lug If the pressure is lower than recom- nuts mended, drive slowly to the nearest Make certain during wheel service station and inflate to the cor- removal that the same nuts that rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust were removed are reinstalled - it until it is correct. Always reinstall or, if replaced, that nuts with the valve cap after checking or metric threads and the same adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap chamfer configuration are used. is not replaced, dust and dirt may get Your vehicle has metric threads into the tire valve and air may leak on the wheel studs and nuts. OYG066017 from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, Installation of a non-metric buy another and install it as soon as thread nut on a metric stud will Position the wrench as shown in the possible. not secure the wheel to the hub drawing and tighten the wheel nuts. properly and will damage the Be sure the socket is seated com- After you have changed the wheels, stud so that it must be replaced. pletely over the nut. Do not stand on always secure the flat tire in its place the wrench handle or use an exten- and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. sion pipe over the wrench handle. Go Note that most lug nuts do not have around the wheel, tightening every metric threads. Be sure to use nut following the numerical sequence extreme care in checking for thread shown in the image until they are all style before installing aftermarket lug tight. Double-check each nut for nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an tightness. After changing wheels, authorized Kia dealer. have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque: 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m)

6 20 What to do in an emergency

Important - use of compact spare WARNING - Wheel studs tire WARNING - Spare tire If the studs are damaged, they Your vehicle is equipped with a com- The compact spare tire is for may lose their ability to retain pact spare tire. This compact spare emergency use only. Do not the wheel.This could lead to the tire takes up less space than a regu- operate your vehicle on this loss of the wheel and a collision lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a compact spare at speeds over resulting in serious injuries. conventional tire and is designed for 50 mph (80 km/h). The original temporary use only. tire should be repaired or • You should drive carefully when replaced as soon as possible to To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut avoid failure of the spare possi- wrench and spare tire from rattling the compact spare is in use. The compact spare should be replaced bly leading to personal injury or while the vehicle is in motion, store death. them properly. by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity. Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the • The operation of this vehicle is not The compact spare should be inflat- spare tire. Adjust it to the specified recommended with more than one ed to 60 psi (420 kPa). pressure, if necessary. Refer to compact spare tire in use at the same time. “Tires and wheels” in section 7. ✽ NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire. Adjust it to the specified pressure, as necessary.

621 What to do in an emergency

When using a compact spare tire, • Do not take this vehicle through an • Do not use more than one compact observe the following precautions: automatic vehicle wash while the spare tire at a time. • Under no circumstances should compact spare tire is installed. • Do not tow a trailer while the com- you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a • Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire is installed. higher speed could damage the pact spare tire. Because of the tire. smaller size, a tire chain will not fit • Ensure that you drive slowly properly. This could damage the enough for the road conditions to vehicle and result in loss of the avoid all hazards. Any road hazard, chain. such as a pothole or debris, could • Do not use the compact spare tire seriously damage the compact on any other vehicle because this spare. tire has been designed especially • Any continuous road use of this tire for your vehicle. could result in tire failure, loss of • The compact spare tire’s tread life vehicle control, and possible per- is shorter than a regular tire. sonal injury. Inspect your compact spare tire • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- regularly and replace worn com- mum load rating or the load-carry- pact spare tires with the same size ing capacity shown on the sidewall and design, mounted on the same of the compact spare tire. wheel. • Avoid driving over obstacles. The • The compact spare tire should not compact spare tire diameter is be used on any other wheels, nor smaller than the diameter of a con- should standard tires, snow tires, ventional tire and reduces the wheel covers or trim rings be used ground clearance approximately 1 with the compact spare wheel. If inch (25 mm), which could result in such use is attempted, damage to damage to the vehicle. these items or other vehicle components may occur.

6 22 What to do in an emergency

Jack label 1. Model Name

■ Example 2. Maximum allowable load • Type A 3. When using the jack, set your parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under OHYK064001 the frame • Type B 7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point. 8. Move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with automatic transmission. 9. The jack should be used on firm OHYK064005 level ground. • Type C 10. Jack manufacturer 11. Production date 12. Representative company and address

OHYK064002 ❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

623 What to do in an emergency

TOWING Towing service It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground WARNING - Side and A (without dollies) and the front wheels curtain Air bag off the ground. If your vehicle is equipped with If any of the loaded wheels or sus- side and curtain air bag, set the pension components are damaged the Engine Start/Stop button to or the vehicle is being towed with the ACC position when the vehicle front wheels on the ground, use a is being towed. B towing dolly under the front wheels. The side and curtain air bag When being towed by a commercial may deploy when the ignition is tow truck and wheel dollies are not ON, and the rollover sensor dolly used, the front of the vehicle should detects the situation as a always be lifted, not the rear. rollover. C ✽ NOTICE If the EPB does not release normal- OYG066032 ly, take your vehicle to an author- If emergency towing is necessary, ized Kia dealer by loading the vehi- we recommend having it done by an cle on a flatbed tow truck and have authorized Kia dealer or a commer- the system checked. cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.

6 24 What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook emergency without wheel dollies : (if equipped) 1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button to ACC position. 2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

HXD02 CAUTION - Towing gear position Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the OYG066025 transaxle. 1. Open the trunk, and remove the towing hook from the tool case. HXD03 2. Remove the hole cover pressing the upper part of the cover on the bumper. CAUTION - Towing • Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.

625 What to do in an emergency

3. Install the towing hook by turning it Emergency towing If towing service is not available in an clockwise into the hole until it is emergency, your vehicle may be ■ fully secured. Front temporarily towed using a cable or 4. Remove the towing hook and chain secured to the emergency tow- install the cover after use. ing hook under the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a OYG066026 short distance and at low speed. ■ Rear Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition. • Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing. OYG066027 • The drivers of both vehicles should If towing is necessary, we recom- communicate with each other fre- mend you to have it done by an quently. authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service.

6 26 What to do in an emergency

CAUTION WARNING - Emergency Using a portion of the vehicle Towing Precautions other than the tow hooks for Use extreme caution when tow- towing may damage the body of ing the vehicle. your vehicle. • Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which • Attach a towing strap to the tow would place excessive stress hook. on the emergency towing hook and towing cable or chain. The • Use only a cable or chain specifical- hook and towing cable or ly intended for use in towing vehi- chain may break and cause OYG066034 cles. Securely fasten the cable or serious injury or damage. • Use a towing strap less than 16 chain to the towing hook provided. • If the disabled vehicle is feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or • Before emergency towing, check if unable to be moved, do not red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm) the hook is not broken or damaged. forcibly continue the towing. wide) in the middle of the strap for • Fasten the towing cable or chain We recommend that you con- easy visibility. securely to the hook. tact an authorized Kia dealer • Drive carefully so that the towing • Do not jerk the hook. Apply it or a commercial tow truck strap is not loosened during tow- steadily and with even force. service for assistance. ing. • To avoid damaging the hook, do not • Tow the vehicle as straight pull from the side or at a vertical ahead as possible. angle. Always pull straight ahead. • Keep away from the vehicle during towing.

627 What to do in an emergency

Emergency towing precautions • If the car is being towed with all • Turn the Engine Start/Stop button four wheels on the ground, it can to ACC position so the steering be towed only from the front. Be wheel isn’t locked. sure that the transaxle is in neutral. Be sure the steering is unlocked by • Place the transaxle shift lever in N placing the Engine Start/Stop but- (Neutral). ton to ACC position. A driver must • Release the parking bake. be in the towed vehicle to operate • Press the brake pedal with more the steering and brakes. force than normal since you will have reduced brake performance. CAUTION - Automatic • More steering effort will be transaxle required because the power steer- • To avoid serious damage to ing system will be disabled. the automatic transaxle, limit • If you are driving down a long hill, the vehicle speed to 10 mph the brakes may overheat and brake (15 km/h) and drive less than 1 performance will be reduced. Stop mile (1.5 km) when towing. often and let the brakes cool off. • Before towing, check the automatic transaxle for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the automatic transaxle fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.

6 28 Maintenance

Engine compartment ...... 7-3 Climate control air filter ...... 7-28 Maintenance services ...... 7-4 • Filter inspection ...... 7-28 • Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-4 Wiper blades ...... 7-30 • Owner maintenance precautions ...... 7-5 • Blade inspection...... 7-30 Owner maintenance ...... 7-6 • Blade replacement ...... 7-30 • Owner maintenance schedule...... 7-6 Battery...... 7-33 Scheduled maintenance service...... 7-8 • For best battery service ...... 7-33 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-14 • Recharging the battery ...... 7-34 Checking fluid levels ...... 7-18 • Reset items ...... 7-35 Engine oil...... 7-18 Tires and wheels ...... 7-36 • Checking the engine oil level ...... 7-18 • Tire care ...... 7-36 • Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-19 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 7-36 • Tire pressure ...... 7-37 Engine coolant ...... 7-20 • Checking tire inflation pressure...... 7-37 • Checking the coolant level ...... 7-20 • Tire rotation...... 7-38 • Changing the coolant ...... 7-22 • Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-39 Brake fluid ...... 7-23 • Tire replacement ...... 7-40 • Checking the brake fluid level ...... 7-23 • Wheel replacement ...... 7-41 Washer fluid ...... 7-24 • Tire traction ...... 7-41 • Checking the washer fluid level ...... 7-24 • Tire maintenance ...... 7-41 7 Parking brake...... 7-25 • Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-41 • Checking the parking brake...... 7-25 • All season tires ...... 7-48 Air cleaner...... 7-26 • Summer tires ...... 7-48 • Filter replacement ...... 7-26 • Snow tires ...... 7-48 • Tire chains ...... 7-48 • Radial-ply tires ...... 7-49 • Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-79 • Low aspect ratio tire ...... 7-49 • Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . 7-80 Fuses ...... 7-51 • Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-80 • Inner panel fuse replacement...... 7-52 • Personal lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-81 • Engine compartment fuse replacement...... 7-54 • Glove box lamp bulb replacement...... 7-81 • Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-57 • Trunk lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 7-81 Light bulbs ...... 7-68 Appearance care...... 7-82 • Bulb replacement precaution ...... 7-68 • Exterior care ...... 7-82 • Light bulb position (front) ...... 7-70 • Interior care ...... 7-87 • Light bulb position (rear) ...... 7-71 Emission control system ...... 7-90 • Light bulb position (side) ...... 7-71 • Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-90 • Headlamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-72 • Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: • Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement ...... 7-72 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . . 7-90 • Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement ...... 7-73 • Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-91 • Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-74 California perchlorate notice ...... 7-93 • Front fog lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-75 • Position lamp + DRL* (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-75 • Side repeater lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-76 7 • Rear turn signal lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-76 • Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-77 • Back-up lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-78 • License plate lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-78 • High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-79 Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L - GDI)

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Negative battery terminal 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Engine oil dipstick 9. Radiator cap 10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OYG076002

73 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility Repairs and adjustments required as to prevent damage to your vehicle a result of improper maintenance or and injury to yourself whenever per- a lack of required maintenance are forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE not covered. tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record We recommend you have your vehi- Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- cle maintained and repaired by an cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. authorized Kia dealer. An authorized your vehicle, we strongly recom- You should retain documents that Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service mend that you have an authorized show proper maintenance has been quality standards and receives tech- Kia dealer perform this work. performed on your vehicle in accor- nical support from Kia in order to pro- An authorized Kia dealer has factory- dance with the scheduled mainte- vide you with a high level of service trained technicians and genuine Kia nance service charts shown on the satisfaction. parts to service your vehicle proper- following pages. You need this infor- ly. For expert advice and quality serv- mation to establish your compliance ✽ NHTSA Safety ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. with the servicing and maintenance NOTICE - requirements of your vehicle war- Corrosion Alert Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- ranties. The National Highway Traffic cient servicing may result in opera- Detailed warranty information is tional problems with your vehicle that Safety Administration (NHTSA) has provided in your Warranty & issued a general warning to all vehi- could lead to vehicle damage, an Consumer Information manual. accident, or personal injury. cle owners of all brands regarding the risks associated with vehicle underbody corrosion. From your initial purchase, take the following steps to prevent unsafe corrosion damage to your vehicle: (Continued)

47 Maintenance

(Continued) Owner maintenance precau- • Wash the undercarriage of your tions WARNING - Maintenance vehicle regularly during the win- work ter and whenever your vehicle has Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives Do not wear jewelry or loose been exposed to such salts or clothing while working under chemicals. instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. the hood of your vehicle with • Do a thorough washing of the the engine running. These can As explained earlier in this section, undercarriage at the end of the become entangled in moving several procedures can be done only winter. parts, if you must run the by an authorized Kia dealer with spe- • Use professional service techni- engine while working under the cial tools. cians or governmental inspection hood, make certain that you stations to annually inspect for remove all jewelry (especially corrosion. ✽ NOTICE rings, bracelets, watches, and • Immediately seek an inspection of Improper owner maintenance dur- necklaces) and all neckties, your vehicle if you become visual- scarves, and similar loose ly aware of corrosion flaking or ing the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read clothing before getting near the scaling or if you become aware of engine or cooling fans. a change in vehicle performance, the separate Warranty & Consumer such as soft or spongy brakes, flu- Information manual provided with ids leaking, impairment of direc- the vehicle. If you're unsure about tional control, suspension noises any servicing or maintenance proce- or rattling metal straps. dure, have it done by an authorized NHTSA further advises that after Kia dealer. a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essential that you take these indicated maintenance steps to ensure that you protect yourself from unsafe corrosion conditions.

75 Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle: and inspections that should be per- When you stop for fuel: • Note any changes in the sound of formed by the owner or an author- the exhaust or any smell of • Check the engine oil level. ized Kia dealer at the frequencies exhaust fumes in the vehicle. indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in coolant • Check for vibrations in the steering dependable operation of your vehi- reservoir. cle. wheel. Notice any increased steer- • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer- Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight- brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position. er as soon as possible. • Notice if your vehicle constantly These Owner Maintenance Checks turns slightly or “pulls” to one side - Hot coolant are generally not covered by war- WARNING when traveling on smooth, level ranties and you may be charged for Be careful when checking your road. labor, parts and lubricants used. engine coolant level when the • When stopping, listen and check engine is hot. Scalding hot for unusual sounds, pulling to one coolant and steam may blow side, increased brake pedal travel out under pressure. or “hard-to-push” brake pedal. • If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transaxle occurs, check the transaxle fluid level. • Check the automatic transaxle P (Park) function. • Check the parking brake. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

67 Maintenance

At least monthly: At least twice a year At least once a year : • Check the coolant level in the (i.e., every Spring and Fall) : • Clean the body and door drain engine coolant reservoir. • Check the radiator, heater and air holes. • Check the operation of all exterior conditioning hoses for leaks or • Lubricate the door hinges and lights, including the stoplights, turn damage. check the hood hinges. signals and hazard warning flash- • Check the windshield washer • Lubricate the door and hood locks ers. spray and wiper operation. Clean and latches. the wiper blades with clean cloth • Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather- dampened with washer fluid. tires including the spare. strips. • Check the headlight alignment. • Check the air conditioning system. • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes, • Inspect and lubricate automatic shields and clamps. transaxle linkage and controls. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for • Clean the battery and terminals. wear and function. • Check the brake fluid level. • Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts.

77 Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance • Towing a trailer or using a camper, Schedule if the vehicle is usually or roof rack operated where none of the following • Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other conditions apply. If any of the following commercial use of vehicle towing conditions apply, follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage • Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) Conditions. • Frequently driving in stop-and-go • Repeated driving short distance of condition less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles If your vehicle is operated under the (16 km) in freezing temperature above conditions, you should • Extensive engine idling or low inspect, replace or refill more fre- speed driving for long distances quently than the following Normal • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, Maintenance Schedule. After 120 unpaved, graveled or salt-spread months or 150,000 miles continue to roads follow the prescribed maintenance intervals. • Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather • Driving in heavy dust condition • Driving in heavy traffic area • Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly

87 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months, Drive belts *1 after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months Engine oil and engine oil Lambda II 3.3L GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R filter Fuel additives *2 Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I Spark plugs Lambda II 3.3L GDI Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km) Valve clearance *3 Lambda II 3.3L GDI Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation.

79 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models(CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Rotate tires Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, Coolant (Engine) after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Driveshaft and boots - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

7 10 Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *4 : Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.

711 Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION Engine oil and engine oil Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or A, B, C, D, E, Lambda II 3.3L GDI R filter 6 months F, G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K A, C, D, E, Automatic transmission fluid R Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) F, G, H, I, J Brake discs and pads, calipers and rotors I More frequently C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake (Foot Type) I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G

Suspension ball joints I More frequently C, D, E, F, G

7 12 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION C, D, E, F, Drive shafts and boots I More frequently G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E, G

Severe driving conditions A-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) E-Driving in heavy dust condition in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freez- F - Driving in heavy traffic area ing temperature G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack tances I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- towing spread roads J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

713 Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (for gasoline) Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- The engine oil and filter should be Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped a nections changed at the intervals specified in lifetime fuel filter that integrated with Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and the maintenance schedule. If the the fuel tank. Regular maintenance connections for leakage and dam- vehicle is being driven in severe con- or replacement is not needed but age. Have an authorized Kia dealer ditions, more frequent oil and filter depends on fuel quality. If there are replace any damaged or leaking changes are required. some important safety matters like parts immediately. fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, fuel Drive belts filter inspection or replace is needed. Vapor hose and fuel filler cap Inspect all drive belts for evidence of The fuel filter be Inspected or The vapor hose and fuel filler cap cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil replaced by an authorized Kia dealer. should be inspected at those inter- saturation and replace if necessary. vals specified in the maintenance Drive belts should be checked peri- schedule. Make sure that a new odically for proper tension and vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor- adjusted as necessary. rectly replaced.

7 14 Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Automatic transaxle fluid hoses A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is rec- Automatic transaxle fluid should not Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- ommended when the filter is replaced. be checked under normal usage dence of heat and/or mechanical conditions. damage. Hard and brittle rubber, Spark plugs But in severe conditions, the fluid cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and should be changed at an authorized excessive swelling indicate deterio- Make sure to install new spark plugs Kia dealer in accordance to the ration. Particular attention should be of the correct heat range. scheduled maintenance at the begin- paid to examine those hose surfaces ning of this chapter. nearest to high heat sources, such Valve clearance (if equipped) as the exhaust manifold. ✽ NOTICE Inspect the hose routing to assure Inspect excessive valve noise and/or that the hoses do not come in con- engine vibration and adjust if neces- Automatic transaxle fluid color is tact with any heat source, sharp sary. An authorized Kia dealer basically red. edges or moving component which should perform the operation. As the vehicle is driven, the auto- might cause heat damage or matic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker. mechanical wear. Inspect all hose Cooling system connections, such as clamps and It is normal condition and you should couplings, to make sure they are Check the cooling system compo- not judge the need to replace the fluid secure, and that no leaks are pres- nents, such as the radiator, coolant based upon the changed color. ent. Hoses should be replaced reservoir, hoses and connections for immediately if there is any evidence leakage and damage. Replace any of deterioration or damage. damaged parts.

Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.

715 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE - NHTSA Safety (Continued) CAUTION Corrosion Alert 1. Wash the undercarriage of your Use only specified automatic NHTSA has warned all vehicle own- vehicle regularly throughout the transaxle fluid.The use of a non- ers of all brands that they must main- winter and do a thorough washing specified fluid could result in a tain their vehicles in a manner which in the spring to remove road salt transaxle malfunction and fail- will prevent brake hose and brake line and other de-icing chemicals. ure. (Refer to "Recommended failures due to corrosion when such 2. Monitor the brake system for lubricants and capacities" in vehicles are exposed to winter road signs of corrosion by having regu- chapter 8.) salt and related chemicals. While seri- lar professional inspections and ous corrosion conditions typically only watching for signs of problems, manifest themselves as safety issues including loss of brake fluid, Brake hoses and lines after 7 years of vehicle use, the corro- unusual leaks and soft or spongy sion process starts immediately and feel in the brake pedal. Visually check for proper installation, 3. Replace the entire brake pipe chafing, cracks, deterioration and thus underbody cleaning maintenance must commence from your vehicle's assembly if you find severe corro- any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- sion that causes scaling or flaking ed or damaged parts immediately. first exposure to road salts and chemicals. NHTSA urges vehicle owners to of brake components. take the following steps to prevent corrosion: (Continued)

7 16 Maintenance

Brake fluid Brake discs, pads, calipers Steering gear box, linkage & Check the brake fluid level in the and rotors boots/lower arm ball joint brake fluid reservoir. The level should Check the pads for excessive wear, With the vehicle stopped and engine be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks discs for run out and wear, and off, check for excessive free-play in on the side of the reservoir. Use only calipers for fluid leakage. the steering wheel. hydraulic brake fluid conforming to Check the linkage for bends or dam- DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. Exhaust pipe and muffler age. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or Parking brake Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, damage. Replace any damaged muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- parts. Inspect the parking brake system rioration, or damage. Start the including the parking brake pedal engine and listen carefully for any and cables. exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con- Drive shafts and boots nections or replace parts as neces- Check the drive shafts, boots and sary. clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the Suspension mounting bolts grease. Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque. Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.

717 Maintenance

CHECKING FLUID LEVELS ENGINE OIL When checking engine oil, engine Checking the engine oil level coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid, WARNING - Radiator hose ■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L - GDI) always be sure to clean the area Be very careful not to touch the around any filler plug, drain plug, or radiator hose when checking or dipstick before checking or draining adding the engine oil as it may any lubricant or fluid. This is espe- be hot enough to burn you. cially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug 5. Pull the dipstick out again and and dipstick areas will prevent dirt check the level. The level should and grit from entering the engine and be between F and L. other mechanisms that could be damaged. OYG076007 CAUTION - Replacing engine oil 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level Do not overfill the engine oil. It ground. may damage the engine. 2. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and reinsert it fully.

7 18 Maintenance

■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L - GDI) Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

WARNING Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in OYG076011 contact with the skin for pro- If it is near or at L, add enough oil to longed periods of time. Always bring the level to F. Do not overfill. protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as Use a funnel to help prevent oil possible after handling used oil. from being spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in chapter 8.)

719 Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level • Turn the engine off and wait until it has a reservoir filled with year round cools down. Use extreme care antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is when removing the radiator cap. filled at the factory. WARNING Wrap a thick towel around it, and Check the antifreeze protection and Removing radiator turn it counterclockwise slowly to coolant level at least once a year: at cap the first stop. Step back while the the beginning of the winter season, pressure is released from the cool- and before traveling to a colder cli- ing system. mate. When you are sure all the pressure Never attempt to remove the has been released, press down on radiator cap while the engine is the cap, using a thick towel, and CAUTION - Radiator cap operating or hot. Doing so continue turning counterclockwise might lead to cooling system to remove it. Never attempt to remove the and engine damage and could radiator cap while the engine is result in serious personal injury • Even if the engine is not operating, operating or hot. Doing so from escaping hot coolant or do not remove the radiator cap or might lead to cooling system steam. the drain plug while the engine and and engine damage. radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.

7 20 Maintenance

Recommended engine coolant WARNING - Cooling fan • When adding coolant, use only Use caution when deionized water or soft water for working near the your vehicle and never mix hard blade of the cooling water in the coolant filled at the fac- fan. The electric tory. An improper coolant mixture motor (cooling fan) is can result in serious malfunction or controlled by engine coolant engine damage. temperature, refrigerant pres- • The engine in your vehicle has alu- sure and vehicle speed. it may minum engine parts and must be sometimes operate even when protected by an ethylene-glycol the engine is not running. OYG076013 with phosphate based coolant to Check the condition and connections prevent corrosion and freezing. of all cooling system hoses and • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol heater hoses. Replace any swollen coolant or mix them with the spec- or deteriorated hoses. ified coolant. The coolant level should be filled • Do not use a solution that contains between F and L marks on the side more than 60% antifreeze or less of the coolant reservoir when the than 35% antifreeze. This would engine is cool. reduce the effectiveness of the If the coolant level is low, add enough solution. specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection.

721 Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to the Changing the coolant following table. Have the coolant changed by an Mixture Percentage authorized Kia dealer according to Ambient (volume) the Maintenance Schedule at the Temperature beginning of this chapter. Antifreeze Water 5°F (-15°C) 35 65 Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in -13°F (-25°C) 40 60 order to prevent the coolant from -31°F (-35°C) 50 50 overflowing into engine parts such as -49°F (-45°C) 60 40 the alternator.

OYG076014 CAUTION WARNING Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before Radiator cap refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the generator. Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure which may result in serious injury.

7 22 Maintenance

BRAKE FLUID Checking the brake fluid level In the event the brake system CAUTION - Proper fluid requires frequent additions of fluid, Only use brake fluid in brake the vehicle should be inspected by system. Small amounts of an authorized Kia dealer. improper fluids (such as engine When changing and adding brake oil) can cause damage to the fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it brake system. come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush If the level is low, add fluid to the them with a large quantity of fresh MAX (Maximum) level. The level will tap water. Have your eyes examined fall with accumulated mileage. This is by a doctor as soon as possible. a normal condition associated with OYG076015 the wear of brake linings. If the fluid CAUTION - Brake fluid Check the fluid level in the reservoir level is excessively low, have the periodically. The fluid level should be brake system checked by an author- Do not allow brake fluid to con- between MAX (Maximum) and MIN ized Kia dealer. tact the vehicle's body paint, as (Minimum) marks on the side of the paint damage will result. reservoir. Use only the specified brake fluid. Before removing the reservoir cap (Refer to “Recommended lubricants Brake fluid, which has been exposed and adding brake fluid, clean the and capacities” in chapter 8.) to open air for an extended time area around the reservoir cap thor- should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- Never mix different types of fluid. ination. disposed of properly.

723 Maintenance

WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid level WARNING - Flammable WARNING - Windshield fluid fluid Do not allow the washer fluid to Do not drink the windshield come in contact with open washer fluid. The windshield flames or sparks.The windshield washer fluid is poisonous to washer fluid reservoir is flamma- humans and animals. ble under certain circumstances. This can result in a fire.

WARNING - Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or OYG076016 antifreeze in the washer fluid The reservoir is translucent so that reservoir. you can check the level with a quick • Radiator coolant can severely visual inspection. obscure visibility when sprayed Check the fluid level in the washer on the windshield and may fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- cause loss of vehicle control. sary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.

7 24 Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brake

OYG056016 Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 66 lb, 294 N (30 kg) of force. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer. Stroke : 6~7 notch

725 Maintenance

AIR CLEANER Filter replacement

OYG076020

OYG076019

OYG076018 1. Pull out the air cleaner cover. It must be replaced when necessary, and should not be washed. You can clean the filter when inspect- ing the air cleaner element. Clean the filter by using compressed air. OYG076021 2. Unlock by turning the locking lever downward. 3. Pull the air cleaner filter to replace. 4. Lock the cover with the reverse order.

7 26 Maintenance

Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. CAUTION - Air filter If the vehicle is operated in extreme- maintenance ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the • Do not drive with the air clean- element more often than the usual er removed; this will result in recommended intervals. (Refer to excessive engine wear. “Maintenance under severe usage • When removing the air cleaner conditions” in this chapter.) filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a non-genuine part could damage the air flow sensor.

727 Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components. OYG076023 OYG076022 1. Open the glove box and remove 2. With the glove box open, pull the the stoppers on both sides. support strap (1).

7 28 Maintenance

OYG076024 OYG076025 3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air filter cover while pressing the lock ter. on the right side of the cover. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

729 Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement shield or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn ness of the windshield wipers. or cracked, and require replacement. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax To prevent damage to the wiper arms treatments used by some commer- or other components, do not attempt cial car washes. If the blades are not to move the wipers manually. wiping properly, clean both the win- The use of a non-specified wiper dow and the blades with a good blade could result in wiper malfunc- cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse tion and failure. thoroughly with clean water.

1JBA5122 CAUTION - Wiper blades Commercial hot waxes applied by To prevent damage to the wiper automatic car washes have been blades, do not use gasoline, known to make the windshield diffi- kerosene, paint thinner, or other cult to clean. solvents on or near them.

7 30 Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade CAUTION - Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.

OHM078060

OYG076026 For your convenience, move the windshield wiper blades to the service position as follows; After turning off the engine, move the wiper switch to the single wiping (MIST) position within 20 seconds and hold the switch more than 2 sec- OHM078061 onds until the wiper blade is in the fully up position. Type A 1. Raise the wiper arm. 2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it. 3. Install the new blade assembly.

731 Maintenance

4. Return the wiper arm on the windshield. 5. Turn ignition to the ON position and wiper arms will return to the normal operating position.

7 32 Maintenance

BATTERY For best battery service Always read the following WARNING - Risk of instructions carefully when explosion handling a battery. Keep lit cigarettes and If any electrolyte gets into all other flames or your eyes, flush your eyes sparks away from the with clean water for at least battery. 15 minutes and get immedi- The battery contains ate medical attention. hydrogen -- a highly If electrolyte gets on your combustible gas which skin, thoroughly wash the will explode if it comes contacted area. If you feel in contact with a flame or pain or burning sensation, get medical attention imme- OYG076027 spark. Keep batteries out of the diately. • Keep the battery securely mount- reach of children An inappropriately disposed ed. because batteries con- battery can be harmful to the • Keep the battery top clean and dry. tain highly corrosive environment and human • Keep the terminals and connec- SULFURIC ACID and health. Dispose the battery tions clean, tight, and coated with electrolytes. Do not according to your local law(s) petroleum jelly or terminal grease. allow battery acid to or regulation. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from contact your skin, eyes, The battery contains lead. Do the battery immediately with a clothing or paint finish. not dispose of it after use. solution of water and baking soda. Wear eye protection Please return the battery to • If the vehicle is not going to be when charging or work- an authorized Kia dealer to used for an extended time, discon- ing near a battery. be recycled. nect the battery cables. Always provide ventila- Never attempt to recharge the bat- tion when working in an tery when the battery cables are con- enclosed space. nected.

733 Maintenance

Recharging the battery When recharging the battery, - Risk of elec- WARNING Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, observe the following precautions: trocution calcium-based battery. • The battery must be removed from Never touch the electrical igni- • If the battery becomes discharged the vehicle and placed in an area tion system while the vehicle is in a short time (because, for exam- with good ventilation. running. This system works ple, the headlamps or interior • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or with high voltage which can lamps were left on while the vehi- flame near the battery. shock you. cle was not in use), recharge it by • Watch the battery during charging, slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours. and stop or reduce the charging • If the battery gradually discharges rate if the battery cells begin WARNING - Recharging because of high electric load while gassing (boiling) violently or if the Battery the vehicle is being used, recharge temperature of the electrolyte of Never attempt to recharge the it at 20-30A for two hours. any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C). battery when the battery cables • Wear eye protection when check- are connected. ing the battery during charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. ✽ NOTICE 1. Turn off the battery charger main If you connect unauthorized elec- switch. tronic devices to the battery, the bat- 2. Unhook the negative clamp from tery may be discharged. Never use the negative battery terminal. unauthorized devices. 3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.

7 34 Maintenance

• Before performing maintenance or Reset items recharging the battery, turn off all Items should be reset after the bat- accessories and stop the engine. tery has been discharged or the bat- • The negative battery cable must be tery has been disconnected. removed first and installed last • Auto up/down window when the battery is disconnected. (See chapter 4) • Sunroof (See chapter 4) • Trip computer (See chapter 4) • Climate control system (See chapter 4) • Driver position memory system (See chapter 3)

735 Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care - Tire underin- For proper maintenance, safety, and WARNING maximum fuel economy, you must flation always maintain recommended tire Inflate your tires consistent with inflation pressures and stay within the instructions provided in this the load limits and weight distribution manual. Severe underinflation recommended for your vehicle. (10 psi (70 kPa) or more) can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separa- Recommended cold tire inflation and other tire failures that tion pressures can result in the loss of vehicle All tire pressures (including the OYG086001 control.This risk is much higher spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- on hot days and when driving tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label for long periods at high speeds. vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center least three hours or driven less than pillar. one mile (1.6 km). Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear. For recommended inflation pressure refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 8.

7 36 Maintenance

• Underinflation also results in Tire pressure Checking tire inflation pres- excessive wear, poor handling and Always observe the following: sure reduced fuel economy. Wheel Check your tires once a month or deformation also is possible. Keep • Check tire pressure when the tires more. your tire pressures at the proper are cold. (After vehicle has been levels. If a tire frequently needs parked for at least three hours or Also, check the tire pressure of the refilling, have it checked by an hasn't been driven more than one spare tire. authorized Kia dealer. mile (1.6 km) since startup.) • Overinflation produces a harsh • Check the pressure of your spare How to check ride, excessive wear at the center tire each time you check the pressure of other tires. Use a good quality gauge to check of the tire tread, and a greater pos- tire pressure. You can not tell if your sibility of damage from road haz- • Never overload your vehicle. Be tires are properly inflated simply by ards. careful not to overload a vehicle looking at them. Radial tires may • Warm tires normally exceed rec- luggage rack if your vehicle is look properly inflated even when ommended cold tire pressures by 4 equipped with one. they're underinflated. to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not Check the tire's inflation pressure release air from warm tires to WARNING - Tire Inflation when the tires are cold. - "Cold" adjust the pressure or the tires will means your vehicle has been sitting Overinflation or underinflation be underinflated. for at least three hours or driven no can reduce tire life, adversely • Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation more than 1 mile (1.6 km). valve caps. Without the valve cap, affect vehicle handling, and dirt or moisture could get into the lead to sudden tire failure. This valve core and cause air leakage. If could result in loss of vehicle a valve cap is missing, install a control and potential injury. new one as soon as possible.

737 Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire • Inspect your tires frequently for Tire rotation valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- proper inflation as well as wear and To equalize tread wear, it is recom- ly onto the valve to get a pressure damage. Always use a tire pres- mended that the tires be rotated measurement. If the cold tire inflation sure gauge. every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or pressure matches the recommended • Tires with too much or too little sooner if irregular wear develops. pressure on the tire and loading pressure wear unevenly causing information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for poor handling, loss of vehicle con- correct balance. ment is necessary. If the pressure is trol, and sudden tire failure leading low, add air until you reach the rec- to accidents, injuries, and even When rotating tires, check for uneven ommended amount. death. The recommended cold tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is If you overfill the tire, release air by pressure for your vehicle can be usually caused by incorrect tire pres- pushing on the metal stem in the found in this manual and on the tire sure, improper wheel alignment, out- center of the tire valve. Recheck the label located on the driver's side of-balance wheels, severe braking or tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be center pillar. severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire. sure to put the valve caps back on • Remember to check the pressure the valve stems. They help prevent Replace the tire if you find either of of your spare tire. Kia recommends these conditions. Replace the tire if leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- that you check the spare every ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, time you check the pressure of the be sure to bring the front and rear tire other tires on your vehicle. pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 8.

7 38 Maintenance

Without a spare tire Disc brake pads should be inspected Wheel alignment and tire bal- for wear whenever tires are rotated. ance Rotate radial tires that have an The wheels on your vehicle were asymmetric tread pattern only from aligned and balanced carefully at the front to rear and not from right to left. factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. WARNING - Mixing tires In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. • Do not use the compact spare However, if you notice unusual tire tire (if equipped) for tire rota- wear or your vehicle pulling one way S2BLA790A tion. Directional tires (if equipped) or the other, the alignment may need • Do not mix bias ply and radial to be reset. ply tires under any circum- If you notice your vehicle vibrating stances. This may cause when driving on a smooth road, your unusual handling characteris- wheels may need to be rebalanced. tics.

CAUTION - Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's alu- CBGQ0707A minum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

739 Maintenance

Tire replacement The ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) Compact spare tire replacement works by comparing the speed of the A compact spare tire has a shorter wheels. The tire size affects wheel tread life than a regular size tire. speed. When replacing tires, all 4 Replace it when you can see the tires must use the same size origi- tread wear indicator bars on the tire. nally supplied with the vehicle. Using The replacement compact spare tire tires of a different size can cause the should be the same size and design ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) and tire as the one provided with your ESC (Electronic Stability Control) to new vehicle and should be mounted work irregularly. on the same compact spare tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not ✽ NOTICE designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel, and the compact spare OUM076204L We recommend that when replacing tire wheel is not designed for mount- tires, use the same which were origi- ing a regular size tire. If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear nally supplied with the vehicle. If Indicator (A) will appear as a solid not, driving performance could be band across the tread. This shows altered. there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tire.

7 40 Maintenance

Wheel replacement Tire traction Tire sidewall labeling When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators A wheel that is not the correct size appear. Slow down whenever there may adversely affect wheel and is rain, snow or ice on the road, to bearing life, braking and stopping reduce the possibility of losing con- abilities, handling characteristics, trol of the vehicle. ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance, Tire maintenance speedometer and odometer calibra- OJF085008L tion, headlight aim and bumper In addition to proper inflation, correct height. wheel alignment helps to decrease This information identifies and tire wear. If you find a tire is worn describes the fundamental charac- unevenly, have your dealer check the teristics of the tire and also provides CAUTION - Wheel wheel alignment. the tire identification number (TIN) Wheels that do not meet Kia's When you have new tires installed, for safety standard certification. The specifications may fit poorly make sure they are balanced. This TIN can be used to identify the tire in and result in damage to the will increase vehicle ride comfort and case of a recall. vehicle or unusual handling and tire life. Additionally, a tire should poor vehicle control. always be rebalanced if it is removed 1. Manufacturer or brand name from the wheel. Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.

741 Maintenance

2. Tire size designation 89 - Load Index, a numerical code Tire speed ratings A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire associated with the maximum The chart below lists many of the dif- size designation. You will need this load the tire can carry. ferent speed ratings currently being information when selecting replace- H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the used for passenger vehicles. The ment tires for your car. The following speed rating chart in this section speed rating is part of the tire size explains what the letters and num- for additional information. designation on the sidewall of the bers in the tire size designation tire. This symbol corresponds to that mean. tire's designed maximum safe oper- Wheel size designation Example tire size designation: ating speed. Wheels are also marked with impor- (These numbers are provided as an tant information that you need if you example only; your tire size designa- Speed ever have to replace one. The follow- Rating Maximum Speed tor could vary depending on your ing explains what the letters and Symbol vehicle.) numbers in the wheel size designa- P205/55R16 89H tion mean. S 112 mph (180 km/h) T 118 mph (190 km/h) P - Applicable vehicle type (tires H 130 mph (210 km/h) marked with the prefix “P’’ are Example wheel size designation: V 149 mph (240 km/h) intended for use on passenger 6.0JX16 vehicles or light trucks; however, Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h) not all tires have this marking). 6.0 - Rim width in inches. 205 - Tire width in millimeters. J - Rim contour designation. 55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section height as a percentage of its 16 - Rim diameter in inches. width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 16 - Rim diameter in inches.

7 42 Maintenance

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire 5. Maximum permissible inflation Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age pressure Any tires that are over 6 years old, Replace tires within the recom- This number is the greatest amount of based on the manufacturing date, mended time frame. Failure to air pressure that should be put in the (including the spare tire) should be replace tires as recommended tire. Do not exceed the maximum per- replaced by new ones. You can find can result in sudden tire failure, missible inflation pressure. Refer to the manufacturing date on the tire which could lead to a loss of the Tire and Loading Information label sidewall (possibly on the inside of the control and an accident. for recommended inflation pressure. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers 4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating and English letters. The manufactur- rial This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can ing date is designated by the last four The number of layers or plies of rub- be carried by the tire. When replacing digits (characters) of the DOT code. ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire the tires on the vehicle, always use a manufacturers also must indicate the tire that has the same load rating as materials in the tire, which include DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO the factory installed tire. The front part of the DOT means a steel, nylon, polyester, and others. plant code number, tire size and The letter "R" means radial ply con- tread pattern and the last four num- struction; the letter "D" means diago- 7. Uniform tire quality grading bers indicate week and year manu- nal or bias ply construction; and the Quality grades can be found where factured. letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- applicable on the tire sidewall struction. For example: between tread shoulder and maximum section width. DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th For example: week of 2018. TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A

743 Maintenance

Tread wear Tires degrade over time, even when Traction - AA, A, B & C The tread wear grade is a compara- they are not being used. Regardless The traction grades, from highest to tive rating based on the wear rate of of the remaining tread, we recom- lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those the tire when tested under controlled mend that tires be replaced after grades represent the tires ability to conditions on a specified govern- approximately six (6) years of normal stop on wet pavement as measured ment test course. For example, a tire service. Heat caused by hot climates under controlled conditions on spec- graded 150 would wear one-and-a- or frequent high loading conditions ified government test surfaces of half times (1½) as well on the gov- can accelerate the aging process. asphalt and concrete. A tire marked ernment course as a tire graded 100. These grades are molded on the C may have poor traction perform- The relative performance of tires side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. ance. depends upon the actual conditions The tires available as standard or The traction grade assigned to this of their use, however, and may optional equipment on your vehicles tire is based on straight-ahead brak- depart significantly from the norm may vary with respect to grade. ing traction tests, and does not due to variations in driving habits, include acceleration, cornering, service practices and differences in hydroplaning, or peak traction char- road characteristics and climate. acteristics.

7 44 Maintenance

Temperature -A, B & C Tire terminology and definitions Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of The temperature grades are A (the Air Pressure: The amount of air air pressure in a tire, measured in highest), B and C representing the inside the tire pressing outward on kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per tire’s resistance to the generation of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in square inch (psi) before a tire has heat and its ability to dissipate heat kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per built up heat from driving. when tested under controlled condi- square inch (psi). Curb Weight: This means the weight tions on a specified indoor laboratory Accessory Weight: This means the of a motor vehicle with standard and test wheel. combined weight of optional acces- optional equipment including the Sustained high temperature can sories. Some examples of optional maximum capacity of fuel, oil and cause the material of the tire to accessories are, automatic coolant, but without passengers and degenerate and reduce tire life, and transaxle, power seats, and air con- cargo. excessive temperature can lead to ditioning. DOT Markings: A code molded into sudden tire failure. The grade C cor- Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a the sidewall of a tire signifying that responds to a level of performance tire's height to its width. the tire is in compliance with the U.S. which all passenger car tires must Department of Transportation motor meet under the Federal Motor Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords vehicle safety standards. The DOT Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. that is located between the plies and code includes the Tire Identification Grades B and A represent higher the tread. Cords may be made from Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- levels of performance on the labora- steel or other reinforcing materials. ignator which can also identify the tory test wheel than the minimum Bead: The tire bead contains steel tire manufacturer, production plant, required by law. wires wrapped by steel cords that brand and date of production. hold the tire onto the rim. Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

745 Maintenance

GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Maximum Inflation Pressure: The Occupant Distribution: Designated GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight maximum air pressure to which a seating positions. Rating for the Front Axle. cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- Outward Facing Sidewall: The side mum air pressure is molded onto the of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight sidewall. Rating for the Rear axle. ticular side that faces outward when Maximum Load Rating: The load mounted on a vehicle. The outward Intended Outboard Sidewall: The rating for a tire at the maximum per- facing sidewall bears white lettering side of an asymmetrical tire, that missible inflation pressure for that or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or must always face outward when tire. model name molding that is higher or mounted on a vehicle. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: deeper than the same moldings on Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for The sum of curb weight; accessory the inner facing sidewall. air pressure. weight; vehicle capacity weight; and Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire Light truck(LT) tire: A tire designat- production options weight. used on passenger cars and some ed by its manufacturer as primarily Normal Occupant Weight: The light duty trucks and multipurpose intended for use on lightweight trucks number of occupants a vehicle is vehicles. or multipurpose passenger vehicles. designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel Load Index: An assigned number lbs. (68kg). cords ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- Pneumatic tire: A mechanical sponds to the load carrying capacity device made of rubber, chemicals, of a tire. fabric and steel or other materials, Load ratings: The maximum load that, when mounted on an automo- that a tire is rated to carry for a given tive wheel, provides the traction and inflation pressure. contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.

7 46 Maintenance

Production options weight: The Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Vehicle Maximum Load on the combined weight of installed regular code assigned to a tire indicating the Tire: Load on an individual tire due production options weighing over 5 maximum speed at which a tire can to curb and accessory weight plus lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard operate. maximum occupant and cargo items which they replace, not previ- Traction: The friction between the weight. ously considered in curb weight or tire and the road surface. The Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: accessory weight, including heavy amount of grip provided. Load on an individual tire that is duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, determined by distributing to each heavy duty battery, and special trim. Tread: The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road. axle its share of the curb weight, Recommended Inflation Pressure: accessory weight, and normal occu- Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- Treadwear Indicators: Narrow pant weight and driving by 2. bands, sometimes called "wear ed tire inflation pressure and shown Vehicle Placard: A label permanent- on the tire placard. bars," that show across the tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of tread ly attached to a vehicle showing the Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in remains. original equipment tire size and rec- which the ply cords that extend to the ommended inflation pressure. beads are laid at 90 degrees to the UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality centerline of the tread. Grading Standards, a tire information system that provides consumers with Rim: A metal support for a tire and ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- upon which the tire beads are seat- ture and treadwear. Ratings are ed. determined by tire manufacturers Sidewall: The portion of a tire using government testing proce- between the tread and the bead. dures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.

747 Maintenance

All season tires Snow tires Tire chains Kia specifies all season tires on If you equip your car with snow tires, Tire chains, if necessary, should be some models to provide good per- they should be the same size and installed on the front wheels. formance for use all year round, have the same load capacity as the Be sure that the chains are installed including snowy and icy road condi- original tires. Snow tires should be in accordance with the manufactur- tions. All season tires are identified installed on all four wheels; other- er's instructions. by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud wise, poor handling may result. To minimize tire and chain wear, do and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 tires have better snow traction than not continue to use tire chains when kPa) more air pressure than the they are no longer needed. all season tires and may be more pressure recommended for the stan- appropriate in some areas. dard tires on the tire label on the dri- • When driving on roads covered ver's side of the center pillar, or up to with snow or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h). Summer tires the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. • Use the SAE “S” class or wire Kia specifies summer tires on some Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 chains. models to provide superior perform- km/h) when your vehicle is equipped • If you hear noise caused by chains ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- with snow tires. contacting the body, retighten the formance is substantially reduced in chain to avoid contact with the snow and ice. Summer tires do not vehicle body. have the tire traction rating M+S • To prevent body damage, retighten (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 If you plan to operate your vehicle in miles (0.5~1.0 km). snowy or icy conditions, Kia recommends the use of snow tires or all • Do not use tire chains on vehicles season tires on all four wheels. equipped with aluminum wheels. In unavoidable circumstances, use a wire type chain. • Use wire chains less than 0.47 inches (12 mm) to prevent damage to the chain’s connection.

7 48 Maintenance

Radial-ply tires Longer wearing tires can be more Low aspect ratio tire Radial-ply tires provide improved susceptible to irregular tread wear. It (if equipped) is very important to follow the tire tread life, road hazard resistance and Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect rotation interval shown in this section smoother high speed ride. The radi- ratio is lower than 50, are provided to achieve the tread life potential of al-ply tires used on this vehicle are for sporty looks. of belted construction and are select- these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in Because the low aspect ratio tires ed to complement the ride and han- are optimized for handling and brak- dling characteristics of your vehicle. the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for ing, it may be more uncomfortable to Radial-ply tires have the same load radial-ply tire repairs. ride in and there is more noise com- carrying capacity as bias-ply or bias pare with normal tires. belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combina- tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: identical radial-ply tires should always be used as a set of four.

749 Maintenance

• It is not easy to recognize the tire CAUTION damage with your own eyes. But if Because the sidewall of the low there is the slightest hint of tire aspect ratio tire is shorter than damage, even though you cannot the normal, the wheel and tire of see it, have the tire checked or the low aspect ratio tire is easi- replaced because the tire damage er to be damaged. So, follow the may cause air leakage from the tire. instructions below. • If the tire is damaged by driving on • When driving on a rough road a rough road, off road, pothole, or off road, drive cautiously manhole, or curb stone, it will not because tires and wheels may be covered by the warranty. be damaged. And after driv- • You can find out the tire information ing, inspect tires and wheels. on the tire sidewall. • When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged. • If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer. • To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,900 miles (3,000 km).

7 50 Maintenance

FUSES ■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse replace- age by fuses. ment This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, • Never replace a fuse with anyone located in the driver’s side panel thing but another fuse of the bolster, the other in the engine com- same rating. ■ Cartridge type partment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a sories, or controls do not work, check fire. the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or alu- has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the fuse will melt. proper fuse - even as a tem- ■ Multi fuse If the electrical system does not porary repair. It may cause work, first check the driver’s side extensive wiring damage and fuse panel. a possible fire. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. • Do not arbitrarily modify or add-on If the replacement fuse blows, this electric wiring to the vehicle. ■ BFT indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia CAUTION dealer. Do not use a screwdriver or any Three kinds of fuses are used: blade other metal object to remove type for lower amperage rating, car- fuses because it may cause a tridge type, and multi fuse for higher short circuit and damage the amperage ratings. system. OJF075021 ❈ Left side : Normal , Right side : Blown

751 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE Inner panel fuse replacement CAUTION • When replacing fuse, turn the ignition “OFF” and turn off • When replacing a blown fuse switches of all electrical devices or relay, make sure the new then remove battery (-) terminal. fuse or relay fits tightly into • The actual fuse/relay panel label the clips. Failure to tightly may differ from equipped items. install the fuse or relay may cause damage to the wiring and electric systems. WARNING - Electrical Fire • Do not remove fuses, relays Always ensure replacements and terminals fastened with fuses and relays are securely bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays and terminals may not be fas- fastened when installed. Failure OYG076028 to do so can result in a vehicle tened correctly which may fire. 1. Turn the ignition switch and all cause vehicle damage. other switches off. 2. Open the fuse panel cover. If the switch is located in the “OFF” position, a caution indicator will be displayed in the cluster.

7 52 Maintenance

If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit CAUTION - Fuse Panel you may not need for operating the Covers vehicle, such as the power outlet The contact points of the fuse. switches may wear out with If the head lamp, turn signal lamp, excessive use. Please refrain stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail from excessive use of the lamp, HMSL do not work and the switches (except for long-term fuses are OK, check the fuse panel parking for over 1 month). in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced. OYG076029 ✽ NOTICE 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight ✽ NOTICE • Set all switches to ON before driv- out. Use the removal tool provided If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig- ing. on the engine compartment fuse nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction • If the vehicle is going to be unused panel cover. even without any problem to the for over 1 month, set all switches 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it lamps, have the vehicle checked by to OFF to prevent the batteries if it is blown. an authorized Kia dealer for assis- from draining. Spare fuses are provided in the tance. engine compartment fuse panel. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

753 Maintenance

Fuse switch Engine compartment fuse 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it replacement if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel. 4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, OYG076030 securely install the fuse panel Always set the fuse switch to the ON OYG076031 cover through the audible click- position before using the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch and all ing sound. If you move the switch to the OFF other switches off. If not, electrical failures may position, some items such as audio 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by occur from water contact. and digital clock must be reset and pressing the tab and pulling the transmitter (or smart key) may not cover up. When the blade type work properly. When the switch is fuse is disconnected, remove it by Off, the caution indicator will be dis- using the clip designed for chang- played on the instrument cluster. ing fuses located in the engine Always place the fuse switch in the compartment fuse box. Upon ON position while driving the vehicle. removal, securely insert reserve If the switch is located in the “OFF” fuse of the same rating. position, a caution indicator will be displayed in the cluster.

7 54 Maintenance

Multi fuse ✽ NOTICE Main fuse Do not disassemble nor assemble the multi fuse when it is secured with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly torque may cause a fire. Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OYG076032 OYG076033 If the multi fuse is blown, it must be If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. cable. 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- ture above. ture above. 4. Replace the fuse with a new one 4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. of the same rating. 5. Reverse these steps to reinstall 5. Reverse these steps to reinstall the multi fuse. the main fuse.

755 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE CAUTION The electronic system may not function correctly even when the engine Visually inspect the battery cap compartment and internal fuse to ensure it is securely closed. box’s individual fuses are not dis- If the battery cap is not securely connected. In such case the cause of closed, moisture may enter the the problem may be disconnection system and damage the electri- of the main fuse (BFT type), which is cal components. located inside the positive battery terminal (+) cap. Since the main fuse is designed more intricately than other parts, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 56 Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description Driver’s side fuse panel

OYG076034 Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽ NOTICE OYG076035L Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

757 Maintenance

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected MODULE 7 10A Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module

SPARE 10A Spare

MODULE 3 10A Stop Lamp Switch, BCM (Body Control Module), Sports Mode Switch

Console Switch, Blind Spot Detection Radar Left Handle side/Right Handle side, BCM (Body Control MODULE 5 10A Module), Smart Cruise Control Unit, Crash Pad Switch, Fuel Filler & Trunk Open Switch, Lane Departure Warning Unit, Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module

IG1 25A PCB (Printed Circuit Board) Block

MDPS 7.5A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit

Air Conditioner Switch, Air Conditioner Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Head Lamp Left Handle side/Right Handle side, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front MODULE 6 10A Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Driver Integrated memory system Module, Auto Transmission Shift Lever Indicator, Multipurpose Check Connector

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display

AIR BAG 15A SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module

MULTIMEDIA 1 20A IGPM (Integrated Gateway Power control Module), Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit

A/BAG IND 7.5A Air Conditioner Switch, Instrument Cluster

MODULE 4 10A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module

SPARE 2 10A Spare

7 58 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected A/CON 7.5A Air Conditioner Switch, Air Conditioner Control Module, Ionizer, Engine Room Junction Block (Blower Relay)

Head-Up Display, Instrument Cluster, Wireless Charger Unit , Analog Clock, BCM (Body Control Module), MEMORY 1 10A Rain Sensor, Driver Door Module, Power Trunk Module, Passenger Door Module, Air Conditioner Switch, Air Conditioner Control Module, Security Indicator

MEMORY 2 15A Driver Door Module

MEMORY 3 10A Passenger Door Module

START 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch, ECM (Engine Control Module) HEATED 15A BCM (Body Control Module) STEERING Surround View Unit, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air MODULE 9 7.5A Ventilation Seat Control Module

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch

Glove Box Lamp, Passenger Foot Lamp, Driver Foot Lamp, Trunk Room Lamp, Front Vanity Lamp Switch INTERIOR 10A Left Handle side/Right Handle side, Overhead Console Lamp, Room Lamp, Rear Personal Lamp Left LAMP Handle side/Right Handle side DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay

S/HEATER (FR) 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module

SMART KEY 2 10A Start/Stop Button Switch

BRAKE SWITCH 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module

AMP 30A AMP (Amplifier)

759 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

P/WINDOW (RH) 25A Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch Right Handle side

SUNROOF 1 20A Sunroof Control Unit (Glass)

TRUNK 10A Trunk Relay, Fuel Filler & Trunk Open Switch, Engine Room Junction Block(Fuel Lid Relay)

MULTIMEDIA 2 10A Front Monitor

POWER TRUNK 30A Power Trunk Module

S/HEATER (RR) 25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module

SPARE 1 10A Spare

P/WINDOW (LH) 25A Rear Power Window Switch Left Handle side, Driver Safety Power Window Module

P/SEAT (PASS) 30A Passenger Seat Manual Switch

SUNROOF 2 20A Sunroof Control Unit (Roller)

POWER HANDLE 15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module

B/ALARM HORN 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

SMART KEY 1 15A Smart Key Control Module

MODULE 1 7.5A Data Link Connector, Hazard Switch, Console Switch

7 60 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver Integrated memory system Module

POWER OUTLET 20A Front Power Outlet, Rear Power Outlet

AMP (Amplifier), Surround View Unit, BCM (Body Control Module), Air Conditioner Control Module, Analog MODULE 2 10A Clock, Wireless Charger Unit, Air Conditioner Switch, Smart Key Control Module, Front Monitor, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Engine Room Junction Block(Power Outlet Relay), USB Charger

SPARE 10A Spare

MODULE 8 7.5A BCM (Body Control Module), Smart Key Control Module

761 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

OYG076036

OYG076037N

7 62 Maintenance

Engine room compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected MDPS 80A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) UNIT

B+2 60A IGPM (Integrated Gateway Power control Module)

BLOWER 50A Blower Relay

B+3 50A IGPM (Integrated Gateway Power control Module)

REAR 50A Rear Heated Relay HEATED

ABS1 40A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module

Without Smart Key : Start Relay, Ignition Switch IG2 30A With Smart Key : Start Relay MULTI FUSE B+5 80A WIPER1, HORN, ECU2, FUEL PUMP, Engine Control Relay

B+1 60A IGPM (Integrated Gateway Power control Module)

COOLING 60A Cooling Fan1 Relay, Cooling Fan2 Relay FAN2

B+4 50A IGPM (Integrated Gateway Power control Module)

POWER 40A Power Outlet Relay OUTLET1 Without Smart Key : Ignition Switch IG1 40A With Smart Key : Ignition switch 1, ACC Relay

ABS2 30A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

763 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

TCU1 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module)

CRUISE 10A Smart Cruise Control Unit

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

DEICER 20A Front Deicer Relay

A/CON 10A Air Conditioner Control Module

FUSE WIPER2 10A BCM (Body Control Module), ECM (Engine Control Module)

HEATED 10A Air Conditioner Switch, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror MIRROR

ECU3 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)

POWER 20A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter OUTLET2

HORN 20A Horn Relay

WIPER1 30A Wiper Power Relay

7 64 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

TCU2 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module), Transaxle Range Switch

ABS3 10A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module

POWER 20A Not Used OUTLET3

B/UP LAMP 10A Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Combination Lamp (Inside) Left Handle side/Right Handle side

SENSOR1 15A Oxygen Sensor #1~#4

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1~#6 FUSE

ECU2 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)

FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay

ECU1 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)

INJECTOR 15A Not Used

Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #1, #2, Electronic Thermostat, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Canister SENSOR2 10A Close Valve, Oil Pressure Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#4, Cooling Fan1 Relay, Cooling Fan2 Relay, Fuel Pump Relay

765 Maintenance

Relay

Relay Name Type

Blower Relay MINI

Cooling Fan1 Relay MINI

Cooling Fan2 Relay MINI

Power Outlet Relay MICRO

Start Relay MICRO

Front Deicer Relay MICRO

Fuel Filler Relay MICRO

Rear Heated Relay MINI

7 66 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover)

OYG076038 ✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label. OYG076039

767 Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS Bulb replacement precaution Use only bulbs of the specified • Lamp part malfunction due to Please keep extra bulbs on hand wattage. net-work failure with appropriate wattage ratings in The headlamp, taillight, and fog light case of emergencies. CAUTION - Light replace- may light up when the head lamp Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 8. ment switch is turned ON, and not light up when the taillight or for light switch is When changing lamps, first turn off Be sure to replace the burned- turned ON. This may be cause by the engine at a safe place, firmly out bulb with one of the same network failure or vehicle electrical apply the parking brake and detach wattage rating. Otherwise, it control system malfunction. If there is the battery’s negative (-) terminal. may cause damage to the fuse a problem, we recommend the sys- or electric wiring system. tem be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer. WARNING - Working on the lights Headlamp CAUTION - • Lamp part malfunction due to elec- Prior to working on the light, Lens firmly apply the parking brake, trical control system stabilization ensure that the ignition switch To prevent damage, do not A normally functioning lamp may is turned to the LOCK position clean the headlamp lens with flicker momentarily. This momentary and turn off the lights to avoid chemical solvents or strong occurrence is due to the stabilization sudden movement of the vehi- detergents. function of the vehicle's electrical on cle, burns to your skin or fin- control system. If the lamp stops gers, or an electric shock. flickering after a few moments, the vehicle does not require service. However, if the lamp goes out after the momentary flickering, or the flickering continues, we recommend the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 68 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE • If the light bulb or lamp connector We recommend that the headlight • After driving in heavy rain or is removed while the lamp is still aiming be adjusted after an accident washing, headlamp and taillamp on, the fuse box's electronic sys- or after the headlight assembly is rein- lenses could appear foggy. This tem may log it as a malfunction. stalled at an authorized Kia dealer. condition is caused by the temper- Therefore, a lamp malfunction ature difference between the lamp incident may be recorded as a inside and outside. This is similar Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in to the condensation on your win- the fuse box. dows inside your vehicle during • It is normal for an operating lamp the rain and doesn’t indicate a to flicker momentarily. This is due problem with your vehicle. If the to a stabilization function of the water leaks into the lamp bulb cir- vehicle’s electronic control device. cuitry, we recommend that you If the lamp lights up normally have the vehicle checked by an after momentarily blinking, then authorized Kia dealer. it is functioning as normal. • Headlamp desiccant (if equipped) However, if the lamp continues to This vehicle is equipped with des- flicker several times or turns off iccant to reduce fogging inside the completely, there may be an error headlamp due to moisture. in the vehicle’s electronic control The desiccant is a hygroscopic device. Please have the vehicle substance and its performance checked by an authorized Kia may change based on the used dealer immediately. period or environment. If fogging inside the headlamp due to moisture continues for a long time, we recommend that you consult an authorized Kia dealer.

769 Maintenance

If you don’t have the necessary tools, Light bulb position (Front) the correct bulbs and the expertise, consult an authorized Kia dealer. In ■ Head lamp - Type A ■ Fog lamp - Type A many cases, it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true if you have to remove the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s). Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to OYG076044N OYG076045 the vehicle. ■ Head lamp - Type B ■ Fog lamp - Type B If non-genuine parts or substandard bulbs are used, it may lead to blowing a fuse or other wiring damages. Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to the vehicle. If additional lights are installed, it may lead to lamp malfunctions and flickering. Additionally, the fuse box and other writing may be damaged. OYG076109N OYG076046 (1) Headlamp (Low) (5) Front fog lamp (Bulb type) (2) Headlamp (High) (6) Front fog lamp (LED type) (3) Front turn signal lamp (7) Front side marker (4) Day time running lamp*/ Position lamp (LED type) * : if equipped

7 70 Maintenance

Light bulb position (Rear) (1) Stop and tail lamp (LED type) Light bulb position (Side)

■ Rear combination lamp (2) Stop and tail lamp (LED type) (3) Rear turn signal lamp (4) Back-up lamp (5) High mounted stop lamp (LED type) (6) License plate lamp

OYG076047 ■ High mounted stop lamp

OYG076050

(1) Side repeater lamp (LED type)

OYG076048 ■ License plate lamp

OYG076049

771 Maintenance

Headlamp (LED type) bulb Headlamp (Low beam) bulb 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it replacement replacement into the bulb-socket. 6. Install the bulb-socket in the headlamp assembly by aligning the tabs on the bulb-socket with the slots in the headlamp assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly and turn the bulb-socket clockwise. 7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise.

OYG076110N OYG076051 If the head lamp (LED) (1,2) does 1. Open the hood. not operate, have the vehicle 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover checked by an authorized Kia dealer. by turning it counterclockwise. The LED lamps cannot be replaced 3. Remove the bulb-socket from the as a single unit because it is an inte- headlamp assembly by turning the grated unit. The LED lamps has to be bulb-socket counterclockwise until replaced with the unit. the tabs on the bulb-socket align A skilled technician should check or with the slots on the headlamp repair the head lamp (LED), for it assembly. may damage related parts of the 4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket vehicle. by pulling it out.

7 72 Maintenance

Headlamp bulb • Always handle them carefully, and Headlamp (High beam) bulb avoid scratches and abrasions. If replacement the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. • Wear eye protection when chang- OHD076046 ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it. OYG076052 WARNING - Halogen 1. Open the hood. bulbs 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover Handle halogen bulbs with care. by turning it counterclockwise. • Halogen bulbs contain pres- 3. Disconnect the headlamp bulb surized gas that will produce socket-connector. flying pieces of glass if bro- 4. Remove the bulb-socket from the ken. headlamp assembly by turning the bulb-socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb-socket align with the slots on the headlamp assembly.

773 Maintenance

5. Install a new bulb-socket assem- Front turn signal lamp bulb 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it bly in the headlamp assembly by replacement into the bulb-socket and rotating it aligning the tabs on the bulb-sock- until it locks into place. et with the slots in the headlamp 5. Install the socket in the headlamp assembly. Push the bulb-socket assembly by aligning the tabs on into the headlamp assembly and the bulb-socket with the slots in turn the bulb-socket clockwise. the assembly. Push the bulb-sock- 6. Install the headlamp bulb cover by et into the headlamp assembly turning it clockwise. and turn the socket clockwise.

OYG076053 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the bulb-socket from the headlamp assembly by turning the bulb-socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb-socket align with the slots on the headlamp assembly. 3. Remove the bulb from the bulb- socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the bulb out of the bulb-socket.

7 74 Maintenance

Front fog lamp (LED type) bulb The LED lamps cannot be replaced Position lamp + DRL* (LED replacement as a single unit because it is an inte- type) bulb replacement grated unit. The LED lamps has to be ■ Type A replaced with the unit. ■ Type A A skilled technician should check or repair the front fog lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

OYG076054 OYG076056 ■ Type B ■ Type B

OYG076055 OYG076111N If the front fog lamp (LED) (1, 2) does If the position lamp + DRL* (1) does not operate, have the vehicle not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

775 Maintenance

The LED lamps cannot be replaced Side repeater lamp bulb Rear turn signal lamp bulb as a single unit because it is an inte- replacement replacement grated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the position lamp + DRL* (1), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

* : if equipped

OYG076050 OYG076057 If the Side repeater lamp does not 1. Open the trunk lid. operate, have the vehicle checked by 2. Open the service cover. an authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the side repeater lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

7 76 Maintenance

6. Install the socket in the assembly Stop and tail lamp (LED type) by aligning the tabs on the socket bulb replacement with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 7. Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole.

OYG076058 3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket OYG076059 counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on If the stop and tail lamp (LED) (1,2) the assembly. does not operate, have the vehicle 4. Remove the bulb from the socket checked by an authorized Kia dealer. by pressing it in and rotating it The LED lamps cannot be replaced counterclockwise until the tabs on as a single unit because it is an inte- the bulb align with the slots in the grated unit. The LED lamps has to be socket. Pull the bulb out of the replaced with the unit. socket. A skilled technician should check or 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it repair the stop and tail lamp (LED), into the socket and rotating it until for it may damage related parts of it locks into place. the vehicle.

777 Maintenance

Back-up lamp bulb replacement License plate lamp bulb replacement

OYG076061 OYG076062 OYG076060 3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket 1. Open the trunk lid. counterclockwise until the tabs on 2. Loosen the retaining screw of the the socket align with the slots on trunk lid cover and then remove the assembly. the cover. 4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket by pulling it out. 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the bulb-socket. 6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket OYG076063 with the slots in the assembly. 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Push the socket into the assembly gently pry the lamp assembly from and turn the socket clockwise. interior. 7. Install the trunk lid cover. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

7 78 Maintenance

3. Install a new bulb in the socket. High mounted stop lamp (LED Map lamp (LED type) bulb 4. Install the lamp assembly to interi- type) bulb replacement replacement or.

✽ NOTICE Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- ings.

OYG076064 OYG076065 If the high mounted stop lamp (LED) If the map lamp (LED type) does not (1) does not operate, have the vehicle operate, have the vehicle checked by checked by an authorized Kia dealer. an authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an inte- as single components because they grated unit. The LED lamps has to be are part of an integrated unit. The replaced as a unit. LED lamps have to be replaced as a A skilled technician should check or unit. repair the high mounted stop lamp A skilled technician should check or (LED), for it may damage related repair the map lamp (LED type), for it parts of the vehicle. may damage related parts of the vehicle.

779 Maintenance

Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) Room lamp (LED type) bulb ✽ NOTICE bulb replacement replacement Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- ings.

OYG078066 OYG078067 If the vanity mirror lamp (LED) (1), 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, does not operate, have your vehicle gently pry the lens cover from checked by a professional workshop. lamp housing. Kia recommends to visit an author- 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it ized Kia dealer/service partner. straight out. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as single components because they 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. are part of an integrated unit. The 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the LED lamps have to be replaced as a lamp housing notches and snap unit. the lens into place. A skilled technician should check or repair the vanity mirror lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

7 80 Maintenance

Personal lamp bulb replace- Glove box lamp bulb Trunk lamp (LED type) bulb ment replacement replacement

OYG076068 OYG076069 OYG076070

If the personal lamp (LED) does not 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, If the trunk lamp (LED) does not operate, have the vehicle checked by gently pry the lamp assembly from operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. interior. an authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an inte- straight out. as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. grated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. 4. Install the lamp assembly to interior. replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or A skilled technician should check or repair the personal lamp (LED), for it ✽ repair the trunk lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the NOTICE may damage related parts of the vehicle. Be careful not to dirty or damage vehicle. the lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- ings.

781 Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Finish maintenance After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if Exterior general caution Washing they have been affected by water. If It is very important to follow the label To help protect your vehicle’s finish braking performance is impaired, dry directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it the brakes by applying them lightly cleaner or polish. Read all warning thoroughly and frequently at least while maintaining a slow forward and caution statements that appear once a month with lukewarm or cold speed. on the label. water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean. Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle’s finish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, may be used. After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

7 82 Maintenance

High-pressure washing Waxing • When using high-pressure wash- Wax the vehicle when water will no ers, make sure to maintain suffi- longer bead on the paint. cient distance from the vehicle. Always wash and dry the vehicle Insufficient clearance or excessive before waxing. Use a good quality pressure can lead to component liquid or paste wax, and follow the damage or water penetration. manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all • Do not spray the camera, sensors metal trim to protect it and to main- or its surrounding area directly with tain its luster. a high pressure washer. Shock Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- applied from high pressure water als with a spot remover will usually may cause the device to not oper- OJB037800 strip the wax from the finish. Be sure ate normally. to re-wax these areas even if the rest • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to CAUTION - Wet engine of the vehicle does not yet need wax- boots (rubber or plastic covers) or • Water washing in the engine ing. connectors as they may be dam- compartment including high Do not apply wax on embossed aged if they come into contact with pressure water washing may unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the high pressure water. cause the failure of electrical unit. circuits located in the engine compartment. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

783 Maintenance

Finish damage repair Underbody maintenance CAUTION - Drying vehicle Deep scratches or stone chips in the Road salt and other corrosive chemi- • Wiping dust or dirt off the painted surface must be repaired cals are used in cold weather states to body with a dry cloth will promptly. Exposed metal will quickly melt snow and prevent ice accumula- scratch the finish. rust and may develop into a major tion. If these chemicals are not regu- • Do not use steel wool, abra- repair expense. larly removed, they will corrode the sive cleaners, acid detergents If your vehicle is damaged and vehicle underbody and over time dam- or strong detergents contain- requires any metal repair or replace- age fuel lines, the fuel tank retention ing high alkaline or caustic ment, be sure the body shop applies system, the vehicle suspension, the agents on chrome-plated or anti-corrosion materials to the parts exhaust system, and even the body anodized aluminum parts. repaired or replaced. frame. The National Highway Traffic This may result in damage to Safety Administration has warned all the protective coating and vehicle owners of all brands of the cause discoloration or paint Bright-metal maintenance need to take the following steps: deterioration. • To remove road tar and insects, • Wash the undercarriage of your use a tar remover, not a scraper or vehicle regularly during the winter other sharp object. and whenever your vehicle has • To protect the surfaces of bright- been exposed to such salts or metal parts from corrosion, apply a chemicals. coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster. • During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.

7 84 Maintenance

• Do a thorough washing of the Aluminum wheel maintenance Corrosion protection undercarriage at the end of the The aluminum wheels are coated Protecting your vehicle from corrosion winter. with a clear protective finish. By using the most advanced design • Use professional service techni- • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, and construction practices to combat cians or governmental inspection polishing compound, solvent, or corrosion, we produce vehicles of stations to annually inspect for cor- wire brushes on aluminum wheels. the highest quality. However, this is rosion. They may scratch the finish. only part of the job. To achieve the • Immediately seek an inspection of • Clean the wheel when it has long-term corrosion resistance your your vehicle if you become visually cooled. vehicle can deliver, the owner's aware of corrosion flaking or scal- cooperation and assistance is also ing or if you become aware of a • Use only a mild soap or neutral required. change in vehicle performance, detergent, and rinse thoroughly such as soft or spongey brakes, with water. Also, be sure to clean fluids leaking, impairment of direc- the wheels after driving on salted Common causes of corrosion tional control, suspension noises roads. This helps prevent corro- The most common causes of corro- or rattling metal straps. sion. sion on your vehicle are: • Avoid washing the wheels with • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is highspeed vehicle wash brushes. allowed to accumulate underneath • Do not use any alkaline or acid the vehicle. detergents It may damage and cor- • Removal of paint or protective rode the aluminum wheels coated coatings by stones, gravel, abra- with a clear protective finish. sion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.

785 Maintenance

High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler- Keep your vehicle clean If you live in an area where your vehi- ate corrosion of parts that are not The best way to prevent corrosion is cle is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture to keep your vehicle clean and free materials, corrosion protection is can be dispersed. For all these rea- of corrosive materials. Attention to particularly important. Some of the sons, it is particularly important to the underside of the vehicle is partic- common causes of accelerated cor- keep your vehicle clean and free of ularly important. rosion are road salts, dust control mud or accumulations of other mate- chemicals, ocean air and industrial rials. This applies not only to the vis- pollution. ible surfaces but particularly to the • If you live in a high-corrosion area underside of the vehicle. — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial Moisture breeds corrosion pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you To help prevent corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in should take extra care to prevent which corrosion is most likely to You can help prevent corrosion from corrosion. In winter, hose off the occur. For example, corrosion is beginning by observing the following: underside of your vehicle at least accelerated by high humidity, partic- once a month and be sure to clean ularly when temperatures are just the underside thoroughly when above freezing. In such conditions, winter is over. the corrosive material is kept in con- • When cleaning underneath the tact with the vehicle’s surface by vehicle, give particular attention to moisture that evaporates slowly. the components under the fenders Mud is particularly corrosive and other areas that are hidden because it dries slowly and holds from view. Do a thorough job; just moisture in contact with the vehicle. dampening the accumulated mud Although the mud appears to be dry, rather than washing it away will it can still retain the moisture and accelerate corrosion rather than promote corrosion. prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

7 86 Maintenance

• When cleaning lower door panels, Keep paint and trim in good con- Interior care rocker panels and frame members, dition Interior general precautions be sure that drain holes are kept Scratches or chips in the finish Prevent chemicals such as perfume, open so that moisture can escape should be covered with "touch-up" cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- and not be trapped inside to accel- paint as soon as possible to reduce er, and air freshener from contacting erate corrosion. the possibility of corrosion. If bare the interior parts because they may metal is showing through, the atten- cause damage or discoloration. If tion of a qualified body and paint Keep your garage dry they do contact the interior parts, shop is recommended. Don't park your vehicle in a damp, wipe them off immediately. If neces- poorly ventilated garage. This cre- sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product ates a favorable environment for cor- Bird droppings : Bird droppings are instructions for correct usage. rosion. This is particularly true if you highly corrosive and may damage wash your vehicle in the garage or painted surfaces in just a few hours. drive it into the garage when it is still Always remove bird droppings as wet or covered with snow, ice or soon as possible. mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Don't neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertil- izers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle. These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried.

787 Maintenance

Taking care of leather seats Cleaning the leather seats CAUTION - Electrical • Vacuum the seat periodically to • Remove all contaminations instant- components remove dust and sand on the seat. ly. Refer to instructions below for Never allow water or other liq- It will prevent abrasion or damage of removal of each contaminant. uids to come in contact with the leather and maintain its quality. • Cosmetic products(sunscreen, electrical/electronic compo- • Wipe the natural leather seat cover foundation, etc.) nents inside the vehicle as this often with dry or soft cloth. may damage them. - Apply cleansing cream on a cloth • Sufficient use of a leather protec- and wipe the contaminated point. tive may prevent abrasion of the Wipe off the cream with a wet cover and helps maintain the color. cloth and remove water with a dry CAUTION - Leather Be sure to read the instructions cloth. When cleaning leather products and consult a specialist when • Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.) (steering wheel, seats etc.), use using leather coating or protective - Apply a small amount of neutral neutral detergents or low alco- agents. detergent and wipe until contami- hol content solutions. If you use • Leather with bright colors(beige, nations do not smear. high alcohol content solutions cream beige) is easily contaminat- • Oil or acid/alkaline detergents, the ed and clear in appearance. Clean color of the leather may fade or the seats frequently. - Remove oil instantly with the surface may get stripped off. absorbable cloth and wipe with • Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may stain remover for natural leather cause the surface to crack. only. • Chewing gum - Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.

7 88 Maintenance

Fabric seat cover using precau- Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt tions (If equipped) rior trim webbing Please clean the fabric seats regu- Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild larly with a vacuum cleaner in con- Remove dust and loose dirt from soap solution recommended for sideration of fabric material charac- vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow teristics. If they are heavily soiled cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a the instructions provided with the with beverage stains, etc., use a suit- vinyl cleaner. soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the able interior cleaner. To prevent dam- webbing because this may weaken it. age to seat covers, wipe off the seat covers down to the seams with a Fabric Cleaning the interior window large wiping motion and moderate Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- pressure using a soft sponge or ric with a whisk broom or vacuum glass microfiber cloth. cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- If the interior glass surfaces of the Velcro closures on clothing or sharp tion recommended for upholstery or vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- objects may cause snagging or carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- ered with an oily, greasy or waxy scratches on the surface of the diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If film), they should be cleaned with a seats. Make sure not to rub such fresh spots do not receive immediate glass cleaner. Follow the directions objects against the surface. attention, the fabric can be stained on the glass cleaner container. and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be CAUTION - Rear window reduced if the material is not proper- Do not scrape or scratch the ly maintained. inside of the rear window. This Using anything but recommended may result in damage of the rear cleaners and procedures may affect window defroster grid. the fabric’s appearance and fire- resistant properties.

789 Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system) The positive crankcase ventilation information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air Warranty & Consumer Information firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases manual in your vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase. Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air emission control system to meet all pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase, There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by systems, as follows. back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the switch again. PCV valve into the induction system. (1) Crankcase emission control system 2. Evaporative emission con- (2) Evaporative emission control sys- trol (including ORVR: tem Onboard Refueling Vapor (3) Exhaust emission control system Recovery) system In order to assure the proper function The Evaporative Emission Control of the emission control systems, it is System is designed to prevent fuel recommended that you have your vapors from escaping into the atmos- vehicle inspected and maintained by phere. an authorized Kia dealer in accor- (The ORVR system is designed to dance with the maintenance sched- allow the vapors from the fuel tank to ule in this manual. be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

7 90 Maintenance

Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide) tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes. running, the fuel vapors absorbed in which controls exhaust emissions Therefore, if you smell exhaust the canister are drawn into the surge while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi- tank through the purge control sole- formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired noid valve. immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into Vehicle modifications Purge Control Solenoid Valve your vehicle, drive it only with all This vehicle should not be modified. the windows fully open. Have your (PCSV) Modification of your vehicle could vehicle checked and repaired The purge control solenoid valve is affect its performance, safety or immediately. controlled by the Engine Control durability and may even violate gov- Module (ECM); when the engine ernmental safety and emissions reg- coolant temperature is low during ulations. WARNING - Exhaust idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- In addition, damage or performance Engine exhaust gases contain orated fuel is not taken into the problems resulting from any modifi- carbon monoxide (CO). Though engine. After the engine warms up cation may not be covered under colorless and odorless, it is during ordinary driving, the PCSV warranty. dangerous and could be lethal if opens to introduce evaporated fuel to inhaled. Follow the instructions the engine. • If you use unauthorized electronic on this page to avoid CO poi- devices, it may cause the vehicle to soning. operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

791 Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped) WARNING - Fire garages) any more than what is • Do not park, idle or drive the necessary to move the vehicle in or WARNING - Catalytic vehicle over or near flamma- out of the area. ble objects, such as grass, converter • When the vehicle is stopped in an vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. open area for more than a short Keep away from the catalytic A hot exhaust system can time with the engine running, converter and exhaust system ignite flammable items under adjust the ventilation system (as while the vehicle is running or your vehicle. immediately thereafter. The needed) to draw outside air into the • Also, do not remove the heat exhaust and catalytic systems vehicle. sink around the exhaust sys- are very hot and may burn you. • Never sit in a parked or stopped tem, do not seal the bottom of vehicle for any extended time with the vehicle or do not coat the the engine running. vehicle for corrosion control. • When the engine stalls or fails to It may present a fire risk under start, excessive attempts to restart certain conditions. the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.

7 92 Maintenance

CALIFORNIA Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- Failure to observe these precautions PERCHLORATE NOTICE alytic converter emission control could result in damage to the catalyt- Perchlorate Material-special handling device. ic converter and to your vehicle. may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz- Therefore, the following precautions Additionally, such actions could void ardouswaste/ perchlorate. must be observed: your warranties. • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: gasoline engines. Perchlorate containing materials, • Do not operate the vehicle when such as air bag inflators, seatbelt there are signs of engine malfunc- pretensioners and keyless remote tion, such as misfire or a noticeable entry batteries, must be disposed of loss of performance. according to Title 22 California Code • Do not misuse or abuse the of Regulations Chapter 67384.10 engine. Examples of misuse are (a). coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off. • Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more). • Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer. • Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

793 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Dimensions ...... 8-2 Reporting safety defects (U.S. only) ...... 8-14 Engine ...... 8-2 Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only). . 8-14 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 • Service manual...... 8-14 Tires and wheels ...... 8-4 • Electrical troubleshooting manual...... 8-14 Gross vehicle weight...... 8-5 • Owner's manual ...... 8-14 Luggage volume ...... 8-5 Air conditioning system...... 8-5 Recommended lubricants and capacities...... 8-6 • Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 8-7 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...... 8-8 Vehicle certification label...... 8-8 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-9 Engine number ...... 8-9 Refrigerant label...... 8-9 Consumer assistance (U.S. only)...... 8-10 • Toll free consumer assistance...... 8-10 • Emergency roadside assistance ...... 8-10 • Trip interruption ...... 8-11 • Registering your vehicle in a foreign country . . . . . 8-12 Electrical equipment (U.S. only)...... 8-13 • Installation of a mobile two-way radio system. . . . . 8-13 8 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

DIMENSIONS ITEM In (mm) Overall length 195.6 (4,970) Overall width 73.6 (1,870) Overall height 57.8 (1,470) 245/45R18 63.2 (1,607) Front tread 245/40R19 63.0 (1,602) 245/45R18 63.5 (1,615) Rear tread 245/40R19 63.3 (1,610) Wheelbase 112.4 (2,855)

ENGINE Item Gasoline Lambda II 3.3 Displacement 203.94 (3,342) cu. in (cc) Bore x Stroke 3.62 x 3.29 (92 x 83.8) in. (mm) Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6 No. of cylinders 6.V - type

28 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Headlights (High) 60W HB3 Headlights (Low) 55 or LED H7 or LED Front turn signal lights 28W P28/8W Front Position lights LED LED Side repeater lights (Outside mirror) LED LED Halogen 55W HB4 Front fog lights LED LED LED Stop and tail lights LED LED Rear turn signal lights 28W P28/8W Rear Back-up lights 16 W16W High mounted stop light LED LED License plate lights 5W W5W Map lamps/Room lamps LED LED Mood lamp LED LED Trunk lamp LED LED Interior Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON Vanity mirror lamps LED LED Foot lamp 5 FESTOON Overhead Console lamp (LED Type, Sunroof only) LED LED

83 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

TIRES AND WHEELS

Load Speed Inflation pressure [bar(psi, kPa)] Wheel lug nut Wheel Item Tire size Capacity Capacity Normal load *3 Maximum load torque Kgf·m size LI *1 Kg SS *2 Km/h Front Rear Front Rear (lb·ft, N·m) 245/45 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 7.5Jx18 96 710 V 240 Full size R18 (33, 230) (33, 230) (33, 230) (33, 230) tire 245/40 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 11~13 (79 ~ 8.0Jx19 94 670 V 240 R19 (33, 230) (33, 230) (33, 230) (33, 230) 94, 107 ~ 127) Compact T135/80 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 4.0Tx17 103 875 M 130 spare tire D17 (33, 230) (33, 230) (33, 230) (33, 230)

*1: Load Index *2: Speed Symbol *3: Normal load : Up to 3 persons

CAUTION When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make them work irregularly.

✽ NOTICE • It is permissible to add 3psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically loose 1psi for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated. • We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects driving performance. • When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary. Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5 psi (10.5 kPa)

48 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT Items Gasoline Lambda II 3.3 Gross vehicle weight 18 inch tire 19 inch tire lbs. (kg) 4,718 (2,140) 4,784 (2,170)

LUGGAGE VOLUME ITEM Volume SAE 15.96 cu ft (452L)

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Items Weight of Volume Classification Refrigerant 19.4 ± 0.88 (550 ± 25) R-1234yf oz. (g) Compressor lubricant 3.53 ± 0.35 (100 ± 10) PAG (FD46XG) oz. (cc) We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.

85 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill) ACEA A5 *3 or above 3.3L GDI 6.87 US qt (6.5 liter) Recommends API SM or above, ILSAC GF-4 or above

ATF SP-IV Automatic transmission 3.3L GDI 7.39 US qt. (7.0 liter) (Recommended Kia genuine, Michang, SK, NOCA, fluid S-OIL)

Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water Coolant 3.3L GDI 8.98 US qt. (8.5 liter) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

0.74 ~ 0.85 US qt. Brake fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 (0.7 ~ 0.8 liter)

Fuel 18.5 US gal. (70 l) Unleaded gasoline

*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 : If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SM or above, ILSAC GF-4 or above, ACEA A3

68 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers number °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and Gasoline 1 10W-30 engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity Engine Oil * engine oils can provide better fuel (3.3 L) 5W-30 economy and cold weather performance; however, higher viscosity *1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of engine oils are required for satisfacto- a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5). However, if the engine oil ry lubrication in hot weather. Using is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using oils of any viscosity other than those the engine oil viscosity chart. recommended could result in engine damage. When choosing an oil, con- An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark consider the range of temperature your forms to the international Lubricant Specification vehicle will be operated in before the Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only next oil change. Proceed to select the use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark. recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

87 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION ■ Frame number ■ VIN label LABEL

OYG086002 OBH088005N The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OYG086001 (VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- number on the plate can easily be The vehicle certification label ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from attached on the driver’s side center outside. pillar gives the vehicle identification The number is punched under driver number (VIN). or front passenger seat.

88 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL ■ 3.3L GDI

OYG086004 OTFH081005N OMG055004 The engine number is stamped on The refrigerant label is located on The tires supplied on your new vehi- the engine block as shown in the the underside of the hood. cle are chosen to provide the best drawing. performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.

89 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY) Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current Emergency roadside assistance model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv- Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24 ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (in- hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing service date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60 1-800-333-4Kia (4542). months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Please note that you must provide your Vehicle Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time to your model year vehicle. of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the dri- KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other ver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insur- benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment, ance card. the claims and/or service requests are excessive in frequency or type of occurrence. Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 roadside assistance providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia Toll free consumer assistance Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some- Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed one to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tire from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday with your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542). allow you to proceed to your destination. We have access For more information regarding assistance available, to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you should please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer you become locked out of your Kia. Information Manual. In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehicle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an authorized Kia alternative service location.

8 10 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport Trip interruption vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this serv- Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the ice. event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require ✽ NOTICE more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimburse- Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any ment is included for meals, lodging, or rental vehicle Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “sal- expenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100 vage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident. law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to a financial institution or insurance company. obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles, expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or other providers are not eligible for reimbursement. Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy.

811 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Registering your vehicle in a foreign country 3. There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country, in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle in a foreign country for any number of reasons. in a foreign country, you may experience the following Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for prob- problems and should therefore consider the possibility of lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of having to deal with them: service outside of the United States. 1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable. If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and other fuel-related parts which may not be covered under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty. 2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country, problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like yours may not be marketed in the new country of registration, parts, servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable. Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical specifications required by the government may vary enough from the country of purchase to cause additional problems.

8 12 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY) The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per- Installation of a mobile two-way radio system form under all reasonably expected operating conditions. If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly, However, before any additional electrical equipment is or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your war- damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer ranty. concerning the proper equipment and installation. Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehi- meet or exceed all applicable safety standards. cle, including such systems as the engine control system, the audio system and the electrical charging system and thus potentially void all or part of your warranty. For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read We assume no responsibility for any expense you may and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particu- incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its larly the information under the headings "NOTICE", components or systems that may result from the installa- "CAUTION" and "WARNING". tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied, or recommended for installation by, Kia. If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line as below:

National Consumer Affairs Manager Kia Motors America, Inc. P.O. Box 52410 Irvine, CA 92619-2410 1-800-333-4Kia (4542)

813 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS (U.S. ONLY) (U.S. ONLY) If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could The following publications are available on cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should www.KiaTechinfo.com immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia Motors America, Inc. Service manual: This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro- If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an cedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam- enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under- paign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in indi- stand. vidual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors America, Inc. Electrical troubleshooting manual: This manual complements the Service Manual by provid- To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- circuit in your vehicle. 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC Owner's manual: 20590.You can also obtain other information about motor This manual describes the overall features and operating vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. procedures for the vehicle.

8 14 Index

I Index

A Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant ...... 4-140 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system. . . . 3-39 Climate control air filter...... 4-139 Adding equipment to or modifying your Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-131 air bag-equipped vehicle ...... 3-65 System operation ...... 4-137 Air bag warning label...... 3-65 Automatic transaxle ...... 5-10 Air bag warning light ...... 3-42 Automatic transaxle operation ...... 5-10 Curtain air bag ...... 3-58 Good driving practices ...... 5-16 Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-54 Automatic ventilation ...... 4-145 How does the air bag system operate?...... 3-40 Occupant Detection System (ODS) ...... 3-46 B Side air bag...... 3-56 SRS care...... 3-64 Battery...... 7-33 SRS components and functions ...... 3-43 For best battery service ...... 7-33 Air cleaner ...... 7-26 Recharging the battery ...... 7-34 Filter replacement...... 7-26 Reset items ...... 7-35 Air conditioning system ...... 8-5 Before driving...... 5-4 Appearance care ...... 7-82 Before entering vehicle ...... 5-4 Exterior care...... 7-82 Before starting ...... 5-4 Interior care ...... 7-87 Necessary inspections ...... 5-4 Audio system ...... 4-160 Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) ...... 5-84 Antenna ...... 4-160 BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning) ...... 5-85 AUX, USB port ...... 4-162 Driver's Attention ...... 5-91 Steering wheel audio controls ...... 4-161 RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) . . . 5-87 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-128 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) ...... 5-93 Air Conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-140 Brake fluid ...... 7-23 Automatic heating and air conditioning...... 4-129 Checking the brake fluid level ...... 7-23

I 2 Index

Brake system...... 5-17 Toll free consumer assistance ...... 8-10 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)...... 5-34 Trip interruption ...... 8-11 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 5-29 Cruise control system ...... 5-53 Auto hold ...... 5-26 To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . 5-55 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ...... 5-20 To decrease the cruising speed...... 5-55 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 5-31 To increase cruise control set speed...... 5-54 Good braking practices ...... 5-36 To resume cruising speed at more than approximately Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 5-36 20 mph (30 km/h) ...... 5-56 Parking brake - Foot type...... 5-19 To set cruise control speed...... 5-54 Power brakes ...... 5-17 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on . 5-55 Warning messages ...... 5-28 To turn cruise control off, do one of the following . 5-56 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 D C Declaration of Conformity ...... 4-163 California perchlorate notice ...... 7-93 FCC ...... 4-163 Checking fluid levels ...... 7-18 Defroster ...... 4-127 Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-28 Rear window defroster ...... 4-127 Children always in the rear ...... 3-28 Dimensions ...... 8-2 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-32 Door locks...... 4-16 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-29 Auto door lock/unlock feature ...... 4-19 Clean air ...... 4-145 Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-19 To cancel or reset the automatic ventilation . . . . . 4-145 Impact sensing door unlock system ...... 4-19 Climate control air filter ...... 7-28 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle . . . . . 4-17 Filter inspection ...... 7-28 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-16 Consumer assistance (U.S. only) ...... 8-10 Drive mode integrated control system ...... 5-76 Emergency roadside assistance ...... 8-10 Conditions that limit active ECO mode...... 5-77 Registering your vehicle in a foreign country . . . . . 8-12 Drive mode...... 5-76

I 3 Index

Drive mode indicator screen ...... 5-80 Engine oil ...... 7-18 ECO mode driving ...... 5-77 Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-19 Driver Attention Warning (DAW)...... 5-107 Checking the engine oil level...... 7-18 Resetting the system...... 5-109 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-6 System disabled ...... 5-109 Engine start/stop button position ...... 5-6 System malfunction ...... 5-110 Illuminated engine start/stop button...... 5-6 System setting and activation...... 5-107 Starting the engine with a smart key ...... 5-8 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 7-14 E Exterior overview ...... 2-2 Economical operation ...... 5-112 F Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) ...... 8-13 Installation of a mobile two-way radio system . . . . 8-13 Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) ...... 5-38 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 Brake operation ...... 5-41 Jump starting ...... 6-5 FCA front radar ...... 5-42 Push-starting...... 6-6 FCA warning message and system control ...... 5-40 Emission control system...... 7-90 Limitation of the system ...... 5-45 Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-90 System malfunction ...... 5-44 Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: System setting and activation...... 5-38 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . . 7-90 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-39 Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-91 Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-39 Engine ...... 8-2 Emergency fuel filler lid release ...... 4-40 Engine compartment ...... 2-6, 7-3 Opening the fuel filler lid...... 4-39 Engine coolant ...... 7-20 Fuel requirements ...... 1-2 Changing the coolant ...... 7-22 Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 Checking the coolant level...... 7-20 Fuel Additives ...... 1-4 Engine number ...... 8-9 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol ...... 1-3 Operation in foreign countries ...... 1-5

I 4 Index

Fuses ...... 7-51 If you have a flat tire ...... 6-15 Engine compartment fuse replacement ...... 7-54 Changing tires ...... 6-17 Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-57 Jack and tools...... 6-15 Inner panel fuse replacement ...... 7-52 Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-16 Important safety precautions ...... 3-2 G Air bag hazards ...... 3-2 Always wear your seat belt ...... 3-2 Gross vehicle weight...... 8-5 Control your speed...... 3-3 Driver distraction ...... 3-2 H Keep your vehicle in safe condition...... 3-3 Restrain all children ...... 3-2 Head Up Display (HUD) ...... 4-105 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-3 Description ...... 4-105 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ...... 6-3 Head up display information ...... 4-106 If the engine stalls while driving ...... 6-3 Head up display on/off...... 4-106 If you have a flat tire while driving ...... 6-3 Head up display setting ...... 4-106 Instrument cluster ...... 4-71 Hood ...... 4-37 Gauges ...... 4-73 Closing the hood ...... 4-38 Instrument cluster control ...... 4-72 Opening the hood...... 4-37 LCD display control...... 4-72 How to use this manual ...... 1-2 Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-76 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 I Interior features...... 4-148 Air ventilation seat ...... 4-150 If the engine overheats ...... 6-7 Clock ...... 4-158 If the engine will not start ...... 6-4 Coat hook ...... 4-156 If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4 Cup holder ...... 4-148 If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4 Floor mat anchor (s)...... 4-157 Luggage net (Holder) ...... 4-159

I 5 Index

Power outlet ...... 4-151 Light bulbs ...... 7-68 Rear curtain ...... 4-158 Back-up lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-78 Seat warmer ...... 4-148 Bulb replacement precaution ...... 7-68 Side curtain...... 4-157 Front fog lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-75 Sunvisor ...... 4-150 Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-74 Wireless smart phone charging system ...... 4-152 Glove box lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-81 Interior lights ...... 4-123 Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement ...... 7-73 Automatic turn off function ...... 4-123 Headlamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-72 Glove box lamp ...... 4-125 Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement ...... 7-72 Map lamp ...... 4-124 High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb Room lamp...... 4-123 replacement ...... 7-79 Trunk room lamp ...... 4-125 License plate lamp bulb replacement...... 7-78 Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-125 Light bulb position (front) ...... 7-70 Interior overview...... 2-4 Light bulb position (rear) ...... 7-71 Light bulb position (side)...... 7-71 L Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-79 Personal lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-81 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...... 5-97 Position lamp + DRL* (LED type) bulb Driver's Attention ...... 5-103 replacement ...... 7-75 LKA system malfunction ...... 5-104 Rear turn signal lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-76 LKA system operation ...... 5-99 Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 7-80 LKAsystem function change ...... 5-105 Side repeater lamp bulb replacement...... 7-76 LCD windows...... 4-77 Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-77 LCD modes ...... 4-81 Trunk lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 7-81 Over view ...... 4-77 Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-80 Trip information (Trip computer) ...... 4-77

I 6 Index

Lighting...... 4-113 Mirrors Battery saver function ...... 4-113 Standard programming...... 4-64 Check headlight ...... 4-119 Front fog light ...... 4-118 O Headlight leveling device...... 4-119 High beam assist ...... 4-116 Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only) ...... 8-14 High beam operation ...... 4-115 Electrical troubleshooting manual ...... 8-14 Lighting control ...... 4-113 Owner's manual ...... 8-14 Turn signals and lane change signals...... 4-118 Service manual...... 8-14 Luggage volume ...... 8-5 Owner maintenance ...... 7-6 Owner maintenance schedule...... 7-6 M P Maintenance services ...... 7-4 Owner maintenance precautions ...... 7-5 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-43 Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-4 Closing the sunroof ...... 4-47 Mirrors ...... 4-54 Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-48 Automatic-dimming function...... 4-61 Sliding the sunroof...... 4-45 Compass function...... 4-62 Sunroof open warning ...... 4-44 Erasing HomeLink® buttons ...... 4-67 Sunshade...... 4-45 Erasing programmed HomeLink buttons...... 4-58 Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-47 Gate operator & Canadian programming...... 4-66 Parking brake ...... 7-25 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-54 Checking the parking brake ...... 7-25 Operating HomeLink® ...... 4-66 Parking Distance Warning-Reverse (PDW-R) ...... 4-107 Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-68 Non-operational conditions of parking distance Programming HomeLink® ...... 4-64 warning-reverse ...... 4-108 Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button . . . . . 4-67 Operation of the parking distance Rolling code programming ...... 4-65 warning-reverse ...... 4-107

I 7 Index

Parking distance warning-reverse precautions. . . . 4-109 Smart cruise control with Stop & Go system...... 5-57 Self-diagnosis...... 4-110 Limitations of the system...... 5-70 Smart cruise control switch ...... 5-59 R Speed setting (Smart cruise control system) ...... 5-59 To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise control Rear view monitor ...... 4-111 system...... 5-69 Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 8-7 To convert to cruise control mode ...... 5-69 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-6 Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (Smart cruise Refrigerant label ...... 8-9 control system)...... 5-64 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)...... 8-14 When the lane ahead is clear : ...... 5-65 Road warning ...... 6-4 When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane . 5-65 Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-4 Smart key ...... 4-5 Battery replacement ...... 4-10 S Immobilizer system ...... 4-12 Mechanical key operations...... 4-11 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 7-8 Record your key number ...... 4-5 Seat ...... 3-4 Remote keyless entry system operations ...... 4-8 Driver position memory system (for power seat) . . 3-10 Restrictions in handling keys ...... 4-12 Front seat adjustment - power ...... 3-7 Smart key functions ...... 4-5 Headrest (for front seat) ...... 3-12 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules . 4-10 Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-14 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules . 4-13 Seatback pocket ...... 3-14 Transmitter precautions ...... 4-9 Seat belts...... 3-18 Smart trunk ...... 4-28 Care of seat belts ...... 3-27 Special driving conditions ...... 5-114 Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-23 Driving at night ...... 5-115 Seat belt precautions ...... 3-25 Driving in flooded areas...... 5-117 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-18 Driving in the rain ...... 5-116 Driving off-road ...... 5-117

I 8 Index

Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-114 Tires and wheels ...... 7-36, 8-4 Highway driving...... 5-117 All season tires ...... 7-48 Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-114 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-37 Smooth cornering...... 5-115 Low aspect ratio tire...... 7-49 Steering wheel ...... 4-49 Radial-ply tires...... 7-49 Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...... 4-49 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures...... 7-36 Heated steering wheel ...... 4-52 Snow tires...... 7-48 Horn ...... 4-53 Summer tires ...... 7-48 Tilt and telescopic steering...... 4-50 Tire care ...... 7-36 Storage compartments ...... 4-146 Tire chains ...... 7-48 Center console storage ...... 4-146 Tire maintenance ...... 7-41 Glove box ...... 4-146 Tire pressure...... 7-37 Sunglass holder ...... 4-147 Tire replacement...... 7-40 Surround view monitoring system (SVM) ...... 4-112 Tire rotation ...... 7-38 Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-41 T Tire traction ...... 7-41 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-39 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-14 Wheel replacement...... 7-41 Armed stage ...... 4-14 Towing ...... 6-24 Disarmed stage...... 4-15 Emergency towing ...... 6-26 Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-15 Removable towing hook...... 6-25 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)...... 6-8 Towing service ...... 6-24 Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 6-12 Trailer towing ...... 5-121 Check tire pressure...... 6-8 Trunk...... 4-21 Low tire pressure telltale ...... 6-10 Emergency trunk safety release ...... 4-26 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules . 6-14 Non-powered trunk ...... 4-21 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-9 Power trunk ...... 4-22 Trunk lid control button ...... 4-25

I 9 Index

V Winter driving...... 5-118 Carry emergency equipment ...... 5-121 Vehicle break-in process...... 1-5 Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 5-120 Vehicle certification label ...... 8-8 Check battery and cables ...... 5-120 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ...... 1-6 Check spark plugs and ignition system ...... 5-120 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 8-8 Don’t let your parking brake freeze...... 5-121 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-122 Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-121 Certification label...... 5-125 Snowy or icy conditions...... 5-118 Tire and loading information label...... 5-122 To keep locks from freezing...... 5-121 Vehicle weight ...... 5-126 Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system...... 5-121 W Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant...... 5-120 Wiper blades ...... 7-30 Warning and indicator lights...... 4-93 Blade inspection...... 7-30 Indicator lights ...... 4-100 Blade replacement ...... 7-30 Warning lights ...... 4-93 Wipers and washers ...... 4-120 Washer fluid ...... 7-24 Front windshield washers...... 4-122 Checking the washer fluid level...... 7-24 Windshield wipers ...... 4-120 Welcome system ...... 4-126 Headlight (Headlamp) escort function...... 4-126 Interior light ...... 4-126 Pocket lamp ...... 4-126 Windows ...... 4-32 Power windows ...... 4-33 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-141 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-141 Defogging logic ...... 4-142

I 10